Home

Photovac - Voyager RevA Manual

1. Relative Area 012 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Run No Figure 33 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling of 10 ppm m Xylene and 10 ppm o Xylene Response Drift Detector response drift 1s caused by drift in the effective UV lamp intensity over time Although Voyager maintains a constant visible lamp intensity it 1s possible that the ionizing spectral lines located outside the visible range shift in intensity over time 341 Voyager User s Guide Detector response drift will manifest itself as an effect that typically occurs over a longer time period than adsorption and which is not as compound specific as adsorption Also it is not affected by the frequency of sampling unlike adsorption phenomena Calibration is recommended when the detector response has changed by greater than 10 The table below provides a recommended maximum operating time before calibration is necessary The instrument must be calibrated when Voyager is turned on and should be calibrated at the indicated interval thereafter We recommend that you perform the calibration under similar temperature and humidity conditions as that of the sample The calibration information in the table and the discussion which follows are applicable only for measurement of dry pure sample gases containing the target compounds at approximately calibration concentrations Compound TLV Precision Calibration 200 750 200 100 Based on
2. Pas x 2 amp x Figure 43 Peak Area Stability for Styrene Detector Response Drift Detector response drift is caused by drift in the effective UV lamp intensity over time Although Voyager automatically maintains a constant visible lamp intensity it is possible that the ionizing spectral lines located outside the visible range shift in intensity over time Detector response drift will manifest itself as an effect which typically occurs over a longer time period than adsorption and which is not as compound specific as adsorption Also it is not affected by the frequency of sampling unlike adsorption phenomena Calibration is recommended when the detector response has changed by greater than 10 Assay 4 User Notes The table below provides recommended maximum operating time before calibration is necessary Voyager must be calibrated when it is turned on and should be calibrated at the indicated interval thereafter We recommend that you perform the calibration under similar temperature and humidity conditions as that of the sample The calibration information in the table and the discussion that follows are applicable only for measurement of dry pure sample gases containing the target compounds at approximately calibration concentrations Compound TLV Precision Calibration ppm RSD From Mean Interval Hrs Based on five consecutive samples Interval between
3. 1 Move the pointer to one corner of the zoom box The zoom box will be the area that you want to zoom in on 2 Press the left mouse button and drag the mouse to the opposite corner of the zoom box When you release the left mouse button SiteChart will enlarge the selected area to fit the chromatogram box 3 Repeat these steps until you have obtained the desired view gt Toreturn to the previous zoom view open the pop up menu and select Previous Zoom You can also select the Previous Zoom option from the View menu Window Percent To adjust the window percent directly in the chromatogram l Select the Assay tab 119 Voyager User s Guide 120 2 Open the PID or ECD file containing the chromatogram run on the currently selected column When you select a compound in the library the compound matching the library retention time will be selected in the reference chromatogram Three dashed blue lines will display the current window percent around the peak 3 To change the window percent value for the selected compound move the crosshair onto one of the outer lines and drag the line closer or further from the peak When you release the mouse button the window percent will be updated accordingly You can also set the window percent by entering an exact value in the compound information box Setting the window percent may require some practice If the window percent is too small the peak may drift out of the
4. 6 Ensure the internal carrier gas tank is full or connect the instrument to an external tank of carrier gas You must use nitrogen carrier gas for the ECD 7 Allow the ECD to purge for at least 8 hours 8 Change the view from the PID to the ECD by pressing DISPLAY GC and DET and when prompted to change views to the ECD press Enter Menu 9 Monitor the offset level as displayed on the status screen and wait until it has stabilized before attempting to use the instrument An instrument that is cleaning out will show an unstable and dropping baseline Typical offset is in the range 200 800 mV and anything over 800 mV indicates contamination Obtaining an ECD Wipe Test Sample NOTE You must obtain a wipe test kit from an authorized laboratory or consulting firm see Wipe Test Agencies on page 480 for a list of agencies in the U S In Canada you must use an agency unless you have been authorized by the AECB to perform wipe tests contact the AECB for more information see page 479 When ordering a wipe test or a wipe test kit specify that the sensitivity of the wipe test be 0 0001 microcurie Ni is a beta emitter 268 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Until the results of the wipe test are known use caution and suitable protection when handling equipment in contact with the ECD Wear disposable plastic or rubber gloves when performing this test WARNING 1 Turn the instrument off and allow the detector to cool to
5. Interval between calibrations for lt 10 change in accuracy assuming Voyager is calibrated once immediately after a 20 minute warm up period The calibration information and the discussion which follows are applicable only for measurement of dry pure sample gases containing the target compounds at approximately calibration concentrations These calibration times are based on an extended measurement of peak area drift of a generic compound isobutylene following instrument warm up A Voyager which has been off for an extended period is turned on and set to auto sample and analyze isobutylene on Column B Isobutylene is a volatile compound and so typically does not show adsorption effects The observed peak area drift is an indication of detector drift only The resulting area drift over a period of 400 minutes is shown in Figure 66 The change in peak area over this time period was 5 This drift characteristic is typical of Voyager s detector response drift following a 20 minute warm up period Although this test is performed with isobutylene the same approximate peak area drift can be expected for any of the Assay 5 compounds To ensure a measured concentration at the calibration concentration is within 10 of the actual value 1 Calibrate once when the instrument is turned on Allow 30 minutes for the instrument to stabilize before performing the calibration run s 2 Calibrate at 8 hour intervals 433 Voy
6. Pressure psi 2 PID State Low High High Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity Injection Method Inject Method Loop Loop Injection Injection Inject Time S Co ee Pump Time S 20 Backflush Time S 0 Integration Method Auto Integration Disabled Slope Up mV S 1 0 Slope Down mV S 1 0 Min Height mV 00 00 Min Area mV S Filter Level 375 Voyager User s Guide 376 Method 5B The second method is applicable to the sulfur gases and solvents Column A is not required for this method If you are using this method and you need to analyze all of these compounds you must perform 2 runs one on each column to calibrate the instrument and 2 runs to complete an analysis The table below lists the compounds and the typical concentration ranges for this method Concentrations outside the specified ranges especially at the lower end can be obtained by adjusting the injection time PID state and integration parameters Whenever accurate concentration readings are required you should integrate peaks manually and verify the integration Range ppm Methyl Mercaptan 80 0 05 10 No Ethyl Mercaptan 98 0 05 10 Yes Methyl Ethyl 218 0 1 5 Ketone No Dimethyl Disulfide 0 05 10 No Hydrogen Sulfide 0 1 35 Ethyl mercaptan and dimethyl sulfide may co elute Assay Wizard will prompt you to select one of these compounds to be included in the assay The method parameters for method 5B a
7. 453 Voyager User s Guide Title 10 Chapter 1 CFR Energy NOTE Users of the information in this section are advised that it is provided for the convenience of reference only and as such has no official sanction The original regulations and amendments thereto should be consulted for all purposes of interpreting and applying the law Sections 20 2201 and 20 2202 20 2201 Reports of Theft or Loss of Licensed Material a Telephone Reports 1 Each licensee shall report by telephone as follows i Immediately after its occurrence becomes known to the licensee any lost stolen or missing licensed material in an ageregate quantity equal to or greater than 1000 the quantity specified in appendix C to part 20 under such circumstances that it appears to the licensee that an exposure could result in unrestricted areas or ii Within 30 days after the occurrence of any lost stolen or missing licensed material becomes known to the licensee all licensed material in a quantity greater than 1000 the quantity specified in appendix C to part 20 that is still missing at this time 2 Reports must be made as follows 1 Licensees having an installed Emergency Notification System shall make the reports to the NRC Operations Center in accordance with 60 72 of this chapter and ii All other licensees shall make reports by telephone to the NRC Operations Center 301 961 0550 454 Appendices b Written Reports 1
8. Coating Packing 35 phenyl 65 methyl phase capillary column Material SPB 35 Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing blank deactivated Material Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing WAX phase capillary column Supelcowax 10 Material Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing 100 methyl silicone phase capillary column Material 319 Voyager User s Guide 320 Accurate Concentration Measurement The following information is provided to assist you in understanding some of the analytical issues regarding the analysis of your target compounds in ambient air When you are detecting compound concentrations in air samples using gas chromatography it is important to recognize that there are various potential sources of error in the measurements These sources of error combine to give scatter in measured concentrations measured as precision and systematic bias to measured concentrations You must correct for these sources of error or your results will become inaccurate Possible sources of error include e Peak integration errors e Sampling errors e Compound dependent adsorption effects e Detector response drift over the period of time since the last calibration e System accuracy All of these effects may contribute to inaccurate measurements in any given set of data Peak Integration Errors Baseline noise interfering peaks or excessiv
9. Figure 38 1 3 Butadiene 1 ppm 3 lsobutylene 4 cic 2 Butene 5 1 3 Butadiene 353 Sec 441 Figure 39 1 3 Butadiene and C4 Interferences 354 Assay 4 User Notes Column Specifications Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing 35 phenyl 65 methyl phase capillary Material column SPB 35 Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing blank deactivated Material Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing WAX phase capillary column Material Supelcowax 10 Coating Packing 1 SP 1000 on 60 80 Carbopack B Material SPB 1 355 Voyager User s Guide 356 Accurate Concentration Measurement The following information is provided to assist you in understanding some of the analytical issues regarding the analysis of acrylonitrile 1 3 butadiene and styrene ABS in ambient air When you are detecting compound concentrations in air samples using gas chromatography it is important to recognize that there are various potential sources of error in the measurements These sources of error combine to give scatter in measured concentrations measured as precision and systematic bias to measured concentrations You must correct for these sources of error or your results will become inaccurate Possible sources of error include e Peak integration errors e Sampling errors e Compound dependent adsorption effects e Detector response drift over
10. Help Menu To get help quickly as you work press the F1 key When the Help window appears you can display a procedure for a particular task or see information about any command You can view Help side by side with a window in which you are working so that both windows remain visible while you work The Help index provides an index of available Help topics Select the desired topic and it will be displayed in the Help window You can get context sensitive Help as you work For example if you are in the Save As dialog box press F1 to display Help information about the options If you have a question about SiteChart and cannot find the answer in this manual or in the on line Help you can contact the PerkinElmer Photovac Technical Support for assistance If you call you should be sitting in front of your computer with SiteChart running and the chromatogram in question open on the screen You should also have this manual at hand Whether you call or write please provide the following information e The version number of Windows and the version number of SiteChart In the Help menu select the About command to determine the software version number e The type of hardware you are using including network hardware if applicable e A description of what happened and what you were doing when the problem occurred e The exact wording of any messages that appear on the screen e Voyager s serial number SiteChart Software Help
11. such as interference compounds will always be reported as 0 0 ppm Area mVS The integrated area This is determined from the integration method Height mV The peak height Status The status of the peaks Ratio metric calibration may lead to an invalid calibration and is intended for specialized applications only Please contact PerkinElmer Photovac Technical Support for more details 130 SiteChart Software Each one of these fields can be sized To size individual fields 1 Move the mouse to the edge of the field The pointer will change into a double headed arrow 2 Press the left mouse button and drag the arrow to set the field to the desired size Chromatogram The chromatogram is displayed in the graph box Select the signal to be viewed from the Graph View drop down box You can select TVOC PID ECD or PID and ECD If you select PID and ECD the graph will be split and you can view the signal from each detector A pop up menu with the View menu options is displayed by moving the mouse into the graph area and clicking the right mouse button right clicking The view options are described in Reference Chromatogram on page 117 Peak Information To obtain information about the peaks in the chromatogram 1 Move the mouse pointer over any peak in the chromatogram When you move the pointer into the graph area the pointer changes into a crosshair 2 Ifyou leave the cross hair over the peak an infor
12. 23 Voyager User s Guide 24 Never plug obstruct or tamper with safety relief devices Wear safety glasses and ear protection when working with compressed gases Regulators for Compressed Gases Use only the specified regulator for carrier and calibration gas Confirm regulator type and material with your specialty gas supplier Use the carrier gas filling station only for refilling the internal carrier gas cylinder MX380303 for nitrogen or MX380319 for air Mark each regulator with its intended service and never use a regulator for more than one service Do not change gas service or adapt equipment without consulting your gas supplier Ensure regulator construction materials are compatible with the gas and that the cylinder pressure gauge will withstand the cylinder pressure A stainless steel diaphragm is suggested as this will reduce the potential for the carrier gas to be contaminated by the regulator itself Never use the regulator as a shut off valve Close the cylinder valve when it is not in use Do not subject the regulator to an inlet pressure greater than recommended Do not move or detach the regulator when it is pressurized or when it is in use Before connection ensure the cylinder valve and the regulator CGA connection are clean When connecting a regulator to a large gas cylinder turn the valve on the cylinder clockwise to close the cylinder Turn the regulator off Open the cylinder valve slowly an
13. Approved Models of Voyager This manual provides operational instructions for all models of Voyager Voyager I S and Voyager Ex are intrinsically safe and approved for use in hazardous locations Throughout the manual notes are provided to inform you of the limitations of usage for the intrinsically safe models If the Voyager model you are using is not specifically identified as intrinsically safe do not use it in a location where flammable concentrations of gases and vapors may exist Introduction Unpacking and Checking Parts Before unpacking the instrument please read the Warnings and Safety section of this User s Guide This section describes possible hazards that might injure the user damage the instrument or compromise its operation Some general safety information is also provided WARNING The first time you unpack the Voyager you should check that the following accessories are not missing or damaged and if there is any problem contact PerkinElmer Photovac immediately e Voyager User s Guide e SiteChart Software e User s Reference Card e Communication Cable Kit e Carrying Strap e Tool Kit pouch multi tool and 2 hex keys e Battery Pack e Carrier Gas Connection Kit e AC Adapter e Sample Inlet Filters 10 pieces e Septa 10 pieces e Factory Programmed Assay Diskette 39 Voyager User s Guide 40 Battery Pack Voyager uses a rechargeable nickel cadmium battery rated for 300 char
14. Control Voyager Download assays to Voyager Retrieve log analysis information from Voyager Review log files Compare a compound over several different analyses Create a new assay Add or remove compounds from the assay to create a new library Modify chromatographic parameters in order to develop your own assay 101 Voyager User s Guide 102 Installation SiteChart software is installed on a PC that you can connect to Voyager directly via the serial port of a PC using the Communication Cable Kit MX380304 PC Requirements The PC must meet the following hardware and software requirements to run the SiteChart software e Pentium based personal computer e 8 MB of RAM for Windows 95 16 megabytes MB of RAM minimum for Windows NT 32 MB is recommended for Windows NT e 4 Megabytes of free hard disk space e Color 600 x 800 display adapter card and monitor supported by Windows e A Windows compatible printer is required in order to obtain printed reports e A mouse or another pointing device supported by Windows e A 3 5 disk drive Connecting a Remote Computer For added flexibility you can control Voyager through a remote computer In this configuration you will connect the computer at your location to a modem You dial out to a second modem connected to Voyager This option will be useful if you need to call into Voyager from home or from a separate location to view results Also if an alarm or fault condition
15. O Q WY x po O O Ww Q 1 10 Compound Concentration ppm Figure 13 Linear Calibration Curve Quadratic and Cubic Calibration Curve A quadratic calibration curve fits a quadratic function to the points you have stored In order to use the quadratic calibration curve you must store at least 2 or more points The curve will always start at 0 0 and go through all the points you have stored In order to obtain the most accurate results you should store a point that is at the top end of the concentration range at which you are looking If you are interested in the range 10 to 100 ppm store a point at 100 ppm Data past this point will be extrapolated based on a tangent through the last stored point A cubic calibration curve fits a third order function to the points you have stored You must store at least three points in order to use a cubic calibration curve As with the quadratic curve you should store a point at the top end of your concentration range 243 Voyager User s Guide 244 Point 4 Point 2 gt 2 O Q WY x po O O Ww Q 0 1 1 10 Compound Concentration ppm Figure 14 Quadratic Calibration Curve Storing Multiple Points As good analytical practice standards for multiple point calibrations should be run and stored in the library in order of increasing concentration When a calibration is performed only one point will
16. Problem No peaks appear Cause Improper method settings Action Ensure the correct Method is loaded or check that the foreflush duration is long enough to allow the sample to fill the loop and clear the precolumn before backflush begins Cause Leak in the injection port Action Replace the injection port septum as described in Replacing the Injection Port Septum on page 261 Cause If syringe injection is being used the syringe needle may be blocked Action If the syringe plunger does not move smoothly this is an indication that the needle is blocked Use the fine wire supplied with the syringe to clean the needle or replace the needle Cause The sample was injected onto the wrong column Action Ensure you have selected the correct column for your application Cause No sample at sample in port Action If you are using a gas bag ensure the gas bag valve is open Cause Sample inlet filter is blocked Action Replace the sample inlet filter as described in Replacing the Sample Inlet Filter on page 255 Cause The filter in the telescoping sample probe is blocked Action Replace the filter in the telescoping sample probe as described in Replacing the Filter on page 53 285 Voyager User s Guide 286 NOTE Problem Sensitivity is too low Cause Calibration gas pressure is low Action Check the calibration gas pressure and replace the tank if necessary Cause Incorrect calibration gas Action Ens
17. Select Re integrate from the Analyzer menu Each compound should be correctly identified If you are using another column for your application repeat this procedure for the next column Save the assay and then send it to Voyager Using SiteChart switch to the Instrument tab and run an analysis on each column Ensure all compounds are correctly identified and then use these analyses to calibrate Voyager Updating the Calibration Curve After you have updated the compound retention times you can also update the calibration curve for each library compound It is not necessary to update the calibration curves but multiple point calibration will provide the most accurate response I 2 278 In the SiteChart software select the Assay tab Select the column detector combination required for your compound Ensure your compound is already listed in the library Maintenance and Troubleshooting 3 Ensure Voyager is on and ready for operation 4 Connect a sample to the Sample In port and begin a run 5 When the analysis is complete select the Assay tab and use Open from the File menu to open the file that was just run The chromatogram will be displayed in the window 6 Double click on the peak in the chromatogram and enter the concentration 7 Normally you will use a linear calibration curve select Linear and SiteChart will update the calibration curve to incorporate the new point 8 If you have more than one comp
18. These two compounds may be separated on Column B Compound retention times increase significantly but excellent separation can be obtained Interference Compounds The compounds listed in the table below are possible interference compounds These compounds are not part of Assay 7 but may be present in your application Interference compounds are shown in Figure 61 These compounds are not listed in the library and if they are present in your analyses they will be listed as unknown If any of these interference compounds are present in your application you may want to modify some chromatographic settings to ensure the best possible separation and peak identification 417 Voyager User s Guide n Butanol has been run on your instrument The analysis time in the standard method has been set to allow n butanol to elute from Column B If n butanol is not present in your sample you can modify the method to reduce the analysis time NOTE Do not alter method if n butanol may be present in your sample NOTE The information above is for reference only Actual retention times may vary significantly 2 Isopropyl Ether Figure 61 Column B Interference Compounds 418 Assay User Notes Compound Library Installed in Voyager are two standard compound libraries one for each column used in Assay 7 The libraries contain retention time and response information for each of the assay compounds These libraries h
19. Voyager User s Guide Alternatively you can use the auto cycling features When you start auto cycling Voyager will begin a run on the next column to be analyzed The next analysis will be run on the next enabled column The instrument determines column selection If you are using auto cycling you must use loop injections See Auto Cycling Operation on page 159 NOTE Columns must be enabled on Voyager Starting a Run To start a run 1 Ensure Voyager is set up correctly Carrier gas must be supplied to the instrument Voyager must be displaying a Ready status 2 Select the Assay tab and ensure the correct assay is loaded 3 Ensure Voyager is on and ready for operation and then send the information to Voyager by clicking Send to Voyager 4 Select the Instrument tab and select the column on which to perform a run Open the Analyzer menu and select the column or right click on the column graphic in the instrument status box to open a column selection pop up menu Selecting Column V will start a TVOC run 5 Connect a sample to the sample inlet port or allow Voyager to draw a sample of room air If you are performing a syringe injection prepare the syringe sample 6 Press Start to begin the run Voyager will begin a run according to the method for the selected column A timer at the bottom of the instrument status box shows you the analysis time and progress of the run The chromatogram will develop in the graph box
20. f sources of ionizing radiation containing radioactive isotopes of elements of atomic number less than 90 if 468 Appendices 1 the quantity of such isotopes in each such source does not exceed the scheduled quantity and 11 not more than 10 sources are required in any calendar year g any device incorporating a substance containing radioactive isotopes of elements of atomic number less than 90 or of americium isotope Am 241 if 1 the total quantity of such isotopes per device does not exceed 10 times the scheduled quantity and 11 the design of the device and the method of incorporating the radioactive isotopes are approved by the Board or a designated officer and h any incandescent mantle containing thorium 3 Nothing in subsection 2 authorizes the use or possession for any purpose without a license of any substance containing a uranium isotope U 233 or b uranium having a greater concentration of the isotope U 235 than is normally found in nature 1 The Board or a designated officer may issue a license for any purpose referred to in Section 3 or in respect of any device or equipment referred to in section 4 upon receipt of a written application from the person requiring the license 2 The application for a license referred to in subsection 1 shall include the applicable fee set out in the AECB Cost Recovery Fees Regulations and shall set out such of the following information ad
21. 1 High Filtering Automatic Integration For most analyses automatic integration will give the best results If however the signal is not representative during the five second period then the peak recognition factors Up Slope Down Slope and Minimum Height may not be calculated correctly for the chromatogram In this case it may be necessary to set the integration parameters manually The choice of initial Up Down Slope and Filter can require some expertise Voyager automates this procedure as the Up Down Slope Minimum Height and Filter options are set automatically if automatic integration is enabled 189 Voyager User s Guide 190 These parameters are calculated on the basis of signal noise sampling during the first five seconds of an analysis During the first five seconds of an analysis Voyager samples the signal at a frequency of approximately 15 Hz The integrator uses linear regression to determine the best line through these sample points The sample scatter is then used to determine the Minimum Height The slope of each group of five sample points is then calculated The scatter of the slopes is used to determine the Up and Down Slope sensitivities Up Down Slope The slope of the signal is calculated once each averaging period as a weighted average of the slopes from 2 periods behind and two periods ahead This is the 5 point moving average To start the integrator the calculated slope must exceed
22. 2 Unknown 4 Unknown 1760 Sec 2200 Figure 22 Column B Compounds on the ECD The light compounds are analyzed on Column C with Column A acting as the precolumn As before the mid range and heavy compounds are prevented from entering Column C by adjusting the backflush time In this case only the light compounds are allowed to pass from Column A to Column C all other compounds are backflushed out of the system No real separation of the light compounds occurs on Column A All of the separation occurs on Column C 301 Voyager User s Guide C t1 2 D0Cethwene a Cc a a uo CarbonDisulfide 7995ec 999 Figure 23 Column C Compounds on the PID 5 Chloroform Unknown o 2 gt da D Q o Er ap m oO iy i 33 Unknown 2 880 Sec 1100 Figure 24 Column C Compounds on the ECD The PID detects 16 of the 17 compounds analyzed on Column C Figure 23 shows 12 of these The ECD detects six of the 16 compounds Figure 24 shows four of these 302 NOTE Assay 1 User Notes Co elutions Assay Wizard runs automatically when you load an assay that contains co elutions It will prompt you to select one compound from a list of possible co elutions 1 Select a single compound of interest from each list 2 Save this modified application file to a different filename Bypassing Assay Wizard may result in co eluting compounds being misidentified by Voyager Whether or not a
23. 283 Voyager User s Guide 284 Low Battery Fault Cause The battery pack must be recharged Action Connect the instrument to an AC supply using the AC adapter or replace the battery pack with a fully charged one as discussed in Battery Pack on page 40 Datalogger Full Fault Cause The internal memory of the Voyager is full Action Delete any old analyses If you need all the information in the datalogger download the contents of the datalogger to PC running the SiteChart software The contents of the datalogger is automatically deleted after the contents is downloaded to the PC Ambient Temp Fault Cause Ambient temperature is outside of operating temperature range Action Move Voyager to a controlled environment that is in a vehicle with the heating or air conditioning running or indoors or bring the sample to Voyager in gas bags glass vessels or syringes Over Range Fault Cause The PID or ECD 1s saturated Action Saturation has occurred when the offset level is greater than 800 mV At this point the signal level can no longer be set to 10 of full scale at the start of an analysis Saturation can also occur if many high concentration samples are analyzed in succession Allow the detector to flush until the offset level returns to 200 800 mV If necessary increase the pressure and flush the detector as described in Purging the ECD on page 267 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Chromatographic Troubleshooting
24. Alabama 36130 3017 334 613 5391 Arkansas Division of Radiation Control and Emergency Management Department of Health 4815 West Markham Street Slot 30 Little Rock Arkansas 72205 3867 501 661 2126 Colorado Radiation Control Division RCD DO B1 Department of Public Health amp Environment 4300 Cherry Creek Drive South Denver Colorado 80222 1530 303 692 3030 Georgia Radioactive Materials Program Department of Natural Resources 4244 International Parkway Atlanta Georgia 30354 404 362 2675 Arizona Arizona Radiation Regulatory Agency 4814 South 40th Street Phoenix Arizona 85040 602 255 4845 California Radiologic Health Branch Food Drugs amp Radiation Safety Division State Department of Health Services 714 744 P Street P O Box 942732 Sacramento California 94234 7320 916 322 3482 Florida Office of Radiation Control Department of Health and Rehabilitative Services 1317 Winewood Boulevard Tallahassee Florida 32399 0700 904 487 2437 Illinois Department of Nuclear Safety 1035 Outer Park Drive Springfield Illinois 62704 217 994 9928 475 Voyager User s Guide 476 Iowa Bureau of Radiological Health Iowa Department of Public Health Lucas State Office Building Des Moines Iowa 50319 515 242 6280 Kentucky Conf of Radiation Control Program Directors Inc 275 East Main Street Frankfort Kentucky 40601 502 564 3700 Maine Division of Health Engi
25. As peaks are integrated they will be displayed in the peak report 136 SiteChart Software 7 When the run is complete SiteChart will save the run to a directory it has created for the instrument Stopping a Run Once the run has been started the button changes to a stop button To stop the analysis before it is complete press Stop If you stopped the analysis after the sample was injected onto the column you must wait for the duration of the analysis time The column will be flushed to remove any compounds that entered the column When you stop an analysis Voyager will flush the column for the duration of the analysis time before beginning another analysis on the same column Saving a Run All runs are saved automatically when they are received from the instrument Voyager creates the file name as described in File Name Format on page 142 To save the file with a new name use the Save As command Use Save when you have edited a file and need to update it To update an existing file 1 Select the Instrument tab 2 Open the File menu and select Save Alt F S The displayed file will be saved with the current file name To save a file with a new name or to save an existing file to a new location 1 Select the Instrument tab 137 Voyager User s Guide 2 Open the File menu and select Save As Alt F A SiteChart will save the file as a PID or ECD file If you are viewing both PID and ECD files b
26. Carrier Gas Refill Port Vents RS 232 Carrier Gas Port Purge Valve Figure 1 Voyager Layout Voyager is a portable automatic gas analyzer for identifying airborne chemicals and measuring their concentrations Voyager uses a gas chromatograph GC to analyze air samples but you do not need to understand the principles of chromatography to operate Voyager Voyager collects a sample of air and automatically introduces the sample into the GC Voyager manages the gas flows and timing during the analysis and compares the outcome of the analysis against the outcome of a previous analysis of a calibration standard of known composition Voyager then reports the analysis results on its display by compound name and concentration Voyager alerts you with audible and visual alarms if any of the detected chemical compounds have exceeded your alarm concentration set points Voyager stores the analysis results in its internal datalogger 37 Voyager User s Guide 38 WARNING Voyager s GC uses the technique of precolumn backflushing to enable fast analysis times In order to analyze a wide range of different compounds Voyager is fitted with three separate analytical columns in its GC It is not necessary for you to change GC columns column selection is automatic in Voyager The columns are operated at a controlled elevated temperature for precise identification of compounds
27. Compound TLV Precision Calibration ppm RSD from Mean Interval Hrs Ethylene oxide 1 5 5 ppm Propylene oxide 2 20ppm s Based on five consecutive samples Interval between calibrations for lt 10 change in accuracy assuming Voyager is calibrated once immediately after a 20 minute warm up period These calibration times are based on an extended measurement of peak area drift of a generic compound isobutylene following instrument warm up A Voyager which has been off for an extended period is turned on and set to auto analyze isobutylene on Column B Isobutylene is a volatile compound Typically it does not show adsorption effects The observed peak area drift is an indication of detector drift only The resulting area drift over a period of 400 minutes is shown in Figure 58 The change in peak area over this time period was 5 This drift characteristic is typical of Voyager s detector response drift following a 20 minute warm up period Although this test is performed with isobutylene the same approximate peak area drift can be expected for any of the Assay 6 compounds To ensure a measured concentration at the calibration concentration is within 10 of the actual value 1 Calibrate once when the instrument is turned on Allow 30 minutes for the instrument to stabilize before performing the calibration run s 2 Calibrate at 8 hour intervals Assuming detector response drift is similar for the p
28. Do not connect another instrument to the computer until SiteChart displays this message 2 Ensure the second Voyager is off and connect the communication cable to the RS 232 port SiteChart will establish communication with the second instrument and create a corresponding data directory Connecting a Printer to the Computer Windows controls all printing from the computer Although you issue the print commands from SiteChart Windows performs the actual printing The choice of printers is only limited to those printers supported by Windows Ensure that the printer you are using is compatible with Microsoft Windows Refer to the Microsoft Windows Hardware Compatibility List for information on which printers are supported by Windows The printer can be locally connected to the computer s parallel port or attached to your computer network The printer must be setup on the correct port and the printer driver installed This is done during installation of Windows or through the Windows Control Panel Refer to the documentation supplied with Windows for more information SiteChart Software Loading an Assay into Voyager Now you can download the assay supplied with your Voyager into the instrument l 2 Start the SiteChart software On the Assay tab select Open from the File menu and open the assay method file app from the c Program Files SiteChart Data assayX directory set up previously see nstalling your Assay Disk o
29. Methyl Ethyl Ketone Dimethyl Disulfide 20 250 Acetone 140 0 75 800 0 1 10 0 05 15 0 5 50 Hydrogen sulfide a 0 1 35 0 3 100 Ethyl mercaptan dimethyl sulfide will co elute Concentration ranges are method dependant NOTE The information provided in this table is for guidance purposes only Exact retention time and concentration range data is specific to your instrument 386 Assay 5 User Notes Modifying the Method If you want to analyze a group of compounds that are a subset of an existing method then you can modify the method parameters to obtain the desired results You must make the necessary changes and then save the new method A few common examples are listed below use the information in the table as a guide it 1s easier to start with an existing method and modify it as necessary Compounds of Interest Start with Comments Method Dimethyl Sulfide 5B or5D_ Modify 5B for low concentration Dimethyl Disulfide range Remove unused compounds from the Column B library Modify 5D for high concentration range Methyl Mercaptan Bor5D_ Modify 5B for low concentration Ethyl Mercaptan range Remove unused compounds from the Column B library Modify 5D for high concentration range Dimethyl Disulfide Modify 5D for high concentration range Disable Column C Acetone F Remove methanol and MEK from the Column B library Methyl Ethyl Ketone SF Remove methanol and acetone from the Co
30. Replace the filter on a weekly basis or more frequently if Voyager is used in a dusty or wet environment You must replace the filter if Voyager has been exposed to liquid water If you are sampling hot gases or vapors condensation in the sample line may also affect the filter The pump will sound labored when the filter requires replacement 1 Turn the instrument off 2 If you are using a three meter sample line or an extension probe remove the probe from the sample in port 3 Unscrew the filter housing from the inlet housing Be careful not to lose the o ring seal 255 Voyager User s Guide NOTE Each filter is protected by a piece of blue plastic Remove the plastic before installing the filter in Voyager 4 Remove the Teflon Polypropylene filter and install the new filter MX396020 or MX396015 5 Place the filter so that the Teflon side is facing down in the filter housing and the mesh side is facing Voyager Handle the filter disk only by the edges The mesh may be damaged or contaminated by excessive handling Use forceps or tweezers 1f possible 6 Replace the filter housing NOTE Calibrate all GC and TVOC modes before returning to normal operation NEVER operate Voyager without an inlet filter CAUTION 256 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Maintenance of the UV Lamp During normal operation of the photoionization detector the lamp window will become coated with UV absorbing material from the s
31. We will then do another run to separate the light compounds on Column C Benzene will be backflushed off the precolumn Column A to minimize the analysis time Benzene elutes at about 102 seconds on Column A The backflush time will be set to approximately 150 seconds for the first run on Column A this allows a little extra time to ensure the entire benzene peak has cleared the column To set the analysis time multiply the backflush time by a factor of 2 2 this allows time for any compounds eluting after benzene to be backflushed out of Column A The total analysis time for the first run will be 150 s x 2 2 330 s 6 minutes NOTE Assay 1 User Notes Vinyl chloride and chloromethane elute at about 60 seconds on Column A The backflush time for the second run on Column C can be set to 70 seconds this allows vinyl chloride and chloromethane to clear the precolumn Column A Benzene is still in Column A when backflush begins Column C elution time for chloromethane is about 135 seconds and about 150 seconds for vinyl chloride Analysis time on Column C will be about 3 minutes This new method provides an analysis time of 9 minutes a time saving of approximately 4 minutes The retention time values provided here are for illustration purposes only You must perform runs on both Column A and C to determine the exact retention times These values must be determined experimentally before you can modify the method on your in
32. using the last analysis select YES If Voyager can match all the compounds in the last analysis with compounds you have selected for calibration then your PID library information will be updated accordingly NOTE fa calibration fault is displayed see Calibration Fault starting on page 283 for information about correcting the fault NOTE f you need to calibrate a second or third column select the next column and disable the previous one Ensure only one column and both detectors are selected If you are calibrating Column B select PID Column C and ECD Column C Calibrate the column as above and if you are using more than one column enable the columns once you have calibrated each one of them 240 NOTE Calibration Multiple Point Calibration Curve Changes made to the library using Voyager directly cannot be saved to disk The changes will be lost when a new method is loaded Multiple point calibration may be used to improve the accuracy of Voyager s response over a wide concentration range Within a library each compound may be stored at up to 5 different concentration points The first point is always 0 0 and you can store 4 additional concentration points You can also select one of four calibration curves line segment linear fit quadratic fit or cubic fit When you perform a calibration the calibration curve is updated based on the single concentration point contained in the calibration gas Line Segment
33. 1 0000 wy 0 8000 0 6000 0 4000 0 2000 0 0000 For Help press F1 Library PID Add pelete Update 80Sec 1000 M Gal Gompound GalAveragina fi runs Cal Conc fico ppm Alarm fi 00 ppm Window BE Calibrate on losest retention ime G Lergest peak in window Retention Time 9 sec Curve Fit Linear gt Cone PPM The information in the Assay tab is used to define the chromatographic method for your application One assay has been provided with your instrument Use the assay to familiarize yourself with the operation of both Voyager and SiteChart When you are comfortable using Voyager and SiteChart you may want to customize the method to better suit your application Assay notes have been supplied to provide specific information related to your assay Refer to the assay notes before making any modifications to the method Installing the Standard Method You need to download the method to Voyager as part of the initial instrument set up procedure 113 Voyager User s Guide 114 Follow the instructions below l Zi 9 Make a copy of the assay disk and store the original Create a new directory for your assay disk If you have more than one instrument create a directory for each instrument Assay disks are specific to the instrument with the matching serial number Copy the contents of the assay disk into this directory Each assay
34. 150 seconds as possible matches Only compounds that have not already been identified will be listed Compounds within the retention time window will be listed in the Add dialog box that opens when you double click on an unknown peak See Adding Compounds to the Library on page 175 The second option on this tab allows you to copy the current library to the reference library You can use this feature to create your own assays To create your own reference library 1 Create a library by storing compounds as outlined in Adding Compounds to the Library on page 175 You can also use the existing library and update the compound information as described in Updating Library Information on page 121 2 Perform a few runs and ensure your library information is correct 3 Open the View menu and select Properties 4 Select the Reference Library tab Assay Notes Serial Number Reference Library Assay Wizard Reference library window 20 This is the window used when adding a compound to the library All compounds in the reference library which are within this of the peak s A T are listed as candidates 197 Voyager User s Guide 5 Click Copy Lib to Ref Lib 6 Save the assay with a new name NOTE Do not overwrite the reference library supplied with your assay Assay Wizard The window percent in this tab determines the co elution window If you set the window percent to 10 compounds with retention times w
35. 175 Use New when you want to create a new assay without having to delete all the existing library compounds Normally you will load an existing assay modify and test it and then save it as a new assay Open Use the Open command to open and display an assay or a sample file The Open command is available to the Assay To open an assay 1 Click on the Assay tab or the Compound Review tab 149 Voyager User s Guide 2 From the File menu select Open Alt F O SiteChart will show application app and method apm files 3 Select the required type of files to be displayed in the Files of Type drop down list 4 Select the correct drive and directory 5 Select the file and click Open or double click on the file name to open the file OR You can also enter a specific file name You must also enter the correct path so SiteChart can locate the file For example you can type c mydocs test app If you do not know the file name use as a wildcard For example type app to see a list of all application files on the specified drive and directory The Column Detector option will display Column A PID and the Library will display the Column A PID library list This is the default option If a sample file PID or ECD was saved with the application then it is also displayed NOTE The chromatogram may not correspond to the selected column To open a PID or ECD sample file 1 Click on the Assay tab 2 Inth
36. 1s encountered SiteChart can dial out and send an alarm or fault message To do this in addition to the system described above you will also need an external modem for Voyager and a modem for the remote computer both 9600 baud or faster NOTE SiteChart Software General Installation Information To install SiteChart you must have a 3 5 disk drive and 5 megabytes of free hard disk space The Setup utility detects minimum system requirements and warns you if your system does not meet the requirements There are a few things you can do before you begin to ensure installation goes smoothly e Turn off any virus protection software you are using as it may interfere with the Setup utility e Exit any Windows programs you are running this frees up memory for installation and prevents possible conflicts between Setup and other programs Installing the SiteChart software The following instructions assume you are installing from drive A onto drive C Run the Setup program from the 3 5 drive and install the SiteChart software onto the hard drive The default directory is c Program Files SiteChart Program if you are installing to or from a different drive substitute the appropriate drive name in the following procedure 1 Start Windows 2 Insert SiteChart Disk 1 into the floppy drive 3 Select Run from the Start menu The Run dialog is displayed 4 Type a setup as shown below and click OK Run 21x Type the
37. 249 Voyager User s Guide 250 Maintenance and 7 Troubleshooting Maintenance and Troubleshooting Maintenance Schedule Do not perform any maintenance procedures on Voyager in hazardous locations WARNING Voyager requires regular maintenance to keep it operating efficiently Replacement of some items will vary with usage the following table shows the suggested maintenance periods Replace injection port septum Every 10 injections Clean UV lamp window Once a week or as required Wipe Test the ECD Contact your local Every 6 months USA authority for regulations every year Canada Replace UV lamp Once a year or as required Replace calibration gas commercial cylinder Once a year or as required Purge internal carrier gas cylinder Condition column As required Charge battery pack As required 253 Voyager User s Guide You are not authorized to clean the ECD Do not put any cleaning agents through the ECD WARNING 254 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Replacing the Sample Inlet Filter Do not remove or replace the inlet filter in hazardous locations WARNING Voyager 1s equipped with a combined dust and water filter to reduce detector contamination As the filter collects dust Voyager s inlet flow rate and sensitivity decrease The filter will not allow water to pass through but the filter will not stop all solvents Do not aspirate liquid samples with Voyager CAUTION
38. 26 212 288 291 Restrictor 45 Through Column 264 265 Font Size 117 156 Foreflush Time 285 287 Function 180 Function Map TVOC Supervisor Mode 66 Gain Setting 174 Switching PID 181 188 Gain Switching 207 Index Gas Bag Valve 285 Calibration Gas Specifications 229 Carrier Gas Specifications 44 Commercial Supplier 446 Compressed Safety Practices 23 Connecting Calibration 231 Cylinders Storage 23 Make up 444 Regulator Safety Practices 24 Span 247 Gas Bag Adapter 25 80 233 Contamination 234 Filling 233 Valve 234 Gauge Cylinder Contents 47 GC Mode Automatic Operation 84 Datalogger 93 Fault Conditions 281 Injection 78 Supervisor Mode 63 Switching 89 User Mode 63 Graph Run vs Concentration 145 View Drop Down Box 131 Graph Display 79 GRAPH Key 74 89 93 202 Grid 155 On Off 117 155 Hang Up 164 Button 166 Hardware Configuration 165 Harmonization HAR Mark 445 Hazardous Location Battery Pack 40 Computer 107 272 Inlet Filter 255 Limitations 17 Hazardous Locations 38 Headspace Sample 225 Headspace Sampling 182 184 489 Voyager User s Guide 490 Heavy Metal Content 19 22 25 Height Minimum 215 Peak 213 HEIGHT Key 216 Help Index 168 Menu 112 168 Topics 169 Window 168 High Accuracy Applications 244 Sensitivity Detector 201 Humidity Range 453 HyperTerminal 272 Icon Speaker 77 Indicator LEDs 67 Initiating Remote C
39. 5 method parameters The adsorption test consists of repetitive sampling 10 runs and analysis of the indicated compound concentration The sample is typically obtained either directly from a tank or by diluting a tank standard with air to obtain the indicated concentration The instrument was calibrated and then the 10 runs were performed Test results are shown below for two compounds as run on one instrument but are typical for Voyager 2 lt x prar amp 3 aa 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Run No Figure 63 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling of 100 ppm Methyl Assay User Notes e Methyl Acrylate 100 ppm H Methyl Methacrylate 154 ppm fA Ethyl Acrylate 101 ppm Acrylate 154 ppm Methyl Methacrylate and 101 ppm Ethyl Acrylate Relative Area 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Run No Figure 64 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling of 118 ppm Ethylene 102 ppm Vinyl Acetate and 100 ppm Styrene e Ethylene 118 ppm mg Vinyl Acetate 102 ppm fA A Styrene 100 ppm 431 Voyager User s Guide 432 i Butyl Acrylate 112 ppm n Butyl Acrylate g 2 prar amp 3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Run No Figure 65 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling of 112 ppm i Butyl
40. 65 Voyager User s Guide TVOC Supervisor Mode all keys LIBRARY CAL ALARM SPAN DISPLAY ae voc REEORT GRAPH STATUS BCKLITE CLOCK ON OFF DELAY RUNS VOC GC USER INJECT SYRINGE LOOP PROBE cd CONFIG METHOD TIMING PUMP AUDIO PRESS INJECT SENSE BCKFLSH ANLZ N EXT PREV CURRENT RANGE ALL For all information that you must enter the soft keys correspond to the up down left and right arrow 66 Using Voyager The up and down arrows are used to edit the character highlighted by the cursor The right arrow is used to advance the cursor to the next character on the right When the cursor is advanced to the right most character it stops The left arrow is used to advance the cursor to the previous character on the left When the cursor is advanced to the left most character it stops To accept the changes press the Enter Menu key To ignore the changes press the Exit key Indicator LEDs The indicator LEDs visually indicate Voyager s status e The Ready LED is lit when the run is complete and Voyager is ready for the next sample e The Sampling LED indicates that a sa
41. AC adapter If it is not correct for the wall outlet in your area then it must be replaced as detailed in The AC Adapter Line Cord on page 445 2 Plug the adapter into the jack located on the instrument 3 Plug the adapter into an AC outlet 4 Switch on the power at the AC outlet The LED on the instrument indicates the charge state Red indicates the battery is being quick charged Green indicates the battery is fully charged and ready for use and is being trickle charged It is normal for a fully charged battery to indicate it is charging red light when first plugged in The LED will turn green as the battery charges The LED is off if the AC adapter 1s not connected to Voyager 5 When the battery pack is fully charged remove the adapter first from the AC outlet then from the battery pack To charge the battery pack independently of the instrument 1 Remove the battery pack as outlined in Removing and Replacing the Battery Pack on page 40 2 Plug the adapter into the jack located on the battery pack 42 Introduction Plug the adapter into an AC outlet Switch on the power at the AC outlet The LED on the instrument indicates the charge state Red indicates the battery is being quick charged Green indicates the battery is fully charged and ready for use and is being trickle charged It is normal for a fully charged battery to indicate it is charging red light when first plugged in The LED will turn gre
42. Calibration Curve If one concentration point is stored Voyager draws a line from this 0 0 to the single point and uses the line as the calibration curve If the compound is stored at a second higher concentration sample concentrations are calculated using the first sensitivity when the concentration is below the lower concentration For concentrations above the lower value Voyager uses a sensitivity value calculated from the slope of the line connecting the two concentration response points 241 Voyager User s Guide 242 Point 4 Point 3 Point 2 gt 2 Cc O Q N 0D x po O gt O pun Q Point 1 0 1 1 10 Compound Concentration ppm Figure 12 Line Segment Calibration Curve If a third higher concentration is stored then the concentrations above the second value are measured using a sensitivity value calculated from the slope of the line connecting the second and third concentration response points You can store up to five concentration points Linear Calibration Curve If you select linear calibration Voyager will draw the best line through all the points It will use a linear least squares fit to determine the slope of the line The line will always start at 0 0 If you have stored only one point you will have a line segment curve If you have stored 2 or more points Voyager will use the least squares fit Calibration Point 3 gt 2
43. Datalogger Entry 95 DELETE Key 95 Delivery Pressure 48 Description Analytical Engine 443 Calibration 225 Chromatography 437 ECD 443 Loop Injection 438 Precolumn Backflush 439 DET Key 74 97 268 Detector Cell 437 Cell Cleaning 258 Electron Capture 443 Gain 174 High Sensitivity 201 Low Sensitivity 201 Operation of Dual 238 Out Port 78 81 Parameters 134 Photoionization 440 Saturation 263 Selecting 96 200 Selection 116 174 187 Signal 134 Specifications 453 State 134 Temperature 134 Vent Ports 26 291 Development of Methods 199 Dial 487 Voyager User s Guide 488 Button 166 Out Command 163 Dimensions 453 Directory Box Log Review Tab 140 Display Compound 79 Default 111 Graph 79 Location 39 Log Review Tab 140 Options 74 Peak 79 Specifications 453 Status Line 69 TVOC 88 TVOC Graph 89 TVOC Report 89 DISPLAY Key 94 Down Slope 189 190 214 216 Download Firmware 272 Dragging 34 Drift Baseline 261 289 Correcting Retention Time 288 Drop Down Box Graph View 131 Dust Filter 255 Dynamic Range 219 ECD Carrier Gas 44 97 Contamination 286 291 292 Description 443 Disposal 271 Failure or Damage 29 Files 138 Graph View 131 Key 211 Labels 28 Leak Testing 28 Maintenance 267 Make up Gas 444 Offset 73 135 Offset Level 97 Operating Parameters 134 Operation 96 Other Requirements 29 Possession 27 Purging
44. ECD State Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog boxes The change you have made applies to the currently selected column only If you need to change the setting for another column select the next column and change the detector state Save the assay 187 Voyager User s Guide 188 When Voyager changes the PID sensitivity gain it must monitor and change the offset This occurs during the pump time Voyager begins to adjust the offset at about 8 10 seconds into the pump time Typical setting for the pump time do not allow sufficient time for baseline stabilization after the extreme changes in offset that occur during gain switching If it is necessary to switch gains between runs set the pump times to at least 20 Use typical times of 10 to 15 seconds when no gain switching is required See page 181 for details on setting the pump time Integration Method General Information The integrator extracts information from the detector signal The integrator has been designed to reduce or eliminate the user input required for good chromatographic integration Chromatographic peaks are identified according to the following recognition sequence based on the slope of the signal coming from the detector The integrator looks for each step to occur in sequence To detect a peak the integrator goes through the following steps 1 The slope exceeds a threshold value for a certain time period When this occurs the pe
45. Each licensee required to make a report under paragraph a of this 2 section shall within 30 days after making the telephone report make a written report setting forth the following information i A description of the licensed material involved including kind quantity and chemical and physical form and ii A description of the circumstances under which the loss or theft occurred and iii A statement of disposition or probable disposition of the licensed material involved and iv Exposures of individuals to radiation circumstances under which the exposure occurred and the possible total effective dose equivalent to persons in unrestricted areas and v Actions that have been taken or will be taken to recover the material and vi Procedures or measures that have been or will be adopted to ensure against a recurrence of the loss or theft of licensed material Reports must be made as follows i For holders of an operating license for a nuclear power plant the events included in paragraph b of this section must be reported in accordance with the procedures described in 50 73 b c d e and g of this chapter and must include the information required in paragraph b 1 of this section and ii All other licensees shall make reports to the Administrator of the appropriate NRC Regional Office listed in appendix D to part 20 455 Voyager User s Guide c A duplicate report is not requ
46. Figure 25 Gas Bag Effect as Measured on a 1 ppm Styrene Sample If the same concentration of styrene is measured directly from a tank of compressed gas standard drift effects over the same time period are negligible If a Tedlar bag is used to store a styrene sample at this concentration then the analysis results hours later will not accurately reflect the concentration at the time of sampling 321 Voyager User s Guide 322 In addition to container effects there are a variety of other issues regarding sample storage processing and preparation that can compromise the accuracy of the concentration measurement Adsorption Another potential instrument source of error is sample adsorption by Voyager s analytical system If this occurs it will typically be seen as an increase in peak area upon repeated sampling of the component even after the instrument has been in operation for many hours The effect is usually concentration dependent as higher concentrations will supply the demand of a limited number of adsorption sites without a significant percentage of sample loss Voyager has been designed to minimize adsorption effects by heating the analytical system However some compounds may still be problematic at low concentrations Detector Response Drift Detector response drift 1s caused by drift in the effective UV lamp intensity over time Although Voyager maintains a constant visible lamp intensity it 1s possible that the ioni
47. Integration 216 Loop Injection 78 81 438 Operation 84 Automatic Integration 189 Averaging Calibration 125 Integration Period 190 Backflush Precolumn 439 Time 206 TVOC 87 220 Backflush Time 180 Baseline Dip 219 Drift 261 289 Instability 208 212 Make up Gas 444 Noise 267 Signal Level 208 Stability 207 Baseline Stability 181 186 188 Battery Pack Cadmium Content 19 22 25 453 Care 25 Charge Discharge Time 453 Charging 40 42 Charging Independently 42 Charging Time 42 Disposal 19 22 25 Extended Life 40 42 Hazardous Location 40 Heavy Metal Content 19 22 25 453 Hours of Operation 42 Life 40 68 Location 39 Low Battery Fault 284 Protection 40 Reduced Life 42 Removing 41 Safety Practices 25 Specifications 453 Voltage 72 BCKLITE Key 68 Beginning Operation 68 Binary Format 274 Box Auto Cycle 160 Config 116 Method 116 Box Alarm Acknowledge 89 Button Copy Lib to Ref Lib 198 Dial 166 Hang Up 166 Send to Voyager 114 136 Start 135 Stop 135 Cable Communication 107 Cadmium Content 19 22 25 CAL Key 246 248 CALCMPD Key 238 CALCONC Key 237 239 Calibrate Command 162 Calibration Averaging 125 Compound Concentration 237 239 Cubic Curve 243 Curve 126 244 Curve Fit Options 203 Description 225 ECD Only 236 Enabling Compounds 236 238 Fault 70 283 Fault Status 75 Flow Adapter 231 Frequency 225 Gas Concentration 126 Kit for Syringe
48. Point 1 0 1 1 10 Compound Concentration ppm Figure 6 Linear Calibration Curve If a third higher concentration is stored then the concentrations above the second value are measured using a sensitivity value calculated from the slope of the line connecting the second and third concentration response points You can store up to five concentration points A quadratic calibration curve fits a quadratic function to the points you have stored In order to use the quadratic calibration curve you must store at least 2 or more points The curve will always start at 0 0 and go through at least 2 points you have stored and 0 0 In order to obtain the most accurate results you should store a point that is at the top end of the desired concentration range If you are interested in the range 10 to 100 ppm store a point at 100 ppm Data past this point will be extrapolated based on a tangent through the last stored point 127 Voyager User s Guide 128 Point 2 gt xo eb Yn Cc O Q op oO ao O O 0D o Q Point 4 0 1 1 10 Compound Concentration ppm Figure 7 Quadratic Calibration Curve SiteChart Software The Instrument Tab SiteChart 5 x File View Analyzer Communications Help Assay Instrument Log Review Compound Review Graph View X CompoundName Cone PPM By 10m Q 50 0 c 100V State Signal mv Offset mv Tem
49. User s Guide a the transport of goods for hire or reward in respect of the transport of any prescribed substance or any device or equipment necessary for such transport b prospecting for prescribed substances if such prospecting does not involve the removal of more than ten kilograms of uranium or thorium from any deposit thereof in any one calendar year c any use sale or possession of a substance containing deuterium if 1 such substance does not contain hydrogen having a greater concentration of deuterium than is normally found in nature or 11 such use sale or possession does not involve more than 10 kilograms of deuterium in any calendar year where such a substance does contain hydrogen having a greater concentration of deuterium than is normally found in nature d a substance containing naturally occurring radioactive isotopes of elements of atomic number less than 80 and in no greater concentration than is normally found in nature e a substance containing radioactive isotopes of elements of atomic number less than 90 if 1 the quantity of such isotopes per kilogram of substance does not exceed the schedules quantity and 11 any such isotopes on the surface of the substance are not in the opinion of the Board or a designated officer readily dispersible and the quantity of such isotopes on the surface of the substance does not exceed one tenth of the scheduled quantity per square meter of substance
50. User s Guide 174 If your chromatographic settings have not changed from the original assay but library compounds are not correctly identified or not identified at all they may have drifted out of the peak recognition window You can update library information based on a recent chromatogram that has been run using the original assay See Compound Library on page 120 Changes made to the current library are not made to the reference library Column Selection Each assay contains three columns Each column has a library of compounds and their associated chromatographic information Refer to the assay notes to determine which is the best column on which to run your compounds If the compounds of interest must be run on two columns you must perform two runs to complete an analysis and two runs to calibrate the instrument See Column Detector Selection on page 116 An ECD is available for Voyager that is configured for Assay 1 You must have the ECD installed to access the ECD options In the Instrument tab select the PID the ECD or both You can set the PID to high sensitivity for low concentrations or for compounds that do not respond well to a PID Select low sensitivity for high concentrations The PID sensitivity is equivalent to the detector gain See Detector State on page 187 for details or setting the PID sensitivity Refer to the assay notes for guidelines on setting the gain To select the required column detector combinati
51. a record of the results must be maintained for Atomic Energy Control Board AECB inspection for a period of three years Thermal Runaway Protection Voyager will cut power to the heating system if any heated zone exceeds 120 C WARNING NOTE NOTE Government Regulations for ECDs Do not open the instrument or attempt to remove the ECD If the ECD must be removed from the instrument contact PerkinElmer Photovac The electron capture detector contains 15 millicuries of nickel 63 Ni a radioactive material We strongly recommended that you become familiar with the NRC regulations as well as any other federal state or local regulations covering the use of Ni Your possession and use of this detector is governed in the U S by 10 C F R Section 31 5 as noted on page 462 Under the provisions of that regulation you are deemed a General Licensee If you hold a specific license you may need to meet additional requirements and be governed by further regulations as outlined in your license 27 Voyager User s Guide 28 Your possession and use of the ECD may also be regulated by the state where you are located The requirements of state regulatory agencies are similar to those contained in NRC regulation 10 C F R Section 31 5 but they may differ in some respects You must obtain a copy of the regulations from your particular state See page 475 for a list of the Agreement States Agreement States have been grante
52. acknowledge box will open Press YES to acknowledge the alarm condition and to silence the audible alarm While an analysis is in progress it is not possible to change to TVOC mode Wait until the current analysis is complete before attempting to change modes gt To stop the analysis before it is complete press the Start Stop key If you stopped the analysis after the sample was injected onto the column you must wait for the duration of the analysis time for the column to be flushed before beginning another analysis on the same column otherwise carry over my result When you stop an analysis Voyager will begin to flush the column and move to the next column When you press Start Stop the analysis will begin on the next column If you are using syringe injection you must calibrate Voyager using syringe injection 83 Voyager User s Guide 84 Automatic Operation Automatic operation allows you to set up Voyager to sample unattended If more than one column is required to complete an analysis then each column will be sampled in order If each column has different chromatographic settings Voyager will adjust its settings between analyses You can also configure the instrument to perform a preset number of analyses You must use loop injections for automatic analyzing l Ensure the battery is fully charged or connect the instrument to the AC adapter as discussed in Battery Pack on page 40 Fill the carrier gas cylinder o
53. after 60 seconds will be identified and displayed If you need to identify all the peaks in the run then set the delay to 0 and print an analysis report Then set the delay to 60 or an appropriate delay for your analysis time and re integrate the run Then print another analysis report If you are using a PID with nitrogen carrier gas you will see a negative peak due to oxygen in your sample Set the integration delay so that the timer begins after this negative peak If you are using the ECD this oxygen peak will be positive 191 Voyager User s Guide 192 Filter Since baseline noise is constant throughout the chromatogram the reduced slope sensitivities may allow false noise peaks to be detected To reduce these effects the integrator filters the signal by averaging the signal over larger periods while reducing the slope sensitivities This allows the signal to noise ratio to remain constant throughout an analysis giving good integration on both early and late peaks It is not possible to select a single filter that will work ideally under all conditions because of variations in carrier flow and column temperature in a GC If data are too heavily filtered adjacent peaks will not be resolved while if too lightly filtered noise creates unwanted peaks In either case the quality of the integration will suffer Filter 1 provides the most filtering with the signal being averaged over the longest period before the slop
54. again Voyager must be powered up from the local keypad by pressing the On Off key 166 SiteChart Software Alarm Dial You can setup the computer to dial out to a remote computer if an alarm or fault condition is encountered If the computer is connected directly to Voyager you must connect a modem to a free serial port in order to use this feature If you are controlling Voyager from a remote location you will need a second modem connected to a free serial port on the computer Ensure the modems are connected and configured correctly To configure your system to dial out on an alarm condition 1 Select Alarm Dial from the Communications menu 2 Enter the telephone number to which the computer should dial if an alarm or fault condition is encountered 3 Select the port to which the modem is connected If Voyager is connected directly to the computer this will be the modem port If you are controlling Voyager from a remote location this will be the second modem port 4 Check Dial on Alarm or Dial on Fault condition or both as required 5 Click OK to close the dialog box If any of the conditions you selected occur the computer will dial out to the preset number SiteChart will try to establish communication and send a message indicating that an alarm or fault has occurred Test the feature to ensure all connections are correct and that all information has been entered correctly 167 Voyager User s Guide 168
55. all 40 compounds is provided with this method The library listings are in alphabetical order for ease of reference Column A PID Library Column A ECD Library Compound Name 1 1 2 2 Tetrachloroethane Column B PID Library 308 Assay 1 User Notes c 1 3 Dichloropropene o Xylene t 1 3 Dichloropropene p Xylene Ethylbenzene Column B ECD Library Compound Name Bromodichloromethane t 1 3 Dichloropropene Dibromochloromethane Tetrachloroethylene 1 2 Dichloroethane Trichloroethylene Column C PID Library Compound Name 1 2 Dichloroethane 1 1 Dichloroethylene c 1 2 Dichloroethylene t 1 2 Dichloroethylene MEK 1 1 1 Trichloroethane Vinyl Acetate Vinyl Chloride Column C ECD Library Compound Name Carbon Disulfide 1 2 Dichloroethane Carbon 1 1 Dichloroethylene Tetrachloride Chloroform 1 1 1 Trichloroethane 309 Voyager User s Guide Compound Elution Order The following tables list the elution order and typical retention times for all Assay 1 compounds on each column This information will be needed if you are customizing the standard method Heavy compounds such as 1 2 Dichlorobenzene are not generally analyzed on the more retentive Columns B and C since retention times will be unacceptably long The information in these tables is for reference only Retention times will vary on your instrument and exact retention times for your instrument are contained in the Assa
56. all gases WARNING NOTE Connect the regulator to the calibration gas cylinder You must obtain calibration gas and a high purity regulator Obtain a regulator matching the fitting on your tank of calibration gas The regulator must have a 1 4 compression fitting at the outlet in order to use the calibration kit 1 Tighten the regulator onto the tank with a wrench Do not over tighten 2 Attach the knurled nut on the gas bag adapter to the regulator as shown in Figure 10 Finger tighten the fitting 1 4 to 3 16 To Regulator 5 1 4 Teflon Tubing p a ranan Outlet or Voyager X NANN O X H RNN Sample In Port Gas Bag Tube Stub Figure 10 Gas Bag Adapter 3 Loosen the knurled nut on the reducing union of the gas bag adapter 233 Voyager User s Guide NOTE Do not remove the nut from the union as the Teflon ferrules contained inside the nut may be lost See Figure 10 4 Insert the tube stub from the gas bag into the knurled nut and tighten the knurled nut and ensure the tube stub 1s secure If the gas bag is not secure ensure you have inserted the tube stub far enough into the knurled nut Do not over tighten the fitting NOTE Over tightening the Teflon ferrules will result in damage to the ferrules 5 The union should be connected to the gas bag adapter if it is not then tighten the nut on the adapter tube to the union 6 Open the gas bag valve by turnin
57. and analysis time must also be a minimum of 2 2 times the backflush time for any given column If an analysis time is too short for either of the above reasons peaks may elute during a later analysis NOTE Voyager s maximum analysis time is 3200 seconds If a peak elutes after this time on any column the method must be modified Increasing the temperature or pressure will speed up heavy compounds 5 Store all target compounds in the library and calibrate on them using the new method Concentration Ranges The concentrations ranges listed throughout these user notes are typical ranges for which Voyager will identify and quantify the target compounds Concentrations outside the specified ranges may be detected by adjusting the integration parameters For example at low concentrations the tail on the a pinene peak may require manual integration You should integrate this peak manually and verify the integration whenever accurate concentration readings are required The concentration range specified for a method can also be changed by modifying the injection time or the PID state The detection range for method compounds will change so you must re calibrate all library compounds The table below summarizes compound information for the existing methods 385 Voyager User s Guide R T Concentration S Range ppm Column A 0 5 50 0 5 50 0 5 50 Column B Methyl Mercaptan Ethyl Mercaptan Dimethyl Sulfide
58. as outlined in the previous section 2 From the File menu select Save As Alt F A 3 Enter a name for the log file The file will be saved as a SiteChart log file with the extension log 4 Select whether or not you want the file created as a read only file 5 Click Save The comma delimited log file cannot be opened in SiteChart 144 SiteChart Software Compound Review Tab Compound history for m Xylene SiteChart File View Analyzer Communications Help Assay Instrument Log Review Compound Review Director C 4 SiteChart DemoDisk Chromatograms Date Time TAG intua Jun 19 97 Jun 24 97 Jun 20 97 Aug 06 97 Aug 06 97 Aug OF 97 Ava OF ed tg teed eed SOE REAOOR 09 05 For Help press F1 To analyze the results on the basis of a single compound use the Compound Review tab This tab allows you to generate a graph of concentrations for a specific compound over a range of runs Compound Concentration Graph To create a concentration versus run graph 1 Inthe Directory box select the drive and directory where your Voyager files are stored In this directory there should be a sub directory identified by the serial number of the instrument Select this sub directory 2 The Log Review list to the right of the Directory box will list all the recorded analyses The compound review list is the same as the log review listing See the table below fo
59. assay to determine what type of calibration gas you require 2 Using a calibration flow adapter MX380328 connect the regulator to the inlet of the flow adapter You cannot connect a supply of pressurized calibration gas directly to the sample in port The excess gas must be vented to atmosphere The adapter is supplied with a 1 4 parallel compression fitting If this does not fit your regulator you can remove the parallel to NPT adapter and use the 1 8 NPT port You must put new Teflon tape on the male NPT thread in order to obtain a leak tight seal You may need to use an additional length of stainless steel tubing between the regulator and the flow adapter to ensure the flow meter 1s perpendicular to the floor If the flow meter is not upright you may get erroneous flow rates 3 Connect the tubing from the flow adapter to the adapter union 1 4 to 1 8 as shown in Figure 9 231 Voyager User s Guide 232 Flow Meter 6 Excess gas vented through flow meter 1 4 Inlet Port Connect to regulator i Flow Adapter 1 4 to 1 8 1 8 Teflon i Tubing 1 4 Teflon Tubing Adapter Union We To Voyager Sample In Port No OX Figure 9 Connecting the Calibration Flow Adapter 4 A length of 1 4 Teflon tubing with the 1 4 fittings is supplied with the flow adapter connect one end of the tube to the 1 8 to 1 4 adapter unio
60. at the top of the screen will tell you which library you are using Compounds with a check mark are currently selected for calibration 5 Use the up down arrows to move through the list of compounds To enable or disable a compound move to the compound name and press EDIT and CALCMPD This will toggle the compound on and off If the compound is not selected remove it from the library 238 6 Calibration Press EDIT and CALCONC to enter the concentration for each enabled compound Use the arrow keys to enter the concentration If the concentration displayed in the Cal column is correct move to the next compound Move through the list and check that you have enabled all the compounds contained in the calibration gas and have entered the correct calibration concentration NOTE Compounds not contained in the calibration gas must be removed from the library see Removing Library Compounds on page 249 NOTE Te 10 To switch to the ECD view press DISPLAY GC and DET and when prompted to change views press Enter Menu To select the ECD compounds for your application press Enter Menu then LIBRARY and LIST and press the left right arrow to select the library that matches your selected column The status line at the top of the screen will tell you which library you are using Compounds with a check mark are currently selected for calibration If the compound is not selected remove it from the library Press EDIT an
61. be displayed where SiteChart is expecting to find the compound 11 Ifthe compound peak is the only peak within the retention time window click Update or double click on the peak to open the Update dialog box If the information in the box is not correct enter the correct data and click OK OR If the compound peak is not within the retention time window or if there are other peaks in the retention time window drag the center blue dashed line to the desired peak The retention time will be updated automatically 12 Repeat this procedure for each library compound 13 Re integrate the chromatogram Select re integrate from the Analyzer menu or right click on the chromatogram and select re integrate from the pop up menu Each compound should be correctly identified 14 If you are using another column for your application repeat this procedure for the next column 15 Save the assay and then send it to Voyager 16 Select the Instrument Tab and run an analysis on each column 122 SiteChart Software 17 Ensure all compounds are correctly identified and then use these analyses to calibrate Voyager Interference Compounds Compounds can be added to the library for identification purposes only Using this feature will allow compounds to be identified in a peak report but no concentration data will be calculated Interference compounds included in some assays are provided in this way Compounds listed in the library
62. be stored at the TLV level If this 1s not possible the compound will be stored at some concentration appropriate for the application You should perform multiple point calibrations for most accurate results Column C Concentration Co elution Range ppm No The information in the table above is for reference only Retention times may vary significantly Concentrations outside the specified range especially at the lower end can be obtained by adjusting the injection time PID state and integration parameters To obtain maximum verify the integration whenever accurate concentration readings are required Re integrate manually if necessary Assay 6 User Notes Column Specifications Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing 35 phenyl 65 methyl phase capillary column Material SPB 35 Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Material Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing WAX phase capillary column Supelcowax 10 Material Coating Packing 1 SP 1000 on 60 80 Carbopack B SPB 1 Material 405 Voyager User s Guide 406 Accurate Concentration Measurement The following information is provided to assist you in understanding some of the analytical issues regarding the analysis of surfactants in ambient air When you are detecting compound concentrations in air samples using gas chromatography it is important to recognize that there are various potenti
63. be used to update the calibration curve that you have created All of the points on the curve are updated based on the response ratio from the single point contained in the calibration gas Ideally you will choose a point in the middle of the calibration curve as the concentration to be included in the calibration gas For high accuracy applications you may want to do multiple point calibration on a daily basis 1 Select the correct column for your compounds If your compounds of interest must be run on more than one column you must store information for one column at a time 2 Connect your sample and press Start Stop to begin an analysis 3 5 Calibration When the analysis is complete you must store the new point If you are storing a number of compounds then you may want to print the analysis for ease of reference Use a PC and the SiteChart software to print the analysis Press Enter Menu then LIBRARY LIST EDIT and STORE and enter the peak number to be stored in the box that opens then press Enter Menu to confirm the peak number Voyager will display the matching compound name from the current library Press Enter Menu to confirm NOTE f the identified compound is not the compound you are trying to store then you are using the wrong library Press Enter Menu then LIBRARY and use the left right arrow key to select the correct library 6 fe 8 10 11 12 Use the up down arrow keys to
64. carrier gas eluting from the column When light of this energy hits the eluting molecules they may become ionized that is electrons may be knocked off the molecules Many of the chemicals considered pollutants including most hydrocarbons are ionized The permanent air gases argon carbon dioxide nitrogen oxygen water vapor etc require a relatively high energy for ionization and are not ionized by the 10 6 eV UV lamp Whether or not a certain molecule is ionized depends upon its Ionization Potential IP If the IP of a molecule is less than the energy of the light 10 6 eV it will most likely be ionized If the IP is greater than 10 6 eV it is not readily ionized Most of the permanent air gases including nitrogen and water vapor have IPs over 12 eV This means that the carrier gas and the sample matrix are not ionized A continuous electric field 1s maintained between a repeller electrode and a collector electrode in the PID cell Once they have been ionized by the lamp the ionized molecules in the PID cell move in the electric field generating a current which 1s proportional to the concentration of the ionized molecules in the detector cell An electrometer circuit converts the current to a voltage which is then further converted to a digital signal and fed to Voyager s microprocessor 441 Voyager User s Guide 442 Antenna Wire Lamp Power Supply Lampholder p a UV Lamp Detect
65. change without notice Nuclear Regulatory Commission Regional Offices Telephone 474 Region I Connecticut Delaware District of Columbia Maine Maryland Massachusetts New Hampshire New Jersey New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Region IJ Alabama Florida Georgia Kentucky Mississippi North Carolina Puerto Rico South Carolina Tennessee Virginia Virgin Islands and West Virginia Region III Illinois Indiana Iowa Michigan Minnesota Missouri Ohio and Wisconsin Region IV Alaska Arizona Arkansas California Colorado Hawaii Idaho Kansas Louisiana Montana Nebraska Nevada New Mexico North Dakota Oklahoma Oregon Pacific Trust Territories South Dakota Texas Utah Washington and Wyoming USNRC 475 Allendale Road King of Prussia PA 19406 USNRC 101 Marietta Street NW Suite 2900 Atlanta GA 30323 USNRC 799 Roosevelt Road Glen Ellyn IL 60137 USNRC 611 Ryan Plaza Drive Suite 1000 Arlington TX 76011 610 337 5000 FTS 346 5000 404 331 4053 FTS 242 4503 708 790 5500 FTS 388 5500 817 880 8100 FTS 728 8100 Region IV Walnut Creek Field Office USNRC Region IV Uranium Recovery Field FTS 776 2805 Appendices 303 236 2805 Office 730 Simms Street P O Box 25325 Denver CO 80225 Agreement States Alabama Division of Radiation Control State Department of Public Health P O Box 303017 Montgomery
66. charge state will be Off The serial number of the instrument Cycle Time This timer shows the time remaining in the current analysis If a run is not in progress then this parameter is set to 0 If the ECD is selected for operation then parameters specific to the ECD will be displayed To change the view from the PID to the ECD 1 Press DISPLAY then STATUS then GC then DET 2 When prompted to change views to the ECD press Enter Menu ECD Signal The current signal from the electron capture detector ECD Offset The voltage applied to keep the baseline at 10 of fullscale The applied offset is an indication of column contamination If the offset is greater than 800 mV the column should be allowed to flush until it stabilizes at a value between 200 and 800 mV ECD Status Shows that the ECD is on or off ECD Temp The operating temperature of the electron capture detector The temperature can be set independently of the column and PID 73 Voyager User s Guide Display Options gt Switch between display options by pressing Enter Menu and then DISPLAY and GC PEAK will list all the peaks in the current or last analysis If a peak matches a library compound it will be identified If the retention time does not correspond to a library compound it will be listed as Unknown CMPD Compound lists all the compounds in the current library If the compound is present in the current or last analysis a concentration and
67. columns Set the pressure to the maximum of 14 psig and allow the column to flush for a few hours until the offset level returns to 200 800 mV NOTE Jf the instrument is in user mode you will not be able to increase the flow rate 8 Ensure the internal carrier gas tank is full or connect the instrument to an external tank of carrier gas as detailed in Carrier Gas starting on page 44 Flushing all Three Columns 1 Move the instrument to an area where the ambient air contains no VOCs 2 Connect a supply of carrier gas to the sample in port 3 Use a clean gas bag filled with zero air or nitrogen or if you are using a pressurized supply of gas set the delivery pressure to no more than 14 psig 4 Ifthe instrument is auto analyzing disable the option 5 Switch to supervisor mode by pressing Enter Menu then SETUP and MODE then use the arrow keys to select Super 6 When the password is requested enter 12344321 and press Enter Menu You are now in supervisor mode The password is factory set and cannot be changed 7 Press SETUP CONFIG and COLUMN to select all the columns to be flushed 264 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 8 Press SETUP CONFIG METHOD and PRESS to increase the flow through the columns Set the pressure to the maximum of 14 psig NOTE f the instrument is in user mode you will not be able to increase the flow rate 9 Enable auto analyzing Voyager will cycle through the col
68. compound This allows you to have higher averaging factors for those compounds that exhibit less repeatability Do not enable calibration averaging for compounds not contained in the calibration gas If you are using calibration averaging to update compound information that may be unstable you may want to calibrate more frequently to ensure that your library response is reliable 125 Voyager User s Guide Other Features gt Enter the concentration of the compound in the calibration gas This concentration should be close to the concentration to be detected gt Enter an alarm level If an alarm is exceeded an audible alarm may sound and an alarm acknowledge box will be displayed The audio options are selected on Voyager itself see Audio Options on page 77 gt Enter the window percent The window percent is the deviation in retention time for which Voyager will compensate For example if the window is set at 10 a compound with a retention time of 100 seconds will still be identified 1f it elutes between 90 and 110 seconds Most compounds have a 3 5 window gt Select how you want the peak identified as the largest peak in the window or as the closest retention time in the library If there are interference compounds that appear at the same retention time but are not as responsive to the PID or are present in very low concentrations then select the largest peak in the window If the
69. compound has been tested for adsorption effects and the results are illustrated below These results were used to generate the precision specifications for ABS Acrylonitrile To test Voyager for an adsorption effect with acrylonitrile an instrument which had been allowed to stabilize for several hours and which had not recently been exposed to acrylonitrile was set up to make consecutive measurements on a 2 1 ppm sample and then consecutive measurements of a 9 9 ppm sample The analysis time for each run was approximately 15 minutes Each test took 3 hours o i lt o p x x Figure 41 Peak Area Stability for Acrylonitrile 358 Assay 4 User Notes Figure 41 shows the peak area stability obtained during these tests The precision obtained in these run sequences was 5 for the 2 1 ppm sample and 1 2 for the 9 9 ppm sample Neither graph indicates adsorption Poor precision at the lower concentration is caused by the poor peak shape at a low signal level This leads to more random error in the integrated area 1 3 Butadiene Figure 42 shows results obtained for repetitive sampling of 1 3 butadiene with a 5 second inject at concentrations of 0 7 ppm and 5 ppm Sample concentrations were prepared by dilution of a high concentration standard in a tank with zero grade air The instruments were allowed to stabilize for several hours and had not recently been exposed to 1 3 butadiene The
70. compound pair will co elute will depend on the instrument and the relative concentrations of the components within the sample Often co elutions can be resolved by modifying the standard method if the sample matrix permits There are 5 possible co elutions on Column B e 1 2 dichloropropane and 1 2 dichloroethane These compounds are separated on Column C using the standard method e Toluene and tetrachloroethylene These compounds may be separated by modifying the Column B method They could also be analyzed on Column A Tetrachloroethylene can be quantified on the ECD if an ECD has been installed e 2 Choroethyl vinyl ether and cis 1 3 dichloro propene These compounds are separated on Column A using the standard method and may by separated by modifying the Column B method e m Xylene and p xylene These compounds cannot usually be resolved You can try modifying the Column B method to separate these compounds but that may in turn effect other separations e o Xylene and chlorobenzene These compounds may be separated by modifying the Column B method 303 Voyager User s Guide 304 NOTE There are 5 possible co elutions on Column C Bromomethane and chloroethane Chloroethane and bromomethane co elute on all 3 columns and cannot be resolved by Voyager e Dichloromethane and 1 1 dichloroethylene These compounds are separated on Column B using the standard method e t 1 2 Dichloroethylene and vin
71. creating a custom method You can modify the library of an existing method Alternatively you optimize the chromatography of an existing method by changing the method parameters General Information Modifying the library of an existing method is a matter of adding or deleting a compound performing a calibration and storing the compounds in a custom app file Changing the method parameters allows you to create a customized method optimized for your application You must first perform a few analyses to determine the new method s analysis and backflush times The detailed procedures for producing custom methods are described in the Method Development section of this manual a brief summary follows NOTE Do not inject heavy compounds onto Column C They may be retained for unreasonable amounts of time and may contaminate your column 1 Set the Column A backflush time to 1500 seconds and the analysis time to 3200 seconds then analyze your target compounds on Column A Column A is the precolumn for all other columns so the retention time of the target compounds on Column A 1s used to determine the backflush timing the other columns Assay User Notes 2 The backflush time for a run on Column B or C is the retention time from Column A of the last peak you wish to analyze plus 0 to 50 seconds The backflush time for Column A 1s equal to the retention time of the last peak of interest plus 50 to 200 seconds typically 3 Col
72. every twelve months and a record of the results must be maintained for AECB inspection for a period of three years See Obtaining an ECD Wipe Test Sample on page 268for detailed procedure Warnings and Safety Information Cell Failure or Damage If a leak test detects more than 0 005 microcuries of removable Ni on the surface of the ECD cell or if the cell itself is damaged in such a way as to indicate that it may no longer adequately shield the radioactive material inside you must immediately suspend operation of your gas chromatograph until the cell has been repaired or disposed of by a person specifically licensed to do so You must report any such incident to the Regional Office Inspection and Enforcement U S Nuclear Regulatory Commission You must also report the incident to the regulatory authority of your Agreement State In Canada you must report the incident to the AECB see page 479 Reporting Radiation Incidents Theft or Loss Please read NRC Regulation 10 C F R Section 20 2201 and 20 2202 as reproduced starting on page 454 In Canada read Atomic Energy Control Regulations Part VI Section 20 as reproduced starting on page 471 These regulations describe your duties should Voyager equipped with an ECD be lost stolen or released or should any person be exposed to radiation Other Requirements Regulation 10 C F R Section 31 5 does not permit you to abandon Voyager equipped with an ECD or export it It ma
73. five consecutive samples Interval between calibrations for lt 10 change in accuracy assuming Voyager is calibrated once immediately after a 20 minute warm up period Table 1 Precision and Calibration Data for Assay 2 Compounds 342 Assay 2 User Notes These calibration times are based on an extended measurement of peak area drift of a generic compound isobutylene following instrument warm up A Voyager which has been off for an extended period is turned on and set to auto sample and analyze isobutylene on Column B Isobutylene is a volatile compound and so typically does not show adsorption effects The observed peak area drift is an indication of detector drift only The resulting area drift over a period of 400 minutes 1s shown in Figure 34 The change in peak area over this time period was 5 This drift characteristic is typical of Voyager s detector response drift following a 20 minute warm up period Although this test is performed with isobutylene the same approximate peak area drift can be expected for any of the Assay 2 compounds To ensure a measured concentration at the calibration concentration is within 10 of the actual value 1 Calibrate once when the instrument is turned on Allow 30 minutes for the instrument to stabilize before performing the calibration run s 2 Calibrate at 8 hour intervals Assuming detector response drift is similar for the petrochemical compounds you need to calib
74. for the oven to reach the set point and stabilize Cause If you are in ECD view this fault refers to the ECD oven Action From a cold start both the column oven and the ECD oven will require 20 30 minutes to reach the set temperature If you have loaded a new method or manually adjusted the oven temperature allow 20 30 minutes for both ovens to reach the set point and stabilize If the ECD reaches its set temperature before the column and PID the Oven Not Ready Fault will clear but an oven fault condition remains A fault status will be displayed until the column and PID reach their set point Cause The ambient temperature is below 0 C 32 F or above 40 C 105 F Action Move Voyager to a more controlled environment indoors or inside a vehicle Pressure Fault Cause The pressure in the internal carrier gas cylinder is low Action Refill the internal tank as described in Filling the Internal Cylinder on page 44 or connect the instrument to an external supply of carrier gas as described in Connecting Carrier Gas on page 48 Cause The external supply of carrier gas is not connected properly Action Ensure there are no leaks in the supply lines and that the delivery pressure is set to 100 psig Cause The Voyager is not within 0 5 psi of its set pressure Maintenance and Troubleshooting Action Verify that pressure is set between 4 and 14 psi If it is set correctly contact PerkinElmer Photov
75. for the second peak is called a tangent skim The criteria for skimming a peak are Equation 1 ty to gt 4 Equation 2 Hy H9 gt 2 where t the time between the peak maxima and the valley between the two peaks and H the height of the peak Setting Integration Parameters To set the peak recognition factors 1 Select Integration Method from the Analyzer menu The Integration Method dialog is displayed Automatic Integration Slope Up 0 1 mis Cancel Slope Down 0 1 miS Minimum Height 0 mi Minimum Area mis Integration Delay jo can Filter Level 1 High Filtering 2 The Slope Up factor determines what the integration start point will be If Up Slope is set to 6 mV S then the integrator will look for the signal level to rise at a rate of for 6 mV S one sample and at least 3 mV S for four samples Up Slope can be any value from 0 1 to 99 mV S Typically values between 0 5 and 5 mV S are used 193 Voyager User s Guide 194 Enter a value for the Slope Down sensitivity The Down Slope factor sets the point where the integration will end and determine the area under the peak This value can also range from 0 1 to 99 Again typical values are set between 0 5 and 5 mV S The Up and Down Slope sensitivities set here will be used by Voyager as default values If Auto is selected Voyager will select its own values based on the best results it can obtain for the current analysis
76. greater than 800 mV At this point the signal level can no longer be set to 10 of full scale at the start of an analysis Saturation can also occur if many high concentration samples are analyzed in succession Saturation can often be reduced or eliminated by allowing carrier gas to flush the column and detector for a few hours Normally columns that are not in use are flushed with a low flow of carrier gas If possible you can take the contaminated column out of service and use the remaining columns to run analyses The contaminated column will eventually be flushed and be available for use To speed up the flushing process you may increase the carrier gas flow through the contaminated column If you use this procedure you will not be able to run analyses on the instrument while the columns are flushing Flushing a Single Column 1 Move the instrument to an area where the ambient air contains no VOCs 2 Ifthe instrument is auto analyzing disable that option 3 Switch to supervisor mode by pressing Enter Menu then SETUP and MODE then use the arrow keys to select Super 4 Press Enter Menu and Exit 263 Voyager User s Guide 5 When the password is requested enter 12344321 and press Enter Menu You are now in supervisor mode The password is factory set and cannot be changed 6 Press SETUP CONFIG and COLUMN to select the column to be flushed 7 Press SETUP CONFIG METHOD and PRESS to increase the flow through the
77. have already passed the tee continue to be carried towards the detector along the analytical column Those which are still in the precolumn are flushed backwards along the precolumn and vented from the head of the precolumn Backflushing of the precolumn to clean it for the next sample occurs while the analysis continues on the analytical column Once all components have eluted from both columns the carrier gas can be switched back to flow through both columns in series in preparation for the next sample 439 Voyager User s Guide 440 Precolumn backflushing reduces total analysis time in Voyager It is not necessary to wait for the longer retained components that are not required to pass through the analytical column Precolumn backflushing also increases analytical confidence by reducing the possibility of peaks from an earlier analysis eluting during a later analysis Column Selection In a GC the types of sample components which can be separated from one another are dictated by the type of GC column used Some column types are suited to light gases others to heavier vapors and yet others to polar vapors For flexibility in the types of compounds which can be analyzed in a GC it is necessary to have several different types of columns installed so that the optimum column can be selected for the particular analysis This is typically done by having you the GC user remove and replace columns within the GC instrument In Vo
78. in Loading an Assay into Voyager on page 109 NOTE The Assay I method is specific to an Assay I instrument You cannot install components of Assay I on an instrument configured for Assays 2 through 7 298 Assay 1 User Notes Compound Separation Separation of the 40 compounds is accomplished in three separate runs in which the heavy mid range and light compounds of the sample are directed to Columns A B C respectively for analysis The heavy compounds are analyzed on Column A Any lighter compounds present in the sample are not well separated and elute as an early series of peaks The integration delay can be used to prevent these peaks from being included in the peak report and from being identified in the chromatogram See Figure 19 and Figure 20 For arun on Column A the analytical column is also the precolumn Backflush can only begin after the last compound of interest elutes The system must then backflush for a time slightly greater than the retention time of the last compound of interest The resulting analysis time should be approximately twice the backflush time The maximum Voyager analysis time is 3200 seconds If any heavy compounds have not been backflushed from Column A by this time it may be necessary to delay the start of the next analysis until the necessary time has elapsed 2 x backflush time 1919 2559Sec 3199 Figure 19 Column A Compounds on the PID 299 Voyager User s Guide 300 1
79. in the tables below Solution 1 Single Run with Analysis Time 13 Minutes In this example we are looking for a method to separate benzene vinyl chloride and chloromethane in a single analysis The analysis time required determined by benzene s retention time will be about 13 minutes A modified method can be set up as follows 1 Disable columns A and B You must do this on Voyager 315 Voyager User s Guide 316 2 Delete unwanted compounds from the Column C library 3 Save the custom assay under a new name 4 Send the new assay to Voyager You will have the 3 target compounds in the library Since developing this method did not involve changing any of the critical method parameters such as pressure temperature or injection time the existing calibration information should still result in peak identification when you run these compounds 5 Run an analysis and calibrate the library compounds as discussed in Calibration on page 223 Solution 2 Two Runs with Analysis Time 8 minutes If the 13 minute analysis time is too long then we can optimize the method for minimum analysis time noting that e Benzene on Column A is well separated from the other compounds of interest e Vinyl chloride and chloromethane are only separated on Column C so these compounds must be run on Column C This new method will consist of two runs The first analysis on Column A will separate benzene from the light compounds
80. individual been present for 24 hours the individual could have received an intake five times the annual limit on intake the provisions of this paragraph do not apply to locations 456 b c d Appendices where personnel are not normally stationed during routine operations such as hot cells or process enclosures Twenty four hour notification Each licensee shall within 24 hours of the discovery of the event report any event involving loss of control of licensed material possessed by the licensee that may have caused or threatens to cause any of the following conditions 1 An individual to receive in a period of 24 hours i A total effective dose equivalent of 6 rems 0 05 Sv or more or ii An eye dose equivalent exceeding 15 rems 0 15 Sv or more or iii A shallow dose equivalent to the skin or extremities exceeding 50 rems 0 5 Sv or 2 The release of radioactive material Inside or outside of a restricted area so that had an individual been present for 24 hours the individual could have received an intake in excess of one occupational annual limit on intake the provisions of this paragraph do not apply to locations where personnel are not normally stationed during routine operations such as hot cells or process enclosures The licensee shall prepare any report filed with the Commission pursuant to this section shall be prepared so that names of individuals who have receive
81. instrument has been in operation for many hours The effect is usually concentration dependent as higher concentrations will fill a limited number of adsorption sites without a significant percentage of sample loss Voyager has been designed to minimize adsorption effects by heating the analytical system However some compounds may be problematic at low concentrations Each Assay 6 compound has been tested for adsorption effects and the results are illustrated in Figures 4 and 5 These results were used to generate the precision specifications for Assay 6 below e Propylene Oxide 21 2 ppm f Ethylene Oxide 5 3 ppm g lt x cob 2 prar amp 3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Run No Figure 57 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling of 21 2 ppm Propylene Oxide and 5 3 ppm Ethylene Oxide The instruments being tested had not previously been exposed to the target compound The analyses were performed with typical Assay 6 method parameters A bag sample is prepared containing all the Assay 6 target compounds at the indicated concentrations Assay 6 User Notes The adsorption test itself consists of repetitive sampling 10 runs and analysis of the compound at the indicated concentration The sample 1s typically obtained either directly from a tank or by diluting a tank standard with air to obtain the indicated concentration The instrument was calibrated a
82. interference compound is close in detector response but has a different retention time then select closest retention time Calibration Curve Select the desired curve fit option You must create the calibration curve by storing the compound at multiple concentrations throughout the range of your application You can store up to 5 concentration points If it is not possible to store the compound at 5 concentrations store the compound at two concentrations within the range of your application to ensure the best results The concentration and the corresponding area are shown for all concentration points that you have stored See Multiple Point Calibration Curve on page 178 for details of storing a compound at more than one concentration 126 SiteChart Software Once you have stored multiple points you can select the best curve to fit the points If one concentration point is stored SiteChart draws a line from this 0 0 to the single point and uses the line as the calibration curve If the compound is stored at a second higher concentration sample concentrations are calculated using the first sensitivity when the concentration is below the lower concentration For concentrations above the lower value SiteChart uses a sensitivity value calculated from the slope of the line connecting the two concentration response points Point 4 Point 3 Point 2 gt xor o 2 Cc O Q ep o a O O 0D Ww oO Q
83. is appropriate for your application and use it to perform your analyses The six methods included in Assay 5 have been designed to cover most of the applications of the pulp and paper process The standard method SA will be installed in your Voyager The table below provides a list of possible applications and the associated method for each application All compounds o Pinene Methyl Low concentration range Mercaptan Ethyl Mercaptan Dimethyl Sulfide Methanol Acetone MEK Dimethyl Disulfide Hydrogen Sulfide All compounds except o Pinene Low concentration range Hydrogen Sulfide Low concentration range Sulfur Gases Methyl Mercaptan Ethyl High concentration range Mercaptan Dimethyl Sulfide Dimethyl Disulfide Hydrogen Sulfide Hydrogen Sulfide High concentration range Solvents Acetone Methyl Ethyl High TLV concentration Ketone range 367 Voyager User s Guide 368 NOTE Jf your application is not covered by one of these methods you can use SiteChart to customize the method for your application The Assay 5 Disk Two types of files are included on the assay disks Application or method files have the extension app Method files are loaded through the Assay tab in SiteChart and are used to program Voyager Assay5A app is the standard method Assay5B app to Assay5F app are versions of the standard method that have been modified to analyze different sets of compounds and different concentration ranges
84. library of compounds If you use the first method all the required chromatographic settings for each compound are stored and the only steps required are selecting the compounds of interest and calibrating the instrument Each library listing has been setup for a specific application The compound groups and the associated chromatographic settings have been selected to obtain the best results Refer to the assay notes for details If you use the second method you have complete control of the GC You can adjust any of the chromatographic settings such as temperature and flow rate and optimize the analysis for your compounds of interest However you must enter all your compound information as the information in the reference library becomes invalid Once your method has been entered you can save it and update the information as necessary Library The library is specific to an assay If you have obtained Assay 1 for example then you will have a library of approximately 40 compounds from which you can develop your custom assay The library is loaded as part of the assay A library is supplied for each column detector pair required for the assay The number of libraries is determined by the assay The compound information in the libraries has been determined by the standard method The libraries are always available on the assay disk so you can use the original method and the information in the reference library 173 Voyager
85. name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it for you Open Ja setug v Cancel Browse The installation choices are displayed 103 Voyager User s Guide SiteChart Setup 5 Select the installation option you require and click Next If you select Express the SiteChart software wil be installed to the default directory c Program Files SiteChart Program You are now required to enter the registered user SiteChart Setup 6 Enter Your Name and Organization and click Next A confirmation dialog is displayed 104 SiteChart Software SiteChart Setup X All the options have now been set If you are comfortable with the settings then select Finish to start installing the software If at anytime you wish to change the settings simply select Cancel and start agin Once installation is complete connect the Voyager to your computer and try and establish communication Please refer to the SiteChart user manual for additional information on how to accomplish this or Trouble Shooting i i Cancel S a tena eens sess 7 Click Finish The installation begins A message will be displayed when the second disk is required Setup Message E Please msert the disk labeled SiteChart Disk 2 into drive 4 Cancel Remove the first disk insert SiteChart Disk 2 and click OK The installation continues Upon completion of installat
86. of the end log entry and press Enter Menu The selected range will be removed from the datalogger The remaining entries will be numbered sequentially Removing all the entries in the datalogger 1 Press Enter Menu then LOG DELETE and ALL You will be prompted to confirm that you want to delete all entries 2 Press YES The data is deleted 95 Voyager User s Guide 96 WARNING Using the ECD To ensure that removable radioactive contamination on the external parts of the ECD remains at a safe level the U S Nuclear Regulatory Commission requires that the ECD be wipe tested at least once every 6 months A record of the results must be maintained for NRC inspection for a period of three subsequent years In Canada the ECD must be wipe tested at least once every twelve months and a record of the results must be maintained for AECB inspection for a period of three years Do not open Voyager or remove the ECD If the ECD must be removed from the instrument contact PerkinElmer Photovac Service WARNING Operation of ECD is fully automated This includes setup and operation of the ECD The only setup required is to vent the detector and ensure the detector has been selected for operation Switching the column effluent to the ECD from the PID 1s done with the SETUP key You do not need to open the instrument in order to setup the ECD Your method will determine the detectors that are in use Your method may re
87. on page 231 Use a clean regulator for the TVOC calibration gas 6 Ensure the calibration gas cylinder is upright and open the regulator by turning the valve counterclockwise Open the regulator until the float is 1 8 from its rest position 7 Press Start Stop to begin a run 8 When the run is complete press Enter Menu then LIBRARY and CAL and when prompted to calibrate using the last analysis press YES Voyager sets its sensitivity When the display reverts to the default display TVOC mode is calibrated and ready for use 9 Ensure the correct concentration is displayed and then remove the adapter tubing from the sample in port and from the regulator 248 NOTE Calibration Removing Library Compounds Compounds that are not required as part of your application should be removed from the library This may speed analysis time and will reduce the possibility of misidentification due to co elution Refer to the user notes supplied with your assay for details You must make modifications to the assay in the SiteChart software If you create your custom assay on the instrument you cannot save it 1 Open a copy of the assay Do not modify your original assay 2 To remove compounds from the library press Enter Menu then LIBRARY LIST EDIT and STORE 3 When prompted for a Peak No enter 0 to erase the compound from the library 4 Make all the changes required and then save it as your custom application
88. on the assays disk will not normally contain a method for TVOC operation You can use the same settings as the GC or you can configure the TVOC for the shortest possible analysis time 1 Press Enter Menu then DISPLAY VOC and REPORT or GRAPH 2 Check the status line to ensure you are set up for the correct type of injection A status of LP indicates a loop injection PRB indicates a loop injection using the long or extended probe If SYR are shown on that status line Voyager is expecting a syringe injection Refer to Selecting the Injection Method on page 78 or 81 if you need to change it 3 Press Enter Menu then SETUP CONFIG METHOD TIMING and PUMP 4 Enter a pump time and press Enter Menu 5 Press INJECT and enter the injection time Using Voyager 6 Press BKFLSH and enter the backflush time In TVOC operation the backflush time is only used for syringe injections Backflushing and can reduce peak tailing due to the injection port Backflushing of the injection port begins at the backflush time The sample will clear the column in approximately 30 seconds The exact time will depend on the pressure and resulting column flow rate You must then backflush the column to ensure any sample residue 1s removed from the chromatographic system Set the back flush time to equal the retention time of the unretained sample 7 Press Enter Menu to confirm the entry 8 Press ANLZ and enter the analysis time An analysis time of
89. put Voyager into supervisor mode in order to access all the options covered in this section In supervisor mode all the user mode commands are available and advanced method development features are also accessible 1 Press Enter Menu SETUP MODE Use the arrow keys to select Super 2 Press Enter Menu and Exit A password is required to change from user mode to supervisor mode The password is factory set and cannot be changed The password is 12344321 3 Press Enter Menu You are now in supervisor mode 199 Voyager User s Guide 200 Selecting Columns and Detectors Information specific to your assay 1s provided in the user notes supplied with your assay Information such as column coating or packing material and column length will help you to determine which column to use for your application A list of assay compounds and their associated chromatographic settings is also provided in the user notes to aid in the selection of a column for a specific application A detector is also selected as part of the method If you compounds are better suited to ECD detection then select a method that utilizes the ECD If you have co elutions on the PID you can run a sample using the ECD and the PID If both detectors are selected the column effluent is split Part of the sample is sent through the ECD and the rest is sent through the PID Using this method you can obtain two chromatograms from the sample If the compounds of intere
90. respectively for analysis The heavy compounds 1 butyl acrylate n butyl acrylate and styrene are analyzed on Column A and the separation occurs on Column A as shown in Figure 59 a i Oo q a 1108 Sec 1384 Figure 59 Run on Column A The mid range compounds ethylene vinyl acetate methyl acrylate ethyl acrylate and methyl methacrylate are analyzed on Column B Column A acts as the precolumn The sample is injected onto Column A and the heavy and mid range compounds are separated by adjusting the backflush time The mid range compounds are allowed to pass from Column A to Column B Before the heavy compounds are able to pass into Column B the flow is reversed and the heavy compounds are backflushed out of Column A Some separation occurs on Column A with the majority of the separation occurring on Column B as shown in Figure 60 Assay User Notes 2 Vinyl Acetate k fa t 5 X a ET 2 u k o x pe s pe W para g 1 Ethylene 3 hfethylAcnlate 5614 Sec 701 Figure 60 Run on Column B Compound Co elution n Butyl acrylate and styrene will co elute If only one of these compounds is present in your sample SiteChart s Assay Wizard will allow you to select the compound of interest and advise you that the other compound may be an interference If you require both compounds for your application you must identify and quantify them as a co elution
91. same retention time but are not as responsive to the PID or are present in very low concentrations then select Largest peak in the window If the interference compound is close in detector response but has a different retention time then select closest retention time 15 Select the desired Curve Fit option See Calibration Curve on page 126 for details 16 If possible run the compound at more than one concentration Use Store to store up to five concentration values for a compound Best response results will be obtained this way See Multiple Point Calibration Curve on page 178 for details 176 17 18 19 20 Method Development Double click on the next peak in the chromatogram or click Add in the Library box and enter the information as outlined above Repeat this process for all peaks in the chromatogram Once all the peak information has been entered move the mouse to the graph and click the right mouse button Select re integrate from the pop up menu that opens The chromatogram will be re integrated using the new library information If your compounds of interest require another column detector option select the next column detector pair and run another analysis Store the compounds as described above Repeat this procedure for a third column detector pair if necessary Saving the New Assay Save the assay file so that you do not lose any of your changes Save the assay with a new name so t
92. shown below These parameters may vary between individual instruments po Method SC_ Method SE Method S e Oven Temperature C 60 J60 Pressure ps 2 R PID State High High Sensitivity Sensitivity Injection Method C Inject Method Loop a oP Integration Method Slope Up mV S J10 LO Slope Down mV S 10 Jh Min Height mV J00 Min Area mV S JO 379 Voyager User s Guide 380 Method 5D In method 5D Voyager is configured for high concentrations of the sulfur gases Small sample volumes are injected You must store the compounds at two or more concentrations throughout the range to achieve maximum accuracy The table below lists the compounds and the typical concentration ranges for this method Concentrations outside the specified ranges especially at the lower end can be obtained by adjusting the injection time PID state and integration parameters Whenever accurate concentration readings are required you should integrate peaks manually and verify the integration R T S Concentration Co elution Range ppm Couma B Methyl Mercaptan 80 0 5 50 Ethyl Mercaptan 98 0 5 50 103 DDd Assay 5 User Notes Typical method parameters for method 5D are shown below Values may vary between instruments po Column B Column C Method S S Analysis Time S 600 320 _ Oven Temperature C 60 60 PID State High High Tnjection Method 08 o Integration Method Min He
93. status will be listed beside the compound GRAPH shows the chromatogram as it develops As peaks appear and are integrated they are numbered You can normalize the chromatogram or view the full scale DET is used when an ECD 1s installed and switches to display the output from the second detector If you have selected both PID and ECD operation then you can use this option to switch between views gt To normalize the graph press Enter Menu DISPLAY GC GRAPH and NORM This will adjust the scale so that full scale is the top of the largest peak gt Selecting SCALE will return to the display to the full range of 0 2500 mV at high sensitivity or 0 252 mV at low sensitivity Compound Status Codes Detected concentration is within acceptable concentration limits Exceeded alarm concentration C Displayed when you have used the run for calibration Indicates that the compound was used for calibration 14 Using Voyager Indicates a compound that was present in the library but not contained in the calibration gas This method of calibration may lead to an invalid calibration and is intended for specialized applications only Please contact the PerkinElmer Photovac Applications Department for more details This compound was selected for calibration but was not present in the calibration gas A calibration fault was encountered during calibration The peak has gone over range The peak will be extrapolated based on where
94. the period of time since the last calibration e System accuracy All of these effects may contribute to inaccurate measurements in any given set of data Peak Integration Errors Baseline noise interfering peaks or excessive tailing of the target compound peak can cause problems in starting or stopping the peak integration at the optimum times These can even cause differences in integration for consecutive runs at the same concentration Selection of one set of integration parameters over another may result in a nonlinear area versus concentration curve Assay 4 User Notes It is impossible to completely eliminate integrator effects as a source of error over the broad range of conditions under which Voyager must operate For this reason it is essential that you verify the integration results by examining the chromatograms and re integrating if necessary This is particularly true if the results are being used to make decisions regarding health and safety issues Sampling Errors Sampling errors occur when the concentration of a compound in the gas sample presented to the analytical system is not the same as the original sample For example A Tedlar bag is filled with styrene and sampled at regular intervals A graph of measured concentration versus time produces a curve as shown in Figure 25 This measurement sequence lasted for about 8 hours The last run was performed approximately 8 hours after the initial sequence of runs had
95. the status block control the display font size reintegrate the display control the peak labels update the log listing turn on off the Status Bar and the Instrument Status display The View menu commands are also available by clicking the right mouse button on the main graph area in any tab A pop up menu is displayed listing the relevant View menu commands Click on a command with the left mouse button to select it To remove the menu click anywhere but on the menu bar Previous Zoom This option displays the previous zoom of the display To zoom in on the display 1 Click on the display outside the area of interest and drag the mouse over the area of interest The rectangle created by dragging the mouse will be expanded to fill the complete display 2 Continue zooming in as desired To zoom out on the display 1 Click Previous Zoom 2 Continue clicking on the Previous Zoom command as required 154 SiteChart Software 3 To view the complete graph click Auto Range Grid The Grid command turns the reference grid on off The grid on the graph of the current tab will be affected gt To turn the grid on off click Grid Auto Range Auto Range will automatically select a range that is appropriate for the signal level in the analysis If you have used the zoom feature to enlarge the graph use Auto Range to view the complete graph Normalize The Normalize command will scale the current view of the chroma
96. the touch 2 Remove the ECD access cover as shown in Figure 16 using the hex driver supplied with the tool kit for this purpose Do not lose the three hex screws ECD Wipe all outer metal surfaces ECD Access Hatch Figure 16 Access to ECD for Wipe Testing 3 Using the instructions included with the wipe test kit wipe the all the accessible metal surfaces of the detector with the cotton swab 4 Wipe the vent fitting on the top panel of the Voyager as shown in Figure 17 269 Voyager User s Guide a N Detector Out Pump Vent 1 2 Out Out o EN Q Se Wipe the ECD vent surface Figure 17 ECD Vent 5 Place the cotton swab in the container provided in the wipe test kit and include a data sheet stating that the wipe test was performed on a PerkinElmer Photovac ECD the serial number of the instrument and the date of the test 6 Replace the ECD access hatch 7 Return the envelope to the leak testing center specified in the leak test kit and request that a new wipe test kit be sent with the test results If the ECD does not pass the wipe test contact PerkinElmer Photovac Service immediately WARNING 270 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Disposing of an ECD Cell If it is necessary to dispose of Voyager equipped with an ECD or to have the ECD detector remo
97. tine Mx380305s Bfr mesoa O Tenstas O s B Users Guis mso TO Users referenced masos O UV amp spare O mso T UV lamp window cleaning ki Mx380336 55 Voyager User s Guide 56 If you will be in the field for more than one day you may want to include the following additional items Description PartNo AC adapter MX380302 MX380330 or MX380331 Q Carrier gas and filling station MX380303 or MX380319 fs PC and associated cables Not applicable files Communication cable kit MX380304 O SiteChart software MX380307 or MX380342 Introduction Storing Voyager When storing Voyager the following conditions must be maintained You must maintain a flow of carrier gas through the columns to prevent contamination Fill the internal cylinder or connect an external supply of carrier gas Do not allow the internal cylinder to empty completely The internal cylinder and the columns will become contaminated If the internal cylinder is completely empty when you come to use the Voyager you must first purge the internal carrier gas cylinder see page 266 and then flush the column after filling the instrument with carrier gas Allow the instrument to warm up for 30 minutes Monitor the offset level as displayed on the status screen and wait until it has stabilized before attempting to use the instrument An instrument that is cleaning out will show an unstable and dropping baseline Typical offset is in the range
98. which columns will provide the best separation for your compounds You may require two or possibly all three columns If your method requires two or more columns you must repeat this procedure for each column 2 Select one column detector combination and disable the other two columns 3 Press Enter Menu then LIBRARY The library for the selected column will be displayed 4 Delete any compounds that are not required for your assay 5 Press LIST EDIT STORE EDIT You will be prompted for a Peak No Enter 0 to delete the peak from the library 6 Press DISPLAY GC GRAPH This will display the chromatogram so you can see the compound peaks You can also use the peak report display 7 Connect a sample to the sample in port and begin a run If you are performing a syringe injection prepare the syringe sample and inject it at the beep You may have to do a few runs in order to optimize your method Once you have obtained well separated peaks at the desired analysis time then you can store the compounds in the library 8 When the analysis is complete press LIBRARY LIST EDIT STORE 202 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Method Development Use the arrow keys to enter the peak number of the peak you want to store Press Enter Menu Use the arrow keys to enter the compound name Press Enter Menu This will be the first concentration stored for this compound This box will allow you t
99. 00 mV or if the offset level is falling allow the instrument to stabilize for about an hour If this does not bring the signal down flush the column for a few hours or overnight as described in Flushing the Columns starting on page 263 If you are using the ECD you will also need to monitor the ECD offset level Press DISPLAY STATUS GC and DET When prompted to change views to the ECD press Enter Menu Monitor the offset level in the status display box If it is above 800 mV or if the offset level is falling allow the instrument to stabilize for about an hour If this does not bring the signal down flush the column for a few hours or overnight 81 Voyager User s Guide 4 Disable automatic analyzing by pressing Enter Menu then SETUP MODE AUTO and ON OFF Use the arrow keys to select Off and then press Enter Menu Press Exit to close the box Press Enter Menu to close the menu 5 Flush a 100 uL syringe with sample and then draw a 100 uL sample Only inject gas samples into the Voyager Injection of liquid or solid samples will damage the Voyager CAUTION 6 When the syringe is ready press Start Stop If prompted to enter an analysis tag press YES and use the arrow keys to enter TEST Press Enter Menu to confirm the entry and start the analysis 7 The amount of time to make the injection will depend on the pump time set during method development A count down timer in the status line will show the time for you
100. 1 through 35 of this chapter shall keep records showing the receipt transfer and disposal of the byproduct material as follows 1 The license shall retain each record of receipt of byproduct material as long as the material is possessed and for three years following transfer or disposal of the material 2 The licensee who transferred the material shall retain each record of transfer for three years after each transfer unless a specific Appendices requirement in another part of the regulations in this chapter dictates otherwise 3 The licensee who disposed of the material shall retain each record of disposal of byproduct material until the Commission terminates each license that authorizes disposal of the material b The licensee shall retain each record that is required by the regulations in this part and parts 31 through 35 of this chapter or by license condition for the period specified by the appropriate regulation or license condition If a retention period is not otherwise specified by regulation or license condition the record must be retained until the Commission terminates each license that authorizes the activity that is subject to the record keeping requirement c 1 Records which must be maintained pursuant to this part and parts 31 through 35 of this chapter may be the original or a reproduced copy or microform if such reproduced copy or microform is duly authenticated by authorized personnel and the mic
101. 1116 Column B Elution Order Chloromethane 102 Yes Vinyl chloride 102 Yes Bromomethane 114 Yes Chloroethane 13 Yes 1 l Dichloroethylene 123 No Acetone o S ni i Mo Carbon Disulfide 14 No t 1 2 Dichloroethylene 159 No Vinyl Acetate _ _ 16 No Methyl Ethyl Ketone 188 Yes Dichloromethane _ 19 Yes Benzene S 235s No c 1 2 Dichloroethylene 249 No Trichloroethylene 278 No Methyl Isobutyl Ketone 316 No 1 2 Dichloropropane _ 345 Yes 1 2 Dichloroethane 357 Yes 312 Assay 1 User Notes Toluene 88S Yes Tetrachloroethylene 389 Yes 2 Hexanone 43 No 2 Chloroethyl Vinyl 500 Yes Ether c 1 3 Dichloropropene 525 Yes Bromodichloromethane Ethylbenzene 60 NY p Xylene S 70 Yes m Xylene _ 68 Yes t 1 3 Dichloropropene 72 No o Xylene S 875 Yes Chlorobenzene _ 889 Yes Column C Elution Order Chloromethane B6 No Vinyl Chloride 1 No Bromomethane 186 Yes Chloroethane 1 Ye Acetone d 237 wo 1 l Dichloroethylene 29 Yes Dichloromethane 300 Yes Carbon disulfide 350 No 09 447 90 Vinyl Acetate Methyl ethyl ketone O No Ys Yes 1 1 1 Trichloroethane Yes 660 Yes Benzene J 5 Ys ichloror pT 3800 DO ee t 1 2 Dichloroethylene _ 387 Yes i C Cao C N a 2 a sp 313 Vo
102. 199 1798 2395ec 2997 Figure 20 Column A Compounds on the ECD Figure 19 shows the six compounds analyzed on Column A Two of these are detected by the ECD as shown in Figure 20 The mid range compounds are analyzed on Column B with Column A acting as the precolumn The sample is injected onto Column A and the heavy compounds are prevented from entering Column B by adjusting the backflush time The light and mid range compounds are allowed to pass from Column A to Column B Before the heavy compounds are able to pass into Column B the flow is reversed and the heavy compounds are backflushed off Column A Some separation of mid range compounds occurs on Column A with the majority of the separation occurring on Column B Any light compounds present in the sample are not separated and elute as an early peak well separated from the Column B compounds The integration delay can be used to prevent this composite peak from being included in the peak report The PID detects all of the 19 compounds analyzed on Column B Figure 21 shows 12 of these The ECD detects six of the 19 compounds Figure 22 shows three of these Assay 1 User Notes 2 Unknofld Benzene 9 2 CEvinyl Ether TetraCethylene 10 Ethylbenzene 12 t 1 3 DCpropene 11 m Xylene 3 TCethylene 5 1 2 DCpropane saps 13 o Xylene 14 1 1 2 TCethane 1760 Sec 2200 o 2 D O gt o 3 TetraCethylene 5 t 1 3 DBCpropene
103. 200 800 mV and anything over 800 mV indicates contamination Store Voyager in a location that is free of volatile organic vapors and gases The ambient temperature must be above 0 C 32 F and below 40 C 105 F If the battery pack has been discharged connect the instrument to the AC adapter and recharge the battery Your operating requirements will determine the method that you use to store Voyager The following sections list Voyager availability and the preferred method of storage 57 Voyager User s Guide Immediate Availability If you use Voyager every day you will most likely want the instrument ready to use immediately If you do not use the instrument regularly but still require immediate availability then you must store the instrument as described below e Leave Voyager turned on e Calibrate once every 24 hours Calibration should be performed before beginning operation of Voyager as noted in Calibration on page 223 e Connect the instrument to a carrier gas cylinder or refill the carrier gas cylinder every 6 8 hours e Connect the instrument to the AC adapter when not is use Availability Within 30 Minutes If you use Voyager less frequently you may want to use the following procedure for storing the instrument This procedure allows you to store the instrument up to 5 days When you are ready to use Voyager allow approximately 30 minutes for the instrument to warm up Better anal
104. 24 hours to the inspector appointed for the place or area in which the occurrence has taken place e as soon as possible after the occurrence send a complete report of such occurrence to the board to the inspector referred to in paragraph d and to the person or committee appointed pursuant to section 16 to advise on radiation safety in respect of the place or area in which the occurrence has taken place f ifthe occurrence has resulted in the receipt by any person of a dose of ionizing radiation or of an exposure to radon daughters in excess of any dose or exposure specified in respect of such person in schedule II send a copy of the report referred to in paragraph e to the place medical advisor appointed for the place or area in which the occurrence has taken place 472 Appendices 2 In the event of any occurrence described in subsection 1 the person in charge of a nuclear facility or the equipment containing the prescribed substance or the person in possession of the prescribed substance as the case may be shall a immediately take all appropriate measures to prevent or minimize exposure of any person to ionizing radiation or radon daughters resulting from such occurrence and b comply with any instructions that may be given by the inspector appointed for the place or area in which the occurrence has taken place 473 Voyager User s Guide Regulatory Agencies NOTE Information in this section may
105. 267 Selection 134 Sensitivity 201 Setup 96 Signal 73 135 Status 73 Temperature 73 135 186 211 Theft or Loss 29 Troubleshooting 286 Vent Port 26 291 Wipe Test 27 268 EDIT Key 202 Electrometer Circuit 441 Electrophilic Compound 443 Engine Analytical 442 Enter Menu Key 64 Erase Button 123 178 279 ETL Compliance 17 Excessive Cold 25 Heat 25 Exit 153 Exit Key 64 Extended Selection 145 Extension ECD 138 PID 138 Extension Probe 51 F1 Key 168 Fault Ambient Temp 284 Calibration 70 283 Critical 90 Datalogger Full 284 GC Mode 281 Lamp 70 Log Full 70 Low Batt 70 Low Battery 284 Oven 70 282 Pressure 70 282 Status 70 UV Lamp 281 Fault Condition 167 FCC Warning 15 Features SiteChart 101 Ferrules Teflon 234 Field Compound Review Listing 146 Log Review Listing 140 Sizing 131 141 Field Check List 55 File Application app 150 ASCII Comma Delimited 144 148 Menu 111 149 Method apm 150 Filling Station 45 Filter 214 Inlet Blocked 285 Inlet Hazardous Location 255 Inlet Specifications 453 Integration 192 214 Level 162 Replacing Sample Inlet 255 Telescoping Probe Blocked 285 287 Telescoping Sample Probe 53 FILTER Key 215 Firmware Downloading 272 Fitting Compression 48 Fixed Keys Conventions in Text 33 Description 63 Location 39 Flow Adapter 231 Continuous 263 ECD Make Up Gas 212 Maintenance Rate 212 Make Up Gas 212 Rates
106. 38 144 152 Report 138 153 Settings 179 205 Starting GC Loop 79 Starting GC Syringe 82 Starting TVOC 88 Stopping TVOC 89 Time 136 179 180 205 TVOC 86 TVOC Time 87 Analytical Engine 442 Analyze Status 69 Analyzer Menu 112 159 ANLZ Key 205 Appendix AC Adapter Line Cord 445 Calibration Gas 446 Contacting PerkinElmer Photovac 452 Instrument Specifications 453 Warranty 447 Application File app 150 483 Voyager User s Guide Sizing 112 Applications High Accuracy 244 PerkinElmer Photovac 452 Special TVOC 247 Approved Voyager 20 38 Aqueous Standards 182 184 ASCII File 144 148 Assay Backup Disk 280 Backup Disks 114 Development 173 Disks 114 Installing 114 Maintenance 276 Modification 249 Notes 195 Notes Assay 1 297 Notes Assay 2 327 Notes Assay 4 347 Notes Assay 5 368 Notes Assay 6 399 Notes Assay 7 415 Printing Report 151 Properties 195 Reference Chromatogram 117 Saving 177 Serial Number 114 195 Tab 113 Updating 276 User Notes 113 200 Wizard 115 198 Assistance with SiteChart Problems 168 Audio Alarm 77 Injection 77 Options 77 Silencing Alarm 83 89 AUDIO Key 77 Auto Cycle Box 160 Cycling Off 161 Cycling Operation 159 Features 91 Integration 189 Range 155 Start GC 91 Update Compound Listing 147 157 Update Log Listing 141 157 AUTO Key 79 82 84 217 Automatic
107. 480 CAI Ca sit ct E TE A E ET E S E T 480 Inder oiii E R 481 TING E EE E E E E E E E E E EE 483 Warnings and 1 Safety Information Warnings and Safety Information Standard Warnings FCC Warning This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A Digital Device pursuant to Subpart B Class A of Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area 1s likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at their own expense CE Directive CONFORMS TO C COUNCIL DIRECTIVE 89 336 EEC COUNCIL DIRECTIVE 91 157 EEC Council Directive 89 336 EEC Electromagnetic Compatibility and the Applicable Standards Voyager complies with EN50082 01 Generic Immunity Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility Part 1 Light Industrial Environment Voyager has been tested and conforms to the guidelines specified in EN50082 02 Generic Immunity Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility Part 2 Industrial Environment Council Directive 91 157 EEC Recovery and Disposal of Spent Batteries You
108. 6 PID 72 Slope 118 190 Smoothing 155 Too High 292 SiteChart 49 78 226 About 169 Assay Tab 277 Assistance 168 Default Screen 111 Installing 103 Introduction 101 Log File 148 Title Bar 111 Upgrade 106 Sizing the Application 112 Slope Determining 213 Down 161 189 Response Curve 127 241 Up 161 189 Up Down 190 214 SLOPES Key 214 SLP DWN Key 215 SLP UP Key 215 Smooth 117 155 SMOOTH Key 213 Soft Case 25 284 Keys 39 64 Keys Conventions in Text 33 Software Introduction 101 SiteChart 226 Upgrade 106 Software SiteChart 49 Sort Log Review Listing 142 Span Gas 247 Commercial Supply 446 Connecting 231 Isobutylene 247 SPAN Key 247 Speaker Icon 77 Location 39 Specifications Carrier Gas 44 Column See Assay User Notes Septum 261 Voyager 453 Stabilize Instrument 78 79 81 Offset 181 188 207 Stainless Steel Material in Sample Stream 453 Standard Aqueous 182 184 Method 113 Standards Aqueous 225 Commercially Prepared 225 Isobutylene for TVOC 247 Start Button 135 Command 162 GC on TVOC Alarm 91 TVOC Run 136 Start Stop Key 63 State 134 Status Bar 158 Bar VOC 158 Block 118 156 Compound 74 ECD 73 Instrument 69 72 73 129 135 158 Line 69 79 86 236 238 239 Line Code 69 LP 86 Over Range 75 PID 72 PRB 86 Ratio Metric Calibration 75 SYR 86 Stop Button 135 Command 162 Run 137 STORE Key 249 STORE Key 202 245 Sto
109. 60 seconds can be used for most applications If you are using syringe injection set the analysis time so that it includes the sample transit time retention time and the backflush time If the sample clears the column in 30 seconds then the backflush time has also been set to 30 seconds and the resulting analysis time will be 60 seconds 30 30 9 Press Enter Menu to confirm the entry 10 Press Exit and then PRESS and enter a pressure setting Set the pressure to the same value used in your GC method to reduce the time between runs If necessary you can operate the TVOC at 14 psi This will increase sensitivity and reduce the TVOC analysis time allowing faster TVOC cycling If the TVOC and GC methods contain different pressure settings Voyager must stabilize for 20 30 minutes between runs You may lose any time gained by increasing the TVOC pressure 11 Press Enter Menu to confirm the entry 12 Press Exit then press SENSE and enter the desired detector sensitivity 13 Press Enter Menu to confirm the entry and then press Exit NOTE The column temperature will be set by the GC method for last active column 87 Voyager User s Guide 88 Performing a TVOC Run 1 Press Enter Menu then DISPLAY VOC and REPORT or GRAPH 2 Press Start Stop The analysis will start and a box indicating a run on Column V the VOC column will be displayed NOTE f you are performing a syringe injection make sure Voyager is
110. 63 264 NORM 74 On Off 63 ON OFF 90 PEAK 93 217 PRESS 212 264 265 PROBE 80 207 232 247 PUMP 207 RANGE 95 REINT 204 217 REPORT 93 RUN 85 90 SCALE 74 SENSE 201 SETUP 199 SLOPES 214 SLP DWN 215 SLP UP 215 SMOOTH 213 Soft 64 SPAN 247 Specifications 453 Start Stop 63 STORE 202 245 249 TAG 76 TEMP 210 211 268 TIMING 205 207 208 VIEW 94 VOC 88 247 VOC GC 91 LED Battery Charging 42 43 Downloading Firmware 274 Indicator 67 Library 227 Adding Compounds 175 202 Calibrating Compounds 228 Co Elutions 115 Column A B or C 236 238 239 Compound Information 124 Loop Injection 227 Index Multiple Point Calibration Curve 241 Reference 197 Reference Chromatogram 117 Removing Compounds 249 Saving Changes 202 Selecting Compounds 228 Syringe Injection 227 TVOC Mode Function Map 66 Updating Assay 276 LIBRARY Key 202 236 238 239 Limitation of Liability 1 Line Cord AC Adapter 445 Linear Regression Calibration Curve 203 Integrator 216 LIST Key 239 LIST Key 202 236 238 Log Capacity 72 Full Fault 70 Sub Directory 139 TVOC Mode Function Map 66 Update Listing 141 157 LOG Key 94 Log Review Listing 140 Saving 144 Tab 139 Loop Injection 438 Analysis 78 Library 227 Selecting 78 81 Lost Connection 158 Low Batt Fault 70 Low Battery Fault 284 Maintenance Assay Information 276 Battery Pack 40 Downloading Firmware 272 ECD 267 Flu
111. 8 If you need to change the settings for the other two columns repeat this procedure for each column 9 When you have changed the settings for each column enable all the columns required for your method Automatic Integration The choice of initial up down slope and filter can require some expertise Voyager automates this procedure as the up down slope Minimum height and Filter options are set automatically if automatic integration is enabled These parameters are calculated on the basis of signal noise sampling during the first five seconds of an analysis During the first five seconds of an analysis the signal is sampled by the integrator at a frequency of approximately 20 Hz The integrator uses linear regression to determine the best line through these sample points The sample scatter is then used to determine the minimum height The slope of each group of five sample points is then calculated The scatter of the slopes is used to determine the up and down slope sensitivities If you have made changes to the integration settings and cannot obtain the desired integration then try using the automatic integration features Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG COLUMN 2 Select the column for which you want to alter the integration settings Disable the other columns Method Development 3 Press Exit to close the box Press Enter Menu to close the menu 4 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG METHOD JMETH and AUTO 5 Use th
112. 96 The intervals listed in the previous table are meant as a guideline It is possible the instrument may drift more or less rapidly in practice This will depend on your application and operating conditions You may need to calibrate more frequently to ensure reliable results As a measuring instrument Voyager has a non linear response for many compounds Therefore in order to make accurate measurements at concentrations other than the calibration concentration it is necessary to correct for instrument non linearity This can only be done if a multiple point calibration is performed to determine the response of the instrument throughout the concentration range of interest If the response curve characteristics are measured in this way then reasonably accurate measurements can be made Assay 6 User Notes 1 2 Assay 6 User Notes An Overview of Assay 6 Assay 6 consists of 2 compounds from the surfactant manufacturing process Voyager has been configured to separate and resolve these target compounds The Assay 6 Disk Two types of files are included on the assay disks Application or method files have the extension app Method files are loaded through the Assay tab in SiteChart and are used to program Voyager Assay6 app is the standard method It provides chromatographic settings so that all compounds can be run on a single column Chromatograms from the photoionization detector are identified as pid files Assay6 pid is a
113. AGER EX IS CLASSIFIED FOR USE IN ATMOSPHERES CONTAINING COMBUSTIBLE LEVELS OF GASES These optional accessories may be used with Voyager Ex in a hazardous location 800 900 2007 MX380312 Carrying Harness MX380316 Carrying Case MX380337 Calibration Kit Assay 2 7 20 Warnings and Safety Information MxX396001 Short Sample Probe NOTE Do not use any other accessories with Voyager Ex in a hazardous location Substitution of components will invalidate the certificate 21 Voyager User s Guide To reduce the risk of fire or injury to persons read and follow these instructions All calibration maintenance and servicing of this device including battery charging must be performed in a safe area away from hazardous locations WARNING For replacement battery pack use only Part Numbers MX380359 or MX380360 Do not dispose of the battery pack in a fire The cell may explode The battery pack contains 20 cadmium Cd by weight This battery pack must be disposed of properly Check with local codes for special disposal instructions Alternatively you can return the battery pack to the nearest PerkinElmer Photovac facility for recycling Do not open or mutilate the battery pack Exercise care in handling battery packs in order not to short the terminals with conducting materials such as rings bracelets and keys The battery or conductor may overheat and cause burns Do not defeat proper polarity orientation betwe
114. Acrylate and 115 ppm n Butyl Acrylate Detector Response Drift Detector response drift 1s caused by drift in the effective UV lamp intensity over time Although Voyager automatically maintains a constant visible lamp intensity it is possible that the ionizing spectral lines located outside the visible range shift in intensity over time Detector response drift will manifest itself as an effect that typically occurs over a longer time period than adsorption and which is not as compound specific as adsorption Also it is not affected by the frequency of sampling unlike adsorption phenomena Calibration 1s recommended when the detector response has changed by greater than 10 The table below provides a recommended maximum operating time before calibration is necessary The instrument must be calibrated when Voyager is turned on and should be calibrated at the indicated interval thereafter We recommend that you calibrate under similar temperature and humidity conditions as that of the sample Assay User Notes ppm RSD From Mean Interval Hrs iso Butyl Acrylate 10 0 69 112ppm_ 8 neo Butyl Acrylate 0 5 156 115ppm 8 Styrene 05 20 100ppm 8 Ethylene 200 0 94 1l8ppm 8 Vinyl Acetate 750 2 33 102ppm 8 Methyl Acrylate 200 0 09 100ppm 8 amp 8 Ethyl Acrylate 0 83 101ppm 8 amp 8 Methyl Methacrylate 0 35 154ppm 8 amp 8 Based on five consecutive samples
115. Column A of the last peak you wish to analyze plus 0 to 50 seconds The backflush time for Column A 1s equal to the retention time of the last peak of interest plus 50 to 200 seconds typically Assay 1 User Notes 3 Column A analysis time is equal to 2 2 times the Column A backflush time Because Column A 1s also the precolumn it must be backflushed for at least as long as it was foreflushed 4 Column B and C analysis times must meet two criteria each must be long enough to permit the last target peak to clear the column and the analysis time must also be a minimum of 2 2 times the backflush time for any given column If an analysis time is too short for either of the above reasons peaks may elute during a later analysis NOTE Voyager s maximum analysis time is 3200 seconds If a peak elutes after this time on any column the method must be modified increasing the temperature or pressure will speed up heavy compounds 5 Store all target compounds in the library and calibrate on them using the new method Example Benzene Vinyl Chloride and Chloromethane The following examples use three compounds that can be separated using different methods Our compounds of interest are benzene vinyl chloride and chloromethane To simplify this example we will assume there are no known interference compounds In these examples we will assume that the instrument we are customizing provides the typical retention times listed
116. Fittings 48 Computer 49 Downloading Firmware 272 Hazardous Location 107 272 Concentration Points 241 244 Span Gas 247 Concentration of Calibration Gas 126 Config Box 116 CONFIG Key 200 205 Configuration Remote Connection 165 Connecting Calibration Gas 231 Carrier Gas 48 Multiple Instruments 108 164 Remote Computer 102 Telescoping Sample Probe 51 Telescoping Sample Probe Filter 53 Contamination Column Recovering 290 During Storage 57 ECD 267 286 291 292 External Carrier Gas Cylinder 290 Flushing Columns 263 Gas Bag 234 Instrument 266 Internal Carrier Gas Cylinder 290 Septum 262 Telescoping Extended Sample Probe 247 Three Meter Sample Line 247 Conventions Notes cautions and warnings 34 text 33 Convert From 70 To 70 Copy Lib to Ref Lib Button 198 Critical Fault 90 Samples 98 CSA Standard 17 CURRENT Key 95 Curve Fit 126 Curve Fit Option 203 Cycle Time 73 Cylinder Aluminum Alloy 16 Connecting Regulator 229 Contents Gauge 47 48 Purging Internal 266 Safety Practices 23 Storage 23 Valve Protection Cap 23 Data Reviewing 145 Sub Directory 139 164 Datalogger Capacity 93 Deleting Entry 94 Full 94 Index Full Fault 284 GC Mode 93 Review 93 TVOC Mode 93 Date Setting 71 DC Power Cord Connecting 49 Default Screen 111 Delay Integration 191 Integrator 217 Time 84 90 160 DELAY Key 84 90 217 Delete Compound from Library 249
117. INT 7 Ifyou need to change the settings for the other two columns repeat this procedure for each column 8 When you have changed the settings for each column enable all the columns required for your method 218 Method Development TVOC Methods The TVOC method will provide accurate response in the approximate range 10 to 150 ppm when you use nitrogen carrier and are calibrating using 100 ppm isobutylene Carrier Gas and Injection Time The easiest way to adjust TVOC sensitivity is to change the injection time However this will also effect the range The useful dynamic range 1s limited with nitrogen by the presence of a negative dip in the baseline caused by air in the sample This negative peak is approximately 60 mV in height and it co elutes with the VOC peak Any peak which is to be accurately integrated must be greater than 100 mV in height You can determine the peak height from the graph view Voyager cannot quantitate a peak greater than 2500 mV in height The PID response is non linear and this is seen as a disproportionate amount of signal at higher concentrations When these factors are taken into account the useful dynamic range is about 15 1 The exact useful range will depend on the compound being analyzed If the injection time is adjusted to give a 100 mV peak for 1 ppm benzene the working concentration range will be approximately to 15 ppm If the injection time is adjusted to give a 100 mV peak for 10 ppm b
118. Injection 230 Line Segment 127 241 Linear 242 Multiple Point 178 Multiple Point Curve 241 278 PID and ECD 238 PID Only 236 Points 244 Quadratic Curve 127 243 Ratio Metric 75 130 140 147 236 Selecting Compound 125 Standards 229 Index Storing Points 244 TVOC 247 Calibration Gas Analytical Tolerance 229 446 Blend Tolerance 229 446 Commercial Supplier 446 Concentration 244 Connecting 231 Deteriorated 283 Flow Adapter 231 Regulator 231 233 Regulator Specifications 229 446 Span Gas 247 Specifications 229 446 Unstable Mixes 286 Carrier Gas 44 Air 220 Air Specifications 44 Connection Kit 48 Continuous Pressure 48 Delivery Pressure 48 ECD 44 97 Fault 282 Filling Station 45 Maintain During Storage 57 Nitrogen 219 Nitrogen Specifications 44 Purge Valve Location 39 Purging Internal Cylinder 266 Refill Port 39 45 47 Regulator 44 TVOC Method 219 Carrying Harness 50 Strap 50 CFR Title 10 Section 20 2201 454 Section 20 2202 454 Section 30 34 458 Section 30 51 460 Section 30 52 460 Section 30 53 460 Section 31 5 462 CGA 580 for Nitrogen 44 46 590 for Air 44 46 Safety Practices 229 485 Voyager User s Guide Using with Regulator 229 Charge State 73 Charging Battery Pack 40 42 Check List for Field Operation 55 Valve Filling Station 47 Chromatogram Instrument Tab 131 Reference 117 Re Integrate 117 Smoot
119. MDS Hydrogen Sulfide HydrogenSulfide 373 Voyager User s Guide 374 Method 5A All Compounds The standard method 5A includes all of the Assay 5 compounds If you are using this method and you need to analyze all of these compounds you must perform 3 runs one on each column to calibrate the instrument and 3 runs to complete an analysis The table below lists the compounds and the typical concentration ranges for this method Concentrations outside the specified ranges especially at the lower end can be obtained by adjusting the injection time PID state and integration parameters Whenever accurate concentration readings are required you should integrate peaks manually and verify the integration Range ppm Column B Methyl Mercaptan 80 0 05 10 No Ethyl Mercaptan 98 0 05 10 Yes Methyl Ethyl 218 0 1 5 No kame a Dimethyl 544 0 05 10 No pm ee Column C Hydrogen Sulfide 0 1 35 NOTE The information in the table is for reference only Retention times may vary significantly In this analysis a co elution exists in the Column B run Ethyl mercaptan and dimethyl sulfide are typically 5 seconds apart Assay Wizard will prompt you to select one of these compounds to be included in the assay Assay 5 User Notes These parameters may vary between individual instruments po Column A Column B Column C Method Ld Carrier Gas Air Air Air Detector PID PID PID Analysis Time S CC
120. NS criaron EA 74 Pieri AG enia E A O E A uas 76 Audit OPON iecere E E N acta aes IA ALTRA Orek e a 77 Heco Aud serra ete eens eee T TI Loop Injection Analysis sasons eo A R 78 pelectine the Injection Method seirinin a 78 Performing a Loop Injection AnalysIs ccccccccccccccccceceeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 78 Seine Probe Lengi 0 ee ee etc 80 Performing a Syringe Injection AnalySIS c 0cccccccceseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 1 Sclectine the Injection Vie thO dass tccein ices tahoe cesta cite en ent eceneaeceed 8 1 Performing a Syringe Injection Anal ysIS ccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 1 Automatic OPCraOMn xis d ens ssl rra A A A EN 84 TVOCANIN I ani E E EA 86 TVOC MeO ssis p a oiT 86 Perrormine a TV OC RU aie reader eee 88 TVOC Automate OperanOn ccc A Raa 89 Autostart GC on VOC Fa lari cesses sss a a sauna ceedes ees 9 Voyager User s Guide POC CCQ Daili eonia a vetveresastecoceoearnsersaes ats ee oe ee 93 Review 200060 Da aiaceeii reads eee ee 93 Delete Datalogger Eois nienia a E A E 94 Usine the EE Duranen ia a dsaaesaaseatsacaseeea ears are ete 96 Sene Up ME ECD ara a aan thiareletads cae naatataeeiaaseuatinad 97 Hich ACcutacy Operation e R R 98 SHeCharf SOW AN corposo eE E 99 TRO LETE CO a EEEE E A ETE A TA E AAE E E E T 101 stallatoiescrcrsmen R N aS 102 PO RG QUInCIMGIS corar aa a ssdascacnnteacnn aasicacneacacieeemacoaes 102 General Installation Information ccccccccccccccc
121. PerkinElmer Photovac 281 ECD 286 Voyager Faults 281 Tune 134 Voltage 134 Tuning Status 70 Tutorial 63 497 Voyager User s Guide 498 TVOC Analysis 86 Calibration 247 Column V 88 Datalogger 93 Dynamic Range 219 Injection Time 219 Method 86 Mode 86 247 Range 220 Sensitivity 247 TVOC Method 219 Carrier Gas 219 TVOC Mode 86 440 Analysis Time 221 Backflush 220 Pressure 221 Unpacking 39 Unstable Baseline 261 Up Slope 189 190 214 215 216 Update Compound Listing 147 157 Log Listing 141 157 Upgrade Procedure 106 User Mode 63 Notes 200 Notes Assay 1 297 Notes Assay 2 327 Notes Assay 4 347 Notes Assay 5 368 Notes Assay 6 399 Notes Assay 7 415 User Notes 113 UV Lamp Cleaning Kit 259 Detector 440 Energy 441 Failing 286 Fault 70 281 Intensity 72 Not Starting 281 On Off 134 O ring Seal 255 PopUp Menu 134 Target 134 Tune 134 Tune Voltage 134 Valve 3 way 47 Check 47 Cylinder 24 Cylinder Protection Cap 23 Gas Bag 234 285 Gas Flow Switching 442 Purge 266 Vent Ports 26 Vent Out Port 78 81 291 Ventilation 25 232 VIEW Key 94 View Menu 111 154 196 View Switching 73 201 237 VOC Autostart GC on Alarm 91 Key 247 VOC Key 88 VOC GC Key 91 Voyager Approved Models 38 Battery Seal 41 Fault Conditions 281 Specifications 453 Wait Status 70 Warning Intrinsic Safety 17 Liability 1 Operational 23 RF Gener
122. Photovac Voyager Portable GC User s Guide Warning Limitation of Liability The ultimate responsibility of the consequences of use of toxic compounds rests with the user PerkinElmer Photovac s role is as a supplier of instrumentation to assist in the early detection of hazardous conditions involving such compounds Voyager represents a major advance in this field and as with all complex instruments it is vitally important to ensure that Voyager is maintained in accordance with PerkinElmer Photovac s instructions and that proper calibration is regularly performed As with any complex device Voyager is subject to failure and while PerkinElmer Photovac has taken and continues to take all possible precautions to a reduce the possibility of failure and b warn the user in the event of failure circumstances may occasionally occur in which there is a failure despite such precautions on PerkinElmer Photovac s part PerkinElmer Photovac regrets that it cannot accept liability for damages of any kind caused as a result of either failure of the user to follow instructions or of Voyager to perform Release History Publication Date MX380301 February 1997 B July 1997 po January 1998 oT May 2001 Any comments about the documentation for this product should be addressed to User Assistance PerkinElmer Ltd Chalfont Road Seer Green Beaconsfield Bucks HP9 2FX United Kingdom Or emailed to AI UserAssistance perki
123. RNING 292 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Problem Peak cannot be integrated Cause Min Area or Min Height values are set too high Action Lower the values of Min Area or Min Height If you are not using auto integrate turn the option on and re integrate the chromatogram Problem A value of zero is displayed even though a valid number was entered Cause Exit was pressed instead of Enter Menu to confirm the entry Action Type the number into the input box ensure it is correct and then press Enter Menu Cause Exit was pressed before the value was complete Action Type the number into the input box ensure it is correct and then press Enter Menu Cause The value you have entered is beyond the allowable range for the instrument Action Type a valid number into the input box ensure it 1s correct and then press Enter Menu 293 Voyager User s Guide 294 Assay 1 Q User Notes Assay 1 User Notes An Overview of Assay 1 Assay 1 consists of 40 compounds that belong to the TO 14 priority pollutant list Voyager has been configured to separate and resolve as many of these target compounds as possible However with the standard method there are some co elutions As this method has been optimized to separate as many of these 40 compounds as possible this method may be impractical if your compounds of interest are a small subgroup of the Assay compounds An electron capture detector ECD is available for
124. Removing and Replacing the Battery Pack nnnnnnnenennnesnessreseresresn 40 Charoine the Battery PACK sects ascot r ATT 42 C E T a A cen ac uqas amen tantentaatae 44 Filling the Internal Cylinder srsnnnenonnmn ennaa 45 COmmecume Carer GaSe o a a deeds 48 COMMECUMO ACCESSO E Seriana EA E 49 Personal Computer running SiteChart Software ccccccccccceceetteeeees 49 Voyager User s Guide DO ROW et O1G circa vateanscaransatuqunenrensnay E 49 AVIA CSL AD asset erecta nia aaa a set eee sane tee aa 50 Carmina Hare S Sates a E ete a eae eaee 50 Telescopic Sample Prove s c catenin titi eerie eee 51 Three Meter sample LIN cistina ia A E 54 P16 1G CHE CKOTAS isa aaah ep weusaasehtranaanaianans 55 SONNE V OV AG elenna aa oun Acar eer ea eae eras ay immediate Avalla Diy konin EE 58 Availability Within 30 Minutes ccccccccccccccccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 58 Availability Within 12 Houi sais icscntenca es acces 59 USUI VON AG CR AEE E A A EAEE IET EEEE 6l POCO e E atest 63 Userand Supervisor ModeSepirreneir rR 63 FRSA KEYS a eee 63 SOEKE YS araia E E N 64 TinGiC ator LEDS eae vais elas atest cia ieistosle inane anleaeatutanteenlaas 67 PSC OUI OPT OMe raise laren td aa wi eek AAN lara 68 UALS IAG eii e a a eset Gidsicosigy 69 Seting the Date and TIMO 4244 05 2enkseasedeacatweedeahiazaniideexdvendd cnedeandiohanbosace tacos 71 Reviewing the Instrument Status cccsececeesessssssssssssssssssssssesssseaas 12 Display OPHO
125. These values depend on the amount of baseline noise and may change for every chromatogram The Integration Delay is used to delay the start of integration after the analysis begins It is used to prevent integration of peaks which may appear as a result of pressure changes during sample injection especially when large syringe injections are made If there are no pressure peaks set the integrator delay to zero If you have more than 25 peaks in an analysis integrator delay may be used to determine which 25 peaks will be identified If you are interested in the peaks in the middle or at the end of the chromatogram set the integrator delay so that the first peaks are not used The Minimum Area is the minimum integrated area that must be detected in order for Voyager to identify a compound and put it in the Peak Report When creating a method set the Minimum Area Factor to 0 initially so that all peaks will be identified Peaks that do not meet the minimum area requirements will be labeled Unknown The Minimum Height is the minimum peak height that will be accepted as a sample peak This factor allows the integrator to eliminate peaks due to noise If manual integration is being used adjust the Minimum Height up or down from the value set by the integrator to obtain the desired results Method Development 7 Filter 1 provides the most filtering with the signal being averaged over the longest period before the slope is calcula
126. Topics When Help Topics is selected you can choose to view the contents of the help file or to look at an index To view the on line help 1 Selecting contents will display a list of SiteChart menus and tabs 2 Double click on the menu or tab for which you need more information A Help window will open providing basic information about the topic gt If Index is selected another window will open which lists an index of the help file Enter the topic for which you require help and click Display If you are running Windows 95 you also have the option to generate a database listing of the help file This allows you to search for information using words and phrases rather than by category 1 Select the Find command and create the database 2 Create the database to minimize size maximize search capabilities or customize the process Refer to the Windows documentation for more details About SiteChart About SiteChart displays the SiteChart software version number You will need to know the version number if you are calling PerkinElmer Photovac Technical Support for information about SiteChart 169 Voyager User s Guide 170 Method Development Method Development Method Development Using SiteChart Assay development can be approached in two ways first you can develop a custom assay based on the compounds that are included as part of the assay that has been shipped with your instrument Second you can develop your own
127. Voyager The ECD must be installed in order to detect some of the compounds to which the PID is less sensitive Compounds identified as ECD compounds may not be detectable if your instrument does not contain an ECD The information in these user s notes will help you determine how to create your own library of compounds using the information that has been stored in the Assay 1 reference library The Assay 1 Disk Two types of files are included on the assay disks Application or method files have the extension app Method files are loaded through the Assay tab in the SiteChart software and are used to program Voyager Chromatograms from the photoionization detector are identified as pid files Assay1A pid Assay1B pid and Assay1C pid are sample chromatograms from your instrument Chromatograms from the electron capture detector are identified as ecd files AssaylA ecd Assay1B ecd and Assay1C ecd are also sample chromatograms from your instrument The ecd files are only included if an ECD has been installed in your instrument e Assayl app e AssaylB ecd e AssaylA pid e AssaylA ecd e Assay1lC ecd e Assay1B pid e AssaylC pid gt Make a copy of all the files on the assay disk and use this as your working disk Store the original disk in a safe location 297 Voyager User s Guide Installation 1 Copy the files onto the PC as described in Jnstalling your Assay Disk on page 106 2 Load the assay into Voyager as described
128. When the analysis is complete select the Assay tab If necessary zoom in on the chromatogram to view the peaks Double click on the first peak that you want to add or click Add in the Library box A dialog box opens Enter the correct name and concentration Limit your compound name to 20 characters Note that Voyager will display only 15 characters of the compound name 175 Voyager User s Guide 9 Review the data in the library information box Compounds present in the calibration gas must be selected for calibration Compounds not present in the calibration gas must be removed NOTE All compounds contained in the library must be contained in the calibration gas 10 Ensure you have entered the correct calibration concentration This is the concentration of the compound in your calibration gas 11 Select whether you want the concentration averaged over multiple calibration runs See Calibration Averaging on page 125 for details 12 Enter an Alarm level 13 Enter the Window percent The Window Percent is the deviation in retention time for which Voyager will compensate For example if the window is set at 5 a compound with a retention time of 100 seconds will still be identified if 1t elutes between 95 and 105 seconds 14 Select how you want the peak identified as the Largest peak in the window or as the Closest retention time in the library If there are interference compounds that appear at the
129. You will hear a click 9 Release the knurled collar and allow it to slide up to its original position 10 Turn the filling station valve so that 1t once again points towards the cylinder and watch the pressure increase on the cylinder contents gauge on Voyager s side panel Do not leave Voyager unattended while filling the internal cylinder WARNING NOTE When the cylinder contents indicates approximately 1500 psig the pressure relief valve on the filling station will begin venting and prevent any further increase The contents pressure indicated MUST NOT exceed 1800 psig and the 3 way valve should be switched before this occurs 11 Turn the filling station valve handle to point away from the cylinder to allow high pressure gas trapped in the flexible hose to escape A check valve in Voyager prevents gas in the cylinder from escaping 12 Close the gas cylinder valve 47 Voyager User s Guide 13 After relieving the gas pressure in the hose remove it from the refill port by pulling the knurled collar down and extracting the fitting 14 Ifthe cylinder was empty you will need to flush it through by emptying it again see Purging the Internal Carrier Gas Cylinder on page 266 and then filling it again Connecting Carrier Gas Voyager may be connected to an air or nitrogen cylinder for continuous operation A two stage high purity regulator capable of delivering 100 psig 1s required Use the carrier gas connectio
130. ac Technical Support Calibration Fault Cause The last calibration run was unsuccessful Depending on the source of the problem there are different ways to correct this fault Action If pressurized calibration gas is being used ensure the delivery pressure is maintained at no more than 14 psig Cause Calibration gas has deteriorated Action Ensure the calibration gas is still of a reliable concentration and that all compounds are still contained in the calibration gas NOTE Due to the nature of some compounds some calibration mixes are not stable for extended periods Check with your specialty gas supplier for details Cause Calibration compounds are not selected for calibration in the library Action Ensure the compounds contained in the calibration mix are enabled in the library Cause Compounds stored in the library are not being used for calibration Action Open the library and enter the concentration of each compound in the calibration gas Cause Calibration peaks are not being recognized Action If the method has been changed that is flow rates oven temperature etc calibration peaks may have moved out of the peak recognition window You should clear the library run a chromatogram with the new settings and store the compounds of interest in the new library If the peaks have drifted out of the peak recognition window you must update the library values see Updating Library Information on page 121
131. ackflushing can reduce peak tailing caused by the injection port Backflushing of the injection port begins at the specified backflush time Method Development The TVOC pressure setting will be the same as the last GC column method When you switch between TVOC and GC modes there is no wait time while the pressure stabilizes at a new value You can operate the TVOC mode at 14 psi This will increase sensitivity and reduce the TVOC analysis time allowing faster TVOC cycling When you switch back to the GC method the pressure will change to that specified by the GC method You may have to wait a few minutes while Voyager adjusts the pressure and stabilizes the flow rates The default analysis time 1s 40 seconds This is suitable for pressure settings between 8 and 14 psi At 14 psi the TVOC peak elutes quickly and the analysis time could be reduced if faster cycling 1s required 221 Voyager User s Guide 222 Calibration 6 Calibration Introduction Gas chromatography is a comparative method therefore an unknown sample must be compared to a known standard in order for the sample components to be identified and quantified If Voyager will be used to analyze air samples then a pressurized supply of commercially prepared and analyzed calibration gas must be obtained for use with Voyager This calibration gas can be used to fill gas bags or it can be connected directly to the Sample In port Voyager may also be used to analy
132. ager User s Guide 434 lge v hn q a 2 pmr 3 v x 100 200 300 400 500 Elapsed Time min Figure 66 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling for 100 ppm Isobutylene Assuming detector response drift is similar for the pulp and paper compounds you need to calibrate once immediately following instrument warm up Measurement of dry pure samples at a similar concentration to the calibration concentration should then give a result accurate to within 10 for an 8 hour working period The numbers in the table are meant as a guideline It is possible the instrument may drift more or less rapidly in practice This will depend on your application and operating conditions You may need to calibrate more frequently to ensure reliable results As a measuring instrument Voyager has a non linear response for many compounds Therefore in order to make accurate measurements at concentrations other than the calibration concentration it is necessary to correct for instrument non linearity This can only be done if a multiple point calibration is performed to determine the response of the instrument throughout the concentration range of interest If the response curve characteristics are measured in this way then reasonably accurate measurements can be made Appendices 1 4 Appendices Technical Description Voyager uses gas chromatography to separate and detect volatile organic compounds VOCs present in
133. ager User s Guide Harrisburg Pennsylvania 17105 8469 717 787 3720 South Carolina Division of Radioactive Waste Management Bureau of Solid and Hazardous Waste Department of Health and Environmental Control 2600 Bull Street Columbia South Carolina 29201 803 737 7400 Texas Bureau of Radiation Control Texas Department of Health 1100 W 49th Street Austin Texas 78756 3189 512 834 6688 3 Capital Hill Providence Rhode Island 02908 5097 401 277 2438 Tennessee Division of Radiological Health Department of Environment and Conservation L amp C Annex 3 Floor 401 Church Street Nashville Tennessee 37243 1532 615 532 0364 Utah Division of Radiation Control Department of Environmental Quality 168 North 1950 West P O Box 144850 Salt Lake City Utah 84114 4850 801 536 4250 Washington Division of Radiation Protection Department of Health Airdustrial Center Building 5 P O Box 47827 Olympia Washington 98504 7827 360 753 3353 Letter of intent received from Governor to become an Agreement State 478 Appendices Canadian Atomic Energy Control Board The Canadian Atomic Energy Control Board AECB can be contacted at Atomic Energy Control Board 2805 Slater Street Ottawa Ontario K1P 5S9 613 995 5894 479 Voyager User s Guide 480 Wipe Test Agencies Wipe test kits may be ordered directly from the agency providing the service In locations other
134. ain commercially prepared standards or you can prepare the headspace standards Do not inject liquid samples into Voyager or you will damage it CAUTION 182 Method Development To select the injection method l Zs Js Select the Assay tab In the Method box click Config Click Inject in the Configure dialog box Select Loop or Syringe If you selected Loop ensure the correct pump time and inject time have been entered OR If you have selected Syringe injection enter the injection volume This information is for report purposes only You will determine the actual injection volume at the time of injection Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog boxes The change you have made applies to the currently selected column only If you need to change the setting for another column select the next column and change the injection method Save the assay Injection Volume The injection volume syringe is for report purposes only You will control the actual injection volume with the syringe at the time of the injection Use the microliter syringe supplied with the calibration kit Part No MX380310 to inject small volumes Voyager is a very sensitive instrument It is easy to overload the column and detector by injecting a sample that is too large 183 Voyager User s Guide To set the injection volume 1 Select the Assay tab 2 Inthe Method box click Config 3 Click Inject in t
135. ak has started 2 The slope goes negative for a time period This indicates the peak maximum has been detected 3 At this point the height of the peak can be calculated If it is greater than the Minimum Height value in the Integration Method then the sequence is continued otherwise the peak is disregarded and the integrator goes back to step 1 4 The slope now negative rises above a threshold value for a certain time period The end of the peak has been detected Method Development Peak retention times are measured when the slope changes from positive to negative the peak maxima Peak areas are calculated by summing the area slices beneath the signal and subtracting the area below the line connecting the start and end points If Automatic Integration is enabled Voyager will enter the values automatically in the Integration Method dialog box in the Analyzer menu You can enter the Up Down Slope and Minimum Height values if automatic integration is disabled The slope is calculated from a five point moving average and is compared with the effective Up and Down Slope sensitivities to start and stop the integrator gt To setup the integration select Integration Method from the Analyzer menu The Integration Method dialog is displayed Automatic Integration Slope Up 0 1 mvs hi Cancel Slope Down 0 1 miS _Ccei Minimum Height 40 mi Minimum Area r mis Integration Delay jo Ze Filter Level
136. al in accordance with the requirements of 31 5 in effect on Jan 14 1975 b c Appendices material contained in devices designed and manufactured for the purpose of detecting measuring gauging or controlling thickness density level interface location radiation leakage or qualitative or quantitative chemical composition or for producing light or an ionized atmosphere The general license in paragraph a of this section applies only to byproduct material contained in devices which have been manufactured or initially transferred and labeled in accordance with the specifications contained in a specific license issued pursuant to 32 61 of this chapter or in accordance with the specifications contained in a specific license issued by an Agreement State which authorizes distribution of devices to persons generally licensed by the Agreement State Any person who acquires receives possesses uses or transfers byproduct material in a device pursuant to the general license in paragraph a of this section 1 Shall assure that all labels affixed to the device at the time of receipt and bearing a statement that removal of the label is prohibited are maintained thereon and shall comply with all instructions and precautions provided by such labels 2 Shall assure that the device is tested for leakage of radioactive material and proper operation of the on off mechanism and indicator if any at no longer than six m
137. al sources of error in the measurements These sources of error combine to give scatter in measured concentrations measured as precision and systematic bias to measured concentrations You must correct for these sources of error or your results will become inaccurate Possible sources of error include e Peak integration errors Sampling errors Compound dependent adsorption effects Detector response drift over the period of time since the last calibration e System accuracy All of these effects may contribute to inaccurate measurements in any given set of data Peak Integration Errors Baseline noise interfering peaks or excessive tailing of the target compound peak can cause problems in starting or stopping the peak integration at the optimum times These can even cause differences in integration for consecutive runs at the same concentration Selection of one set of integration parameters over another may result in a nonlinear area versus concentration curve Assay 6 User Notes It is impossible to eliminate integrator effects as a source of error over the broad range of conditions under which Voyager must operate It is therefore essential that you verify the Voyager s integration results Examine the chromatograms and re integrating if necessary This is particularly true if the results are being used to make decisions regarding health and safety issues Sampling Errors Sampling errors occur when the concentrat
138. all have the benefit of LICENSOR S rights hereunder 4 4 LICENSEE acknowledges that the Licensed Program may contain encryptions or other devices that may prevent or detect unauthorized use of the licensed program Temporary use on backup equipment may require assistance from LICENSOR APEPI IE EERE ELTE E A TE IOR TAEA E AT Notices and Legends 5 1 LICENSEE agrees to reproduce and include any copyright notices trademarks or other legends or credits included in the Licensed Program or requested in writing by LICENSOR in and on every copy made by LICENSEE of Licensed Program or part thereof The existence of any copyright notice shall not be construed as an admission or presumption of publication of the Licensed Program A PE I EA E AE EI IE IA E TA EEN E O O Warranty 6 1 LICENSOR warrants that for ninety 90 days from the date the Licensed Program is received the Licensed Program supplied by LICENSOR shall perform in accordance with the standards set forth in the software manual related to the Licensed Program if any provided that the Software Registration Form has been returned to the LICENSOR 6 2 The above warranty does not extend and shall not apply to Licensed Program to the extent that any breach of warranty is caused by the licensed program being a not Used in accordance with the software manual supplied hereunder b Used in combination with any program material not licensed herein c modified by LICENSEE or
139. alyses you are about to run Press Enter Menu then DISPLAY VOC and GRAPH If you prefer select the REPORT display option Press Enter Menu then SETUP MODE and AUTO Press DELAY and use the arrow keys to enter a delay time This is the time between runs A minimum of minute is required to allow the Voyager to stabilize the baseline Press Enter Menu to confirm the entry and close the box Press RUN and use the arrow keys to enter the number of analyses required If you want the instrument to sample continuously enter 0 which is the default value Press Enter Menu to confirm the entry and close the box Press ON OFF the soft key and use the arrow keys to select On and then press Enter Menu Press Exit to close the box Voyager will begin a run on Column V Voyager will now run continuously until it has performed the preset number of runs If you have set the instrument to run continuously it will run until it encounters a critical fault such as a lamp failure low battery or carrier gas pressure fault Using Voyager Autostart GC on VOC Alarm Voyager s TVOC mode can be programmed to automatically start a GC analysis when the VOC encounters an alarm condition a feature that can be used for automated site monitoring You may set up Voyager to run automatically in TVOC mode If it encounters a concentration that exceeds a preset alarm level it will run a GC analysis according to the method that is
140. am shall mean any Object Code supplied by LICENSOR under the License Use shall mean the copying of any portion of the Licensed Program from a storage unit or media into a machine for processing of the machine instructions or statements contained in such material PERERA LEESE IANA ESE SEEI EEE A ESEA ETT License Grant LICENSEE is granted a non transferable non exclusive right to Use the Licensed Program supplied by or is granted a non transferable non exclusive right to Use the Licensed Program supplied by LICENSOR LICENSEE may make copies of the Licensed Program as necessary for archive testing or backup purposes only This LICENSE shall be effective from the date of receipt of the Licensed Program until it is terminated in accordance with Article 7 0 PAPAE E IR REE ITET Proprietary Rights and Protection LICENSEE acknowledges and understands that nothing contained in this license shall be construed as conveying title in Licensed Program to the LICENSEE LICENSEE agrees to hold the Licensed Program in confidence and shall not disclose the Licensed Program or part thereof without the prior written approval of LICENSOR except to its employees to whom disclosure is necessary for Use LICENSEE agrees not to disassemble decompile or cross compile Licensed Program Appendices 4 3 Where any of LICENSOR s rights to the Licensed Program or part thereof arise under an agreement with a third party supplier such supplier sh
141. ample stream This reduces the lamp s effective light output and results in a substantial drop in the detector response Removal of the lamp and proper cleaning of the lamp window may restore the detector sensitivity As a guide clean the GC lamp window every week If the lamp fault appears the UV lamp has failed Open the Status box in the GC mode and check the Lamp Status If a Timeout Fail or Intensity Fail 1s displayed then the UV lamp must be replaced Removing the UV Lamp Do not remove the UV lamp in hazardous locations WARNING 1 Ensure the instrument is turned off You must turn the instrument off before removing the lamp cover WARNING 2 Remove the lamp access cover using the hex driver supplied with the tool kit 3 Use the multi tool provided to remove the lamp housing cover 4 Tilt Voyager slightly and remove the UV lamp 257 Voyager User s Guide The lamp may be hot WARNING Do not touch the detector cell Any dust or dirt in the detector cell can be blown out with a gentle jet of carrier gas CAUTION NOTE 258 Replacing the UV Lamp or Installing a New One 1 Place the new o ring on the new lamp 2 Without touching the lamp window place the new lamp into Voyager lampholder window first Do not insert any object other than the UV lamp into the lampholder 3 Replace the lamp housing cover and then replace the access cover 4 Calibrate the GC and TVOC and then continue n
142. an air sample In a gas chromatograph GC the sample is carried from the point of introduction through a separating column and then out through a detector by a continuous stream of relatively inert gas called carrier gas The column in a GC is a long tube with sticky or sorptive material coating the inside walls or packed into the tube The sample components become separated from one another as they are carried through the column because of differences in their rates of interaction with the sorptive material Each different sample component is therefore retained for a different length of time within the column and elutes from the column into the detector at a characteristic retention time The detector responds as each component flows through the detector cell If the detector response 1s displayed against the elapsed time then a series of peaks separated in time is seen one peak for each sample component The retention time of the tip of each peak indicates what the sample component 1s and the area of the peak indicates how much is present Chromatography is a comparative technique of analysis The identities and concentrations reported by Voyager after a sample is analyzed are based on the retention times and peak sizes of previously analyzed standards When an assay is set up in Voyager a standard of each compound of interest is stored in Voyager s memory by retention time peak area and concentration The ratio of peak area to con
143. an load this file Enter a name for your configuration file then select an icon and press OK In HyperTerminal the Phone number dialog box will now open move to the last option Connect Using and select direct connection Select the port to which Voyager is connected and click OK Select COM2 if you are using COM2 Set the following Bits per Second bps 9600 Data Bits Stop Bits Flow Control 273 Voyager User s Guide 9 Click OK 10 Save your configuration file The next time you open the HyperTerminal window select your configuration file instead of Hypertrm exe This will load HyperTerminal and set it up to send data to Voyager 11 To configure Voyager to receive new firmware switch Voyager on while pressing the leftmost and two rightmost soft keys as shown in Figure 18 The display will be very dim and the Ready LED will be on If the unit has been successfully connected a series of characters may be displayed This verifies the connection between the PC and Voyager 2 Then press the Start Stop key Depress and hold down these three keys Figure 18 Configuring Voyager to Receive Firmware 12 The file is in binary format so select the appropriate protocol In HyperTerminal open the Transfers menu and select Send File enter the Location and Name of your file select 1KXmodem as the protocol and click Send Your communication software will display a window showing the transmis
144. ant to alter the column temperature Disable the other columns 3 Press Exit to close the box Press Enter Menu to close the menu 4 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG METHOD TEMP and COLUMN 5 Use the arrow keys to enter the new column temperature Press Enter Menu Voyager will allow you to set the temperature to between 0 and 80 C It is not advisable to set the column temperature to less than 40 C 6 If you need to change the column temperature for the other two columns repeat this procedure for each column 7 When you have changed the column temperature for each column enable all the columns required for your method If you have entered different temperatures for each column Voyager will require 20 to 30 minutes between analyses to reach the column temperature 210 Method Development ECD Temperature Voyager equipped with an ECD is not classified for use in hazardous locations WARNING The ECD temperature can be set independently of the column and the PID The ECD must be maintained at a temperature greater than or equal to the column temperature NOTE Do not set the ECD temperature less than the column temperature It is possible the sample could condense and contaminate the radioactive foil contained in the ECD 1 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG COLUMN 2 Select the column for which you want to alter the column temperature Disable the other columns 3 Press Exit to close the box Press E
145. atinccath last el teal uaura aad aatincusiart lade 373 Method 5A All Compounds ssrsiscninirncrirnn rn E i 374 Method SB aeei A S 376 Method SCand Method SE sriirnne ra ES 378 Mhod Derana e E A N 380 MOES eaea A E 382 Creatine a Custom Melodisi canes leteaees ate leeg nied angauateuaeeaattaans 384 General TE OMAN esse T E e 384 Concentration RANGES iori E S 385 Modifine the Methoden ET 387 Column SPE CICA ONS sa A tai le te A lca i ala wires ba aaa 388 Accurate Concentration Measurement cccccccccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 389 Peak Integration ETOS o c 0 centers tccashdsanediasiazankosenc tncpottes E R a 389 SAMA ICONS sooo ace T oe We 390 VANCG E510 018 0 eeni reo an er E 391 Detector Response Driftin E O COE 393 Assay 6 USEF NOS useine sio aeaa ria a EAEE iaae 397 TOV ET VICW ol ASSay Ohi e sentria nada E O S SE 399 TMG 2ASSay ODIS konee sie eet eee TA eee 399 Vii Ca ACO ot saa eteactaced cseasere a al ccnen ta neteade anna 399 COMPOUNG SC Pal At lOi ices ike cehdihec oe ce Gidea ati ie ct tedae tila tel atest seat 400 Compound LiDLaLy sessirnir aran A E A A 401 Assay 6 Standard Method 2 3 2 45 casesitiee bo ee RA ee 403 COMMA SPC CHICA OMS epre oe a e e ue aepaataaa e RaR 405 Accurate Concentration Measurement cccccccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 406 Peak Intecrauon Pat OTs ccctccc ce icicaciateae A E 406 SS 721401 8 DEBT ed ENOS Sane ee ane Re nn rae nee E 407 ASOP O e neta oeeene oa 408 Detect
146. ating Devices 16 Warranty 447 Weight 453 What s This 118 Window Percent 119 126 Assay Wizard 198 Reference Library 197 Window Retention Time 203 Windows 95 102 103 272 Help 168 HyperTerminal 272 NT 102 103 Printers 108 Version 3 1 102 Wipe Test 27 Index Agencies 480 Wizard Assay 115 198 Interval 27 Zero Kit 270 Grade Air 44 Procedure 268 Zoom 119 Sensitivity 268 Previous 118 132 154 499 Voyager User s Guide 500
147. ature to below 50 C as samples may condense on the column and contaminate your system To set the oven temperature 1 Select the Assay tab 2 Inthe Method box click Config 3 Enter the desired Oven temperature 4 Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog box The change you have made applies to the currently selected column only If you need to change the setting for another column select the next column and change the temperature 5 Save the assay If you have entered different temperatures for each column Voyager will require 30 minutes between analyses for the column to reach temperature equilibrium 185 Voyager User s Guide 186 NOTE NOTE ECD Temperature The ECD temperature can be set independently of the column and the PID The ECD must be maintained at a temperature greater than or equal to the column PID temperature Do not set the ECD temperature less than the column temperature It is possible the sample could condense and contaminate the radioactive foil contained in the ECD To set the ECD temperature 1 Select the Assay tab 2 Inthe Method box click Config 3 Enter the desired ECD Oven temperature 4 Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog boxes The change you have made applies to the currently selected column only If you need to change the setting for another column select the next column and change the injection volume 5 Save the assay If y
148. atus line shows the log entry number and the date and time the sample was taken Alternately the column and the run number will be shown on the status line The two lines of information will alternate If you are reviewing GC data you can change the display by pressing DISPLAY and selecting the desired display option If you are reviewing TVOC data then you can choose to display REPORT or GRAPH format 8 Press Exit to return to the real time display Deleting Datalogger Entries When the datalogger becomes full you must delete the contents You can delete selected datalogger entries using the delete option You can connect Voyager to a PC and use the SiteChart software to store the logged data as detailed on page 140 It is strongly recommend that SiteChart is used to download data from Voyager The datalogger entries are saved in a folder created on your PC and then deleted from the datalogger Deleting a single entry 1 Press Enter Menu then LOG and VIEW 2 Press NEXT or PREV to move through the entries and select the log entry to be deleted Press Exit to go back one level on the menu tree Using Voyager 3 Press DELETE CURRENT CURRENT The selected entry will be removed from the datalogger Deleting a range of entries 1 Press Enter Menu then LOG and VIEW 2 Press DELETE and RANGE 3 Use the arrow keys to enter the number of the start log entry and press Enter Menu 4 Use the arrow keys to enter the number
149. ave been determined for the Assay 7 standard method If the method is altered these libraries are no longer valid If the method is modified a new library must be created identifying the compounds with their new retention times For example if the temperature of Column B is increased the retention times in the Column B library are no longer valid since the compounds will be eluting faster than they would in the standard method You would have to run the compounds with the new settings and store the compound in the Library Compound Names Compound names are limited to 15 characters in the Voyager library Compound names have been shortened to fit into the Library Names with less than 15 characters remain unchanged The list below shows the shortened compound name Compound Name Voyager Library Name i Butyl Acrylate iButyl Acrylate Methyl Methacrylate MethylMAcrylate n Butyl Acrylate nButyl Acrylate 419 Voyager User s Guide 420 Assay 7 Standard Method The Assay 7 standard method Assay7 app has been customized for and 1s installed in your Voyager The table below lists the standard method library compounds for each column it also shows typical retention times and detectable concentration ranges for this method These values will vary on your instrument Concentrations outside these specified ranges especially at the lower end can be obtained by adjusting the injection time PID state and integration parame
150. been completed This data trend is symptomatic of adsorption of styrene by the gas bag If the same concentration of styrene is measured directly from a tank of compressed gas standard drift effects over the same time period are negligible If a Tedlar bag is used to store a styrene sample at these concentrations then the analysis results hours later will not accurately reflect the concentration at the time of sampling In addition to container effects there are a variety of other issues regarding sample storage processing and preparation that can compromise the accuracy of the concentration measurement ampled 8 hours after oO E Q 2 c e ge i c oO c oO O Figure 40 Gas Bag Effect as Measured on a 1 ppm Styrene Sample 357 Voyager User s Guide Adsorption Another potential instrument source of error is sample adsorption by Voyager s analytical system If this occurs it will typically be seen as an increase in peak area upon repeated sampling of the component even after the instrument has been in operation for many hours The effect is usually concentration dependent as higher concentrations will supply the demand of a limited number of adsorption sites without a significant percentage of sample loss Voyager has been designed to minimize adsorption effects by heating the analytical system However some compounds may still be problematic at low concentrations Each target
151. bility for Repetitive Sampling of 11 ppm a Pinene The instrument being tested had not previously been exposed to the target compound The analyses were performed with typical Assay 5 method parameters The adsorption test itself consists of repetitive sampling 10 runs and analysis of the indicated compound concentration The sample is typically obtained either directly from a tank standard or by diluting a tank standard with air to obtain the indicated concentration The instrument was calibrated and then the 10 runs were performed Test results below are shown for two compounds as run on one instrument but are typical for Voyager Detector Response Drift Detector response drift is caused by drift in the effective UV lamp intensity over time Although Voyager automatically maintains a constant visible lamp intensity it is possible that the ionizing spectral lines located outside the visible range shift in intensity over time Detector response drift will manifest itself as an effect that typically occurs over a longer time period than adsorption and which is not as compound specific as adsorption Also it is not affected by the frequency of sampling unlike adsorption phenomena Calibration is recommended when the detector response has changed by greater than 10 393 Voyager User s Guide 394 The table below provides a recommended maximum operating time before calibration is necessary The instrument must be calibrated
152. cal system If this occurs it will typically be seen as an increase in peak area upon repeated sampling of the component even after the instrument has been in operation for many hours The effect is usually concentration dependent as higher concentrations will supply the demand of a limited number of adsorption sites without a significant percentage of sample loss Voyager has been designed to minimize adsorption effects by heating the analytical system However some compounds may still be problematic at low concentrations Each compound has been tested for adsorption effects and the results are illustrated below These results were used to generate the precision specifications for Assay 2 compounds The instruments being tested had not previously been exposed to the target compound The analyses were performed with typical Assay 2 method parameters A bag sample is prepared containing all the Assay 2 target compounds at the indicated concentrations The adsorption test itself consists of repetitive sampling 10 runs and analysis of the indicated compound concentration The sample is typically obtained either directly from a tank standard or by diluting a tank standard with air to obtain the indicated concentration The instrument was calibrated and then the 10 runs were performed Most of the Assay 2 compounds are stable in a gas bag at the indicated concentrations However the methanol peak area and height were observed to decrease over t
153. calibrations for lt 10 change in accuracy assuming Voyager 1s calibrated once immediately after a 20 minute warm up period These calibration times are based on an extended measurement of peak area drift following instrument warm up A Voyager which has been off for an extended period is turned on and set to auto sample and analyze isobutylene on Column B Isobutylene is a volatile compound and so typically does not show adsorption effects The observed peak area drift is an indication of detector drift only 361 Voyager User s Guide 362 The resulting area drift over a period of 400 minutes is shown in Figure 44 The change in peak area over this time period was 5 g9 Set x 2 prar amp 100 200 300 400 500 Elapsed Time min Figure 44 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling for 100 ppm Isobutylene This drift characteristic is typical of Voyager s detector response drift following a 20 minute warm up period To ensure a measured concentration at the calibration concentration is within 10 of the actual value 1 Calibrate once when the instrument is turned on Allow 30 minutes for the instrument to stabilize before performing the calibration run s 2 Calibrate at 8 hour intervals Assuming detector response drift is similar for the ABS compounds you need to calibrate once immediately following instrument warm up Measurement of dry pure samples at a simila
154. cally when you select the probe To set the probe length 1 Press Enter Menu then SETUP MODE and INJECT 2 Press PROBE and use the up and down arrow keys to select the desired probe Select short if you are not using a probe or if you are using the gas bag adapter The long sample line is 3 meters m long The telescoping extended sample probe is 5 m long and has a telescoping handle 3 Press Enter Menu to confirm your selection press Exit to close the box and return to the menu and press Enter Menu to close the menu NOTE Using Voyager Performing a Syringe Injection Analysis Selecting the Injection Method Voyager can accept both manual syringe and automatic sample loop injections You must calibrate using the same injection technique as your sample If you are using automatic loop injection for sampling calibrate using loop injection If you are using syringe injection for sampling calibrate using syringe injection To select the injection method 1 Press Enter Menu then SETUP MODE and INJECT 2 Press SYRINGE and press Enter Menu to set the option and to close the menu The sampling method will be indicated in the status line as SYR Performing a Syringe Injection Analysis 1 Ensure carrier gas is supplied to the instrument 2 Ensure the plugs have been removed from the following ports Detector 1 and 2 out pump out and vent out 3 Monitor the offset level in the status display box If it is above 8
155. cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 103 Installing the SiteChart software ccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 103 Upgrading from Previous Versions ccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 106 Installing your Assay Disk xiiciectepiecentesetvcne eed eine 106 Connecting the PC Or V OV a Ger acces inlet ecarensenashscatatesteiestnnalonedesseeenarbabgecen 107 Personal Comput t siesta cated iota cole taledenta cin et dicten diel taiedel 107 Communicating with Multiple Instruments 0000000000000000000000000000 108 Connecting a Printer to the Computer cccccccccccccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 108 Loading an Assay into Voyager cccccsesessssssesssssssssssseeseeseseseeesseeeeeeens 109 SWAG ITO ASSAYS oases att anh cats eanaensdcos a EE 109 OOVEIVICW nurmo E E 111 Starina SiC CALL oirnn a A 111 The De tanit WANG OW casssecvesiaintatcetaliesatedstasmssiouniusidabetticetaliasanaetdbvasiotia 111 SIZ OAC Applica ON eserinin aaae aiaee 112 By nv e272 S15 al o epeeeoeeee nine oem eee mi Oe ne AEE Oe OnE 113 Installing the Standard Method cccccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 113 Assay WU ZN C53 aoa cai atl ad a a eet acs iedaae A 115 Column Detector Selecion sra n nesta 116 IAC Cascais saticats ta cdettane sien otoee sa asiiaas A caaniuae Palcasen teas 116 Reference C nrOmato Grain srne aa e a raa 117 Compound LAD ary esn E daneeotaeonseeeee 120 Compound Library Information ccccc
156. centration is the sensitivity the response to concentration ratio measured in mVS ppm for the compound This information is saved in a part of Voyager s memory called the library and 1s automatically updated during a calibration In each sample analysis peak retention times are compared to retention times of library compounds If they match within the limits of the peak recognition window then the peak is identified as the corresponding library compound To calculate the concentration of the identified peak its area 1s divided by the library sensitivity for the compound 437 Voyager User s Guide 438 Library retention times and sensitivities are updated whenever Voyager is calibrated Voyager also calculates the new retention time to old retention time ratio for each library compound in the calibration gas If a library compound is not present in the calibration gas Voyager updates its retention time by multiplying it by an average calculated from compounds in the calibration gas Sample Introduction Samples can be introduced into a GC either automatically or manually Voyager accepts air and gas samples both ways If you have a large volume of sample available as is usually the case in ambient air sampling then automatic sample injection is the easiest means of introduction This is done using Voyager s internal sampling pump and sample loop When the sample pump is on the sample is drawn in through Voyager s sample in po
157. clude conditions respecting the measures to be taken to prevent the receipt by any person of a dose of ionizing radiation or an exposure to radon daughters in excess of any dose specified in respect of such person in Schedule I the monitoring devices and other methods for measuring the dose of ionizing radiation or exposure to radon daughters received by any person Appendices c instructions to be given to atomic radiation workers respecting the hazards of ionizing radiation and the procedures to be followed to limit exposure to ionizing radiation d the maximum quantity and concentration of radioactive or other hazardous material that may be discharged into the air and water as a result of the use of the prescribed substance e the method of disposing of the radioactive prescribed substance f the measures to be taken to prevent theft loss or any unauthorized use of the prescribed substance and g the qualifications training and experience of any person who is to use or supervise the use of the prescribed substance or any device or equipment to which the license applies 4 The Board or designated officer may issue a license to a person for any purpose referred to in subsection 5 1 on receipt of a written application from the person 5 A license issued by the Board or a designated officer pursuant to subsection 4 may contain such conditions as the Board or the designated officer deems necessary
158. configured for a syringe injection and prepare the syringe sample before you press Start Stop The analysis will start and you will have 10 seconds to make the injection A count down timer in the status line will show the time for you to prepare for the injection Guide the syringe needle through the hole in the injection port until the needle point touches the septum but do not pierce the septum or depress the plunger After the beep push the needle though the septum until the barrel comes up against the injection port and immediately depress the plunger Depressing the plunger must be a rapid movement Never inject liquid or solid samples into the Voyager you will damage the instrument CAUTION NOTE The number displayed is not a real time reading The display value will be updated at the end of the TVOC analysis The status line now shows a timer a run number the column and detector in use A bar showing the progression of the analysis is also displayed A status of OK is shown beside the numerical value See Status Line on page 69 for other possible status messages Using Voyager 3 Press Enter Menu then DISPLAY VOC and GRAPH Selecting GRAPH shows you a graph of response versus time This is a real time display A single peak on the graph indicates the presence of VOCs In graph display another line of text displays the fullscale range and the analysis time At the end of the TVOC analysis if any VOCs were prese
159. cuments identified in the label on the device and within 30 days of the transfer report to the Director of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards U S Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington D C 20555 the 465 Voyager User s Guide manufacturer s name and model number of device transferred the name and address of the transferee and the name and or position of an individual who may constitute a point of contact between the Commission and the transferee or 11 Where the device is held in storage in the original shipping container at its intended location of use prior to initial use by a general licensee 10 Shall comply with the provisions of 20 2201 and 20 2202 of this chapter for reporting radiation incidents theft or loss of licensed material but shall be exempt from the other requirements of Parts 19 20 and 21 of this chapter d The general license in paragraph a of this section does not authorize the manufacture or import of devices containing byproduct material 39 FR 43532 Dec 16 1974 as amended at 40 FR 8785 Mar 3 1975 40 FR 14085 Mar 28 1975 42 FR 25721 May 19 1977 42 FR 28896 June 6 1977 43 FR 6922 Feb 17 1978 53 FR 19246 May 27 1988 56 FR 23471 May 21 1991 56 FR 61352 Dec 3 1991 58 FR 67659 Dec 22 1993 466 NOTE Appendices Canadian Atomic Energy Control Regulations Users of the information in this section are advised that it is provided for the conven
160. d Used with equipment other than the designated equipment 449 Voyager User s Guide 6 3 LICENSOR MAKES NO WARRANTIES THAT ERRORS HAVE BEEN COMPLETELY ELIMINATED FROM THE LICENSED PROGRAM OR THAT USE OF ANY LICENSED PROGRAM WILL NOT INFRINGE UPON ANY PATENT COPYRIGHT OR TRADEMARK LICENSOR MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY WITH RESPECT TO THE LICENSED PROGRAM THIS LIMITED WARRANTY GIVES LICENSEE SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS AND LICENSEE MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE PRUE STEN STEN CAT NER AAA TP ETN EPSP E OTR TREY RPT Ua eT oe ATOR Termination 7 1 If LICENSEE fails to comply with any term or condition of the license LICENSOR may notify LICENSEE in writing of such failure If LICENSEE fails to cure such failure within thirty 30 days of such written notice this License may be terminated 7 2 LICENSEE may terminate the License at will on thirty 30 days prior written notice to LICENSOR Within ten 10 days after termination LICENSEE shall certify in writing to LICENSOR that all copies in whole or in part in any form of the Licensed Program have been destroyed or returned to LICENSOR 7 3 LICENSOR shall have the right to terminate this License if LICENSEE S normal business operations are disrupted for more than thirty 30 days by reason of insolvency bankruptcy or receivership o PAEIT IE devia Die
161. d authority by the U S Nuclear Regulatory Commission to regulate the possession and use of radioactive material In Canada use of the ECD is governed by Atomic Energy Control Regulations Under these regulations you must obtain a possession license before you can receive the ECD Refer to Part II Section 7 of the regulations for details of applying for a license as noted on page 467 You must be familiar with all the regulations governing your use of the ECD A summary of the requirements of 10 C F R Section 31 5 1s listed below The requirements of the Atomic Energy Control Regulations are similar to those of 10 C F R Section 31 5 Labels Do not remove any of the labels attached to the ECD cell or any of the labels attached to your gas chromatograph that refer to the ECD cell Follow all instructions and abide by all precautions provided by the labels and in user instruction manuals referred to by the labels Leak Testing You are obligated under federal and state regulations to make certain that the ECD cell is wipe tested for leakage of radioactive materials at intervals of no longer than 6 months and that the analysis of these wipe tests 1s conducted by a person specifically licensed to do so either by the U S Nuclear Regulatory Commission or by an Agreement State The analyses can be performed by the organizations listed under Wipe Test Agencies starting on page 480 In Canada the ECD must be wipe tested at least once
162. d CALCONC to enter the concentration for the compound If the concentration displayed in the Cal column is correct move to the next compound Move through the list and check that you have enabled all the compounds of interest and have entered the correct calibration concentration and again remove any unwanted compounds from the library Connect a supply of calibration gas as discussed on page 231 or prepare a syringe sample Your calibration gas must both PID and ECD calibration compounds If your calibration gas contains only the PID compounds then you must calibrate each detector separately ae Press Start Stop to begin an analysis 239 Voyager User s Guide 12 13 14 15 16 17 Press DISPLAY GC and CMPD to view the compound list Since you are viewing the ECD output the compound list will show the ECD compounds When the analysis is complete review the compound list and ensure all of your ECD compounds are present Press Enter Menu then LIBRARY and CAL and when prompted to calibrate using the last analysis select YES If Voyager can match all the compounds in the last analysis with compounds you have selected for calibration then your ECD library information will be updated accordingly Switch to the PID view by pressing DISPLAY GC and DET Review the compound list and ensure all of your PID compounds are present Press Enter Menu then LIBRARY and CAL and when prompted to calibrate
163. d Development cciscssscotivesscivesiiekeaciesvenacieuensiessenivossckoncdesveassccaucacede 171 Method Development Using SiteChart cccccccsesssssssssseesesseseeeeseeeens 173 Libia eana eaves tectieeeGramaat aca ae 173 Column electi Onision a tie Sadi aeeanendi gests 174 Adding Compounds to the Library ccccccccccccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 175 Multiple Point Calibration Curve ccccccccccccccccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 178 ANANS Se MN Sierk kaa a a o ote 179 Diera ton MeMo nene a A 188 Assay Proper CS eria ctce scares cieaa elses eeasecaceniesa anes 195 Method Development Using Voyager Directly 0 0 0 0 ceeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeens 199 Selecting Columns and Detectors cccccccccccccccccccseeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeas 200 Adding Compounds to the Library ccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 202 Analys SCL OS ra TE tain ynieieieav atau 205 Analysis ME a A an ca ace AS 205 Backus iTi Mence a E 206 Voyager User s Guide Pump TNC 5a cessnacastayaseace lt autacsseamarass anes ah oameanseekeeaeaaea nee eee 206 TAS CULO LIME Gerrie a eaa aera see eee 208 Cohn Temperaire eena tias ena oa tase cence tena eer dena aden de 210 ECD Temperature csictersds catiaanecae acute inte E E 211 Press eia a a toe Ui colada deans oats ea to lads beni ain areel ala dans 212 Integration Method ececcctsaeacs voce scnrceannasaasacaaahvinsacaoadecanapneeeaes ae eae aes 213 Up Slope Down Slope and F
164. d Jun 20 97 ASSAY2 PID Aug 06 97 ASSAY 21 PID Aug 06 97 ASSAY 4C PID Aug 07 97 ASSAY 44 PID Aug O07 97 ASSAY 4CI PID Aug OF 97 mi mim cmOOP i 1BPOER ha i a C Results Notes 1 Bromoform 2 1 3 DCbenzene 3 1 2 DCbenzene 1 3 DCbenzene 1 Bromoform ri P2 3 1 2 DCbenzene 640 1280 1919 2Sec 3199 4 For Help press F1 Once data has been acquired from Voyager it can be reviewed using the Log Review tab This tab allows you to scroll through and review completed runs stored in the datalogger of a particular instrument When the instrument is connected to SiteChart the contents of the datalogger are automatically downloaded to SiteChart All analyses received from an instrument will be stored in the data sub directory selected during installation of SiteChart SiteChart was designed to accept data from multiple instruments so the log directory 1s divided into sub directories Each sub directory corresponds to information received from a single instrument These sub directories are created using the instrument serial numbers For example if one instrument has the serial number 123 then all the information received from this instrument will be recorded in a sub directory of the data directory called 123 The path would be c Program Files SiteChart Data 123 filename PID 139 Voyager User s Guide Log Listing To generate a log listi
165. d check for leaks Adjust the delivery pressure and then open the regulator outlet valve Warnings and Safety Information Battery Pack Care The battery pack contains 20 cadmium Cd by weight This battery pack must be disposed of properly Check with local codes for special disposal instructions Alternatively you can return the battery pack to the nearest PerkinElmer Photovac facility for recycling Charge the battery pack using the AC adapter provided with or identified for use with this product only in accordance with the instructions and limitations specified in this manual Excessive Heat and Cold The normal operating temperature is 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 105 F with 0 to 95 non condensing relative humidity Do not expose the instrument to intense sunlight for prolonged periods This may result in a rise in instrument temperature and loss of oven control Exposure to excessive heat may also result in instrument contamination Low temperatures will cause decreased battery life and may also result in loss of oven control The plastics may become fragile and shatter at extreme low temperatures An insulated soft case MX380317 is available as an option to protect Voyager in excessive hot or cold environments Adequate Ventilation If compound threshold limit values TLVs are exceeded you should use a gas bag and the gas bag adapter for sampling and provide adequate ventilation during calibration When using
166. d exposure to radiation or radioactive material are stated in a separate and detachable part of the report Reports made by licensees in response to the requirements of this section must be made as follows 1 Licensees that have an installed Emergency Notification System shall make the reports required by paragraphs a and b of this section to the NRC Operations Center in accordance with 10 CFR 60 72 and 457 Voyager User s Guide 458 2 All other licensees shall make the reports required by paragraphs a and b of this section by telephone to the NRC Operations Center 301 816 5100 and by telegram mailgram or facsimile to the Administrator of the appropriate NRC Regional Office listed in Appendix D to 10 CFR part 20 e The provisions of this section do not include doses that result from planned special exposures that are within the limits for planned special exposures and that are reported under 20 2204 66 FR 23406 May 21 1991 as amended at 66 FR 40766 August 16 1991 67 FR 67879 Dec 8 1992 69 FR 14086 Mar 26 1994 Section 30 34 30 34 Terms and Conditions of License a Each license issued pursuant to the regulations in this part and the regulations in parts 31 through 35 and 39 of this chapter shall be subject to all the provisions of the Act now or hereafter in effect and to all valid rules regulations and orders of the Commission b No license issued or granted pursuant to
167. d filter 53 Voyager User s Guide 3 Insert the new filter MX380339 into the collar until the filter is locked in place When the filter is not in use place it in its plastic bag and store it in a clean dry place Three Meter Sample Line For remote sampling or for sampling a location that is difficult to reach use the three meter sample line MX380305 1 Connect the three meter sample line to Voyager s sample in port 2 Place the other end of the sample line at the sampling location When using the telescoping sample probe NEVER aspirate liquids or solids as they will damage the instrument CAUTION 54 Introduction Field Check List The following items should be carried into the field to reduce or eliminate instrument down time If you will be in the field for a single 8 10 hour day you should include the following accessories Description rareo O Battery pack spare MX380314 or MX380315 T Calibration ges tank Not applicable Regulator to fit calibration gas tank Not applicable Calibration gas flow adapter Mx380328 O Calibration kit MX380310 or MX380337 0 Canyinghames Meson O Canrying strap Mso TO Dcaape i e O Extension sample probe fiter 1 Mx380339 TO SL Gas bag or zero aiy 60062801 TO as bag adapter mxs96010 rO Sample intet fitere Mx39601s CIECO 803 FO Septum capped vias Mx600629 BJs i UOT O Telescoping sample probe M380 1 Three meter sample
168. d the instrument status must show Ready Perform a few runs of your sample on Column A One peak should appear this is the benzene toluene co elution at 150 seconds The peak must completely clear the column to ensure accurate quantitation This includes any peak tailing The backflush time must be set so that the compounds of interest clear Column A before backflush begins You will use the retention time of the latest eluting peak to set the backflush time You cannot begin backflush until the benzene toluene peak clears Column A so allow an additional 20 seconds In this case the backflush time should be set to approximately 170 seconds To set the analysis time use the retention time of the latest eluting peak and multiply it by 1 1 You will not know the exact time until you perform an analysis on Column B but should set the analysis time to at least 800 seconds to allow all peaks of interest to elute Send the new method to Voyager and perform a run of your sample Two peaks should appear The first peak will be the benzene The next peak will be toluene at approximately 410 seconds The analysis time should be set to the retention time of the last eluting peak multiplied by 1 1 In this example 450 seconds Perform a few more runs to ensure your timing is correct Remove all unwanted compounds from the Column B library Analysis and backflush time are critical method parameters The existing library informat
169. d through the Assay tab in the SiteChart software and are used to program Voyager Assay4 app is the standard method and it has been installed on your instrument Assay4A app Assay4B app Assay4C app are versions of the standard method that have been modified to analyze for only one of the compounds Assay4A app is for styrene Assay4B app is for acrylonitrile and Assay4C app is for 1 3 butadiene e Assay4 app e Assay4B app e Assay4A pid e Assay4A app e Assay4C app e Assay4B pid e Assay4C pid Chromatograms from the photoionization detector are identified as pid files Assay4A pid Assay4B pid Assay4C pid are sample chromatograms from each column gt Make a copy of all the files on the assay disk and use this as your working disk Store the original disk in a safe location Installation 1 Copy the files onto the PC as described in Jnstalling your Assay Disk on page 106 2 Load the assay into Voyager as described in Loading an Assay into Voyager on page 109 347 Voyager User s Guide 348 Compound Separation Assay 4 consists of 3 compounds that belong to the ABS rubber process Since the ABS compounds are each analyzed on a different column the chromatography is relatively simple Separation of the 3 compounds is accomplished in three separate runs in which the heavy mid range and light compounds of the sample are directed to the appropriate column for analysis The heavy compound styrene 1s analyzed on Colu
170. duct material is used or stored b Each licensee shall make available to the Commission for inspection upon reasonable notice records kept by him pursuant to the regulations in this chapter 30 FR 8185 June 26 1965 30 53 Tests Each licensee shall perform or permit the Commission to perform such test as the Commission deems appropriate or necessary for the administration of the regulations in this part and parts 31 through 35 and 39 of this chapter including tests of a Byproduct material b Facilities wherein byproduct material is utilized or stored c Radiation detection and monitoring instruments and d Other equipment and devices used in connection with the utilization or storage of byproduct material 30 FR 8185 June 26 1965 as amended by 43 FR 6922 Feb 17 1978 52 FR 8241 Mar 17 1987 58 FR 7736 Feb 8 1993 Section 31 5 31 5 Certain Measuring Gauging or Controlling Devices a A general license is hereby issued to commercial and industrial firms and research educational and medical institutions individuals in the conduct of their business and Federal State or local government agencies to acquire receive possess use or transfer in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs b c and d of this section byproduct 1 Persons possessing byproduct material in devices under the general license in 31 5 before Jan 15 1975 may continue to possess use or transfer that materi
171. e and the status line When Voyager is performing a run the status line will display the instrument status an analysis timer the current column the run and detector If you are reviewing logged data the status line will display the time and date the analysis was run This information will alternate with the column and run Alarm Alarm condition on last run Sample The pump is drawing a sample Analyze Analysis in progress Ready Ready to start an analysis 69 Voyager User s Guide Lamp turned off due to pressure fault Signal was over range on the last run The UV lamp is being started Wait Displayed at the delay time during auto cycling Oven not within 1 of the set point 70 Using Voyager Setting the Date and Time The Clock key is used to set both the current date and time l 2 Press Enter Menu Press the SETUP key Each time you press a soft key the soft key names change Press CLOCK Press TIME Use the arrow keys to enter the correct time The time is formatted as Hour Minute Second The up and down arrows are used to edit the character underlined by the cursor The right arrow is used to advance the cursor to the next character on the right Formatting characters such as the colon in the time and the slash in the date are skipped when advancing the cursor Press Enter Menu to confirm the time and then press DATE Use the arrow keys to enter the correct date When se
172. e then the syringe needle is pushed through the septum The syringe plunger is depressed to inject the gas sample into the carrier gas stream and onto the head of the column for analysis and finally the needle is withdrawn Precolumn Backflushing The analysis in a GC is complete once all the sample components have been carried the length of the column and have flowed through the detector The analysis time is therefore determined by the retention time of the most retained sample component If a second sample is introduced onto the GC column before the first analysis is completed it is possible for little retained components in the second sample to flow through the detector at the same time as more retained components in the first sample This leads to difficulty in interpreting the detector output signal To avoid this a technique known as precolumn backflushing is used in Voyager Here two GC columns a shorter precolumn and a longer analytical column are joined in series with a tee between them Initially the branch of the tee is closed to flow and carrier gas is directed along the precolumn through the run of the tee and then through the analytical column to the detector The sample is introduced onto the head of the precolumn and carried along the precolumn towards the analytical column After an interval of time the carrier gas is switched and introduced at the branch of the tee between the two columns Those sample components which
173. e AssaySA app Assay5Bl pid e Assay5C pid e AssaySB app Assay5B2 pid Assay5D app e Assay5C app Assay5B3 pid e Assay5E app e Assay5A pid e Assay5B4 pid e Assay5F app Chromatograms from the photoionization detector are identified as pid files The supplied chromatograms were generated on your instrument using the standard method gt Make a copy ofall the files on the assay disk and use this as your working disk Store the original disk in a safe location Installation 1 Copy the files onto the PC as described in nstalling your Assay Disk on page 106 2 Load the assay into Voyager as described in Loading an Assay into Voyager on page 109 Assay 5 User Notes Compound Separation Separation of the 9 compounds is accomplished in three separate runs in which the heavy mid range and light compounds of the sample are directed to the appropriate column for analysis The heavy compound o pinene is analyzed on Column A Any lighter compounds present in the sample are not well separated and elute as early peaks The integration delay can be used to prevent these peaks from being included in the peak report See Figure 45 The mid range compounds e g dimethyl sulfide methyl mercaptan are analyzed on Column B Column A is used as the precolumn The sample 1s injected onto Column A and the heavy compounds are prevented from entering Column B by adjusting the backflush time The light and mid range compounds are allow
174. e Files of Type drop down list select the required type of detector ECD Samples PID Samples or All Samples 3 Select the directory to which you copied your assay disks 4 Select the file and click Open or double click on the file The sample information for the selected chromatogram is displayed 150 SiteChart Software Save and Save As To update an existing file 1 Click on the Assay tab or Instrument tab 2 Open the File menu and select Save Alt F S To save a new file or save an existing file to a new location 1 Click on the Assay tab or Instrument tab 2 Open the File menu and select Save As Alt F A If you clicked on the Assay tab SiteChart will save the file as a app If you were in the Instrument tab SiteChart will save the file as a PID or ECD file 3 Enter a file name or use the existing file name Limit your file names to 10 characters Site Chart will add the appropriate extension 4 Select the drive and directory to which the file will be saved 5 Click Save Print Use the Print command to obtain printed reports The type of report printed will depend on which tab is selected when you select the Print command To print an assay report 1 Select the Assay tab 2 Load the assay to be printed 151 Voyager User s Guide 3 Open the File menu and select Print Alt F P The Print dialog box opens You must install and configure your printer through Windows Control Panel Re
175. e Internal Carrier Gas Cylinder on page 266 To prevent contamination from entering Voyager s pneumatic system do not allow the internal tank to empty completely Cause Peaks are appearing from the previous analysis Action Decrease the foreflush time or increase the analysis time Maintenance and Troubleshooting Cause Blockage at the detector vent ports Action Ensure the ports are not covered or blocked in any way The detector out ports vent the effluent from the PID port 1 and ECD port 2 The pressure set by the method will determine the outlet flow rates at these ports If the detector is not in use Voyager supplies a maintenance flow to ensure the detector 1s ready for operation Samples drawn by the pump to fill and flush the sampling system are vented through the pump out port The flow though this port is approximately 250 ml min when the pump is on The two columns that are not in use are flushed constantly with approximately 1 mL min The two columns are both vented through the vent out port Cause The ECD is contaminated Action Set the detector temperature to 80 C and increase the pressure to 14 psig Allow the detector to purge under these conditions for at least 8 hours as detailed in Purging the ECD on page 267 or contact the PerkinElmer Photovac Service Department Do not open the instrument or attempt to remove the ECD If the ECD must be removed from the instrument contact the PerkinEl
176. e arrow keys to select on and press Enter Menu Press Exit to close the box 6 Press Enter Menu DISPLAY GC GRAPH and REINT The signal will be re integrated using the new integration settings 7 Press DISPLAY GC PEAK to see if the peaks have been integrated accurately 8 If you need to change the settings for the other two columns repeat this procedure for each column 9 When you have changed the settings for each column enable all the columns required for your method Integrator Delay The integrator delay is used to delay the start of integration after the analysis begins It is used to prevent integration of peaks which may appear as a result of pressure changes during sample injection especially when large syringe injections are made If you have more than 25 peaks in an analysis integrator delay may be used to determine which 25 peaks will be identified If you are interested in the peaks in the middle or at the end of the chromatogram set the integrator delay so that the first peaks are not integrated k 2 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG COLUMN Select the column for which you want to alter the integration settings Disable the other columns Press Exit to close the box Press Enter Menu to close the menu Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG METHOD JMETH and DELAY 217 Voyager User s Guide 5 Use the arrow keys to enter a delay time and press Enter Menu 6 Press Enter Menu DISPLAY GC GRAPH and RE
177. e backflush time A P 3 If the analysis time or pump time are modified the backflush time is also updated To set the backflush time 1 Select the Assay tab 2 Inthe Method box click Config 3 Click Inject The Injection dialog is displayed 180 Method Development Eg Configure A PID Injection Inject 1 SEC Cancel Purp Time fio Sec 10 uL i Springe Inject Backflush IF 10 0 5ec 4 Enter the desired Backflush time and click OK to accept the change and close the dialog boxes The change you have made applies to the currently selected column only If you need to change the setting for another column select the next column and change the backflush time 5 Save the assay Pump Time The Pump Time is the duration the pump draws sample through the SAMPLE IN port to flush and fill the sample loop Set the pump time so that the sample loop is allowed to flush with the sample before the sample is injected When Voyager changes the PID sensitivity gain it must monitor and change the offset This occurs during the pump time Voyager begins to adjust the offset at about 8 10 seconds into the pump time Typical setting for the pump time do not allow sufficient time for baseline stabilization after the extreme changes in offset that occur during gain switching If it is necessary to switch gains between runs set the pump times to at least 20 seconds Use typical times of 10 to 15 seconds when no gain
178. e column for the next run on Voyager The selected column will remain enabled until it 1s de selected This command over rides the column sampling sequence on the instrument and forces the run to be performed on the column selected here The run will be performed using the chromatographic settings for the selected column as set by the current assay Start and Stop The Start command starts a Voyager run Before beginning a run ensure Voyager has been set up correctly Carrier gas must be supplied to the instrument To stop the analysis before it is complete use the Stop command If you stopped the analysis after the sample was injected onto the column you must wait for the duration of the analysis time for the column to be flushed before beginning another analysis on the same column When you stop an analysis Voyager will begin to flush the column and move to the next column Calibrate The Calibrate command calibrates Voyager using the last analysis To calibrate the instrument 1 Perform a run on the first column required by the assay The run must include all library compounds specific to the selected column Refer to the assay notes supplied with your assay for details NOTE SiteChart Software 2 When the run is complete review the chromatogram and peak report to ensure that all compounds have been detected and that the reported concentrations are correct 3 Select the Assay tab and ensure all library concentra
179. e internal battery When Voyager is connected to the AC adapter the charge should be 9 0 volts e The column in use will be in line with the sample loop 133 Voyager User s Guide e The lamp indicates the PID is in use If an ECD 1s installed it will be displayed beside the lamp Double click on the lamp or the ECD to open a pop up menu You can also click on the right mouse button to open the same pop up menu You can turn the PID or the ECD on or off from this pop up menu Turn the detector off if you are not running chromatograms NOTE Turning the detector off does not turn the instrument off e The PID parameters are listed in the table below the lamp Parameter Description The state of the detector You can turn the lamp on or off Signal mV The current detector signal level Offset mV The voltage applied to keep the baseline at 10 of fullscale The applied offset is an indication of column contamination If the offset is greater than 800 mV the column should be allowed to flush until the offset stabilizes at a value between 200 and 800 mV Temp C The operating temperature of the photoionization detector Target The intensity to which Voyager attempts to tune its UV lamp Tune The percentage of the intensity of a reference lamp to which the Voyager tries to tune the UV lamp Tune V The tuning voltage supplied to the lamp control circuitry e Ifthe ECD is selected for operation para
180. e is calculated Filter 4 provides the most versatility the signal is analyzed simultaneously by four different filters The highest filter level is used to detect the start of each peak Once a peak is detected 1 2 3 or 4 of the other filters depending on the Filter selected will operate on the same data until they detect integration stop points The end result is detection of large peaks since all data are heavily filtered as well as good resolution of small peaks since all data are also analyzed with relatively little filtering When the signal noise is low select Filter 4 For noisier signals select lower Filter numbers Filter 4 also provides better resolution for co eluting peaks Merged Peaks Merged peaks are separated in one of two ways Voyager will draw either a diagonal or vertical line depending on where the peaks overlap Again as with normal peaks when the integration stops the area below the baseline is subtracted and the resulting peak areas are stored for calculation Method Development Sometimes a peak is discovered which trails off the falling edge of a much larger peak In this case dropping a perpendicular baseline would overestimate the area of the second peak To compensate for this a simple baseline directly connecting the start and stop points of the second peak is used The area beneath the baseline is allocated to the preceding or primary peak The method of drawing in the baseline
181. e tailing of the target compound peak can cause problems in starting or stopping the peak integration at the optimum times These can even cause differences in integration for consecutive runs at the same concentration Selection of one set of integration parameters over another may result in a nonlinear area versus concentration curve Assay 1 User Notes It is impossible to completely eliminate integrator effects as a source of error over the broad range of conditions under which Voyager must operate For this reason it is essential that you verify the integration results generated by the instrument by examining the chromatograms and re integrating if necessary This is particularly true if the results are being used to make decisions regarding health and safety issues Sampling Errors Sampling errors occur when the concentration of a compound in the gas sample presented to the analytical system is not the same as the original sample For example A Tedlar bag is filled with styrene and sampled at regular intervals A graph of measured concentration versus time produces a curve as shown in Figure 25 This measurement sequence lasted for about 8 hours The last run was performed approximately 8 hours after the initial sequence of runs had been completed This data trend is symptomatic of adsorption of styrene by the gas bag ampled 8 hours after E Q c e ge i c oO c oO O
182. e the log listing as outlined in Compound Review Tab on page 145 2 From the File menu select Save As Alt F A 3 Enter a name for the log file The file will be saved as a SiteChart log file 4 Select whether or not you want the file created as a read only file 5 Click Save The comma delimited file log file cannot be opened in SiteChart Printing the Compound Review File To print a compound report 1 Create the log listing as outlined above 2 Select the files from the listing to be included in the compound listing 3 Select the compound of interest from the drop down list box 4 From the File menu select Print Log Report Alt F L 148 SiteChart Software SiteChart Menus File Menu The File Menu allows you to open and save assays and data files convert to and from standard GC file formats print data and log reports and exit SiteChart New The New command allows you to create assays The New command is available when the Assay tab is selected To create a new assay in SiteChart 1 Open the File menu and select New Alt F N SiteChart will ask whether or not an electron capture detector ECD is installed in your instrument A new file is created with no information in any of the tabs 2 Load a chromatogram from which you can add compound information to the library or perform a run save it and add compound information from the new chromatogram See Adding Compounds to the Library on page
183. e user notes supplied with your assay for a complete list of compounds that can be separated and identified Compounds can be separated on one or more of the three columns The information in the user notes will help you determine which columns you must use to obtain the best separation and provide specific details on calibration for your application The following procedures for calibration describe the calibration using the instrument alone To facilitate calibration use SiteChart If you cannot carry a PC into the field perform a calibration before beginning field work and check the calibration once you reach your site The assay that is supplied with your instrument will allow you to perform a set of analyses that will separate and identify some or of all the library compounds If you do not need to detect all the compounds contained in the library you can edit the library Refer to the user notes supplied with your assay for complete details You must make changes to the assay in the SiteChart software If you create your custom assay on the instrument you cannot send it to the PC to be saved Calibration Library After each analysis Voyager compares detected peaks against those in the library It identifies those that match library compounds and then quantifies the identified peaks using the sensitivity from the library Peaks are identified by comparing the retention time of the detected peak to the retention times stored in the lib
184. ectory of the data directory called 123 The path would be C Program Files SiteChart Data 123 filename PID SiteChart Software Remote Connection Hardware Configuration This option allows you to setup Voyager at the monitoring site You will setup the computer at a remote location and communicate with the Voyager through a modem You must have a modem for Voyager and another modem for the computer A modem capable of transmitting at 9600 baud is required A faster modem is recommended To configure your system for remote communication 1 Connect the modem to the Voyager using the communication cable Part No MX380304 a Turn Voyager on and ensure carrier gas is connected or that the internal reservoir is full 3 Connect the modem to the phone line 4 Ensure the modem is turned on and is working properly 5 Connect the second modem to a serial port on the computer If you need to add another serial port refer to the computer s manual for detailed instructions NOTE The modem must be connected to a serial port 6 Inthe Communication menu select Setup The Setup command allows you to configure the computer to communicate with Voyager either directly or through a modem 7 Select the serial port to which the modem is connected 8 Connect the modem to the phone line 9 Ensure the modem is turned on and is working properly 165 Voyager User s Guide Initiating Remote Communications 1 Enter the p
185. ed in the calibration gas Calibration Calibration Gas e Calibration gas containing all of the compounds of interest The compounds and the concentration of the calibration gas will depend on your application When ordering calibration gas specify each compound and concentration Specify a 5 blend tolerance and a 2 analytical tolerance Standards must be made up in hydrocarbon free air Balance air should not have more than 0 1 ppm total hydrocarbons THC If your standards are unstable in air or if you are using nitrogen as carrier gas you may obtain your calibration standards made up in nitrogen Balance nitrogen should not have more than 0 1 ppm total hydrocarbons THC When selecting calibration gas keep in mind the upper and lower limits of the assay Order each compound at a concentration that is close to the value of interest NOTE Since your samples will all be in air it is not necessary to obtain standards in nitrogen if you are using nitrogen carrier gas e Calibration gas regulator with 1 4 compression fitting outlet Use only the specified regulator for calibration gas The regulator must be able to deliver up to 14 psig and 300 ml min Confirm regulator type and material with your specialty gas supplier Assay 5 for example contains highly corrosive compounds You must obtain a high purity regulator for this calibration gas Obtain a regulator with the appropriate inlet fitting for your calibration tank Contact y
186. ed to pass from Column A to Column B Before the heavy compounds are able to pass into Column B the flow is reversed and the heavy compounds are backflushed out of Column A 504 Sec 630 Figure 45 Run on Column A 369 Voyager User s Guide Some separation of compounds occurs on Column A with the majority of the separation occurring on Column B Any light compounds present in the sample are not separated and elute as early peaks well separated from the Column B compounds The integration delay can be used to prevent these peaks from being included in the peak report as shown in Figure 46 9 Unknown 488 Sec 610 Figure 46 Run on Column B 1 HydrogenSulfide 3 Unknown m amp 3 m N oo 257 Sec 321 Figure 47 Run on Column C 370 Assay 5 User Notes The light compound hydrogen sulfide 1s analyzed on Column C Column A is used as the precolumn As before the mid range and heavy compounds are prevented from entering Column C by adjusting the backflush time In this case only the light compounds are allowed to pass from Column A to Column C All other compounds are backflushed out of the system No real separation of the light compounds occurs on Column A All the separation occurs on Column C Co elution In this assay a co elution exists in the Column B run Ethyl mercaptan and dimethyl sulfide are typically 5 seconds apart Assay Wizard will prompt you to select
187. ee enceiase ev arsecaatee dearer Sees 347 The Assay Ae Dis Ke cninn ENN 347 Msta NAO iesnas AT NE 347 Compound S eparaliOl cck ceicccrvechonoWleretewseiotednncs E 348 C ompound LIDrary sooro e a rR a 348 Assay 4Standard Method sireiroi ionan en T 351 Column A Method for SyTene canre 352 Column B Method for Acrylonitrile cccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 353 Column C Method for 1 3 Butadiene 0 eee eeeccceeecceeeceeeeeseeeee 354 COMMITS Pe CII CALL ONS ore taeda eis eeacaunseeautaesae deo anda coeeeeoteese 355 Accurate Concentration Measurement cccccccccseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 356 Peak lite eration EMOS ies a aloes dace cacete a eeeateceiemnases es 356 SAMPUNE EOS ements a rt A EE eee 357 V2 5 6 SX 0 e018 6 6 erent ee RP rr a eae ce 358 ACO O pene ee eee eee A ce ome E eRe 358 eB UA CID Cis te dines saad dscssnchasedecnasantate ET 359 DU STN ct cape ects aed E oloeyisgarpund educates 360 Detector Response Di osere onat aE ace SR 360 Assay S User NOTES siccecincassscoiis ccesivadciiivintecaeieaciansssecdielaaesevdiseesieusaslaeiieons 365 Voyager User s Guide PD OVErVIEW OL ASSAY eir a AR 367 TREA Say DIS kannan eters secede Geeeicsneee alate eee 368 TOS AIO Mas scntecusesesiainetincaiaalat eens eacnuatismelardeaieiamoaduelomeanuseanae 368 Compound SEDATION pensi a O 369 OF CIMCON siirsin a las itadseesiiaanaaaeetedess 371 Compound E100 aly ier n AA 371 Compound IN AMES 900 075 faut ia
188. eed to be directly on the signal Font Size Selects the font size for the labels on the graph Automatic is always readable It adjusts the font size with the current view Small Medium and Large allow you to customize the displayed font as required Re integrate The Re integrate command recalculates the area of the peak using the new integration parameters or new library information When you re integrate the integration method from the current assay is used If an assay has been loaded from another instrument the serial number will not correspond to the analysis SiteChart will display a warning message You can override this message but use caution The reported results may be invalid SiteChart Software Integration Method The options in the Integration Method dialog box allow you to view or alter the integration method After you change any of the integration parameters the chromatogram will automatically be re integrated so you can see the effect of the new integration values The Integration Method is used to determine the compound peaks and calculate the peak area All of these parameters are set as part of the method Refer to Integration Method on page 188 and the assay notes before making changes to the integration method When Automatic Integration is enabled the software automatically selects the Slope Up and Slope Down values and minimum height based on a sampling of the signal at the start of a run Ensure Au
189. een local and remote computers e The Help Menu provides information about using SiteChart The tabs below the title bar provide a quick interface from which you can control operation of SiteChart or Voyager and review logged data The menu commands will act for the active tab For example if the Instrument tab 1s active then the Print command on the File menu will print an analysis report of the chromatogram that is displayed but if the Assay tab 1s open then an assay report will be printed Sizing the Application You can size SiteChart to fill your entire desktop or a portion of the desktop to suit your application gt To maximize the application screen or a tab click on the maximize button gt To reduce the application to fill a portion of your screen click on the restore button You can then size the window to the desired dimensions by clicking on the outer edge of the window and dragging the edge out to the desired size The application window will be sized to fit the selected dimensions gt To reduce the application to an icon click on the minimize button 112 The Assay Tab SiteChart File View Analyzer Communications Help SiteChart Software 5 x Assay instrument Log Review Compound Review Colurnn Detector EPD i Send to Voyager Method Injection Type Loop Inject Volume 1 0 sec Analysis Time 60 sec Oven Temp LIE Pressure 10 0 psi Config
190. elescoping Extended Sample 51 80 247 Three Meter Sample Line 80 PROBE Key 80 207 232 247 Pump Flow Rate 26 291 Laboured 53 255 Out Port 78 81 Time 206 Vent Port 26 291 PUMP Key 207 Pump Time 180 181 Purge Valve 266 Quadratic Calibration Curve 203 Radiation Incidents 29 Radio Frequency RF Generating Devices 16 Radioactive Isotope 443 Range Concentration 243 Humidity 453 Temperature 453 RANGE Key 95 Ratio Metric Calibration 75 236 Ready LED 67 Status 69 Status Indicator 39 Recent File 153 Reference Chromatogram 117 Library 120 175 197 Refill Port 47 Regulations AECB 467 NRC 454 Regulator Calibration Gas 229 233 446 CGA 229 Flow Match 231 Safety Practices 24 Specifications 44 Using with Voyager 231 248 REINT Key 204 217 Re Integrate 117 156 Remote Communication Initiating 166 Connection 165 Removing Battery Pack 41 Library Compounds 249 Replacing Injection Port Septum 261 Sample Inlet Filter 255 UV Lamp 257 REPORT Key 93 Response Data 123 Retention Time 189 Assay Properties 197 Assay Wizard 115 Closest 126 Co Elutions 115 Compound 119 Description 437 Determining 214 Deviation 126 197 203 Drift 123 185 210 in Pop Up Menu 131 Peak Identification 130 Reference Chromatogram 120 Updated 438 Updating 288 Updating Library Information 125 Review Logged Data 93 Routine Maintenance Assay Information 276 Run Multiple 160 St
191. elopment section where you will use all these features to add compounds to the library 124 NOTE SiteChart Software Enabling Calibration Compounds The first check box allows you to select the compound for calibration If the compound is present in the library you must calibrate on it If 1t is not required as part of your application remove it from the library During calibration Voyager looks for all the calibration compounds and updates its library information based on the retention time and response for each calibration compound Calibration Averaging The second check box enables calibration averaging If you enable this option you must also enter the number of runs you want averaged It provides a method to ensure reliable calibration for potentially unstable compounds You can also use calibration averaging when you are calibrating by syringe injection Calibration averaging allows you to update the response of a library compound based on the average of one or more runs If the number of runs 1s set to 1 the response of a single calibration run is copied directly into the library and there 1s no averaging If the number of runs was changed to three the library will take the average of the next three calibration runs and update the response factor As you perform more calibrations the three most recent calibrations will be used to update the library response There is independent control of calibration averaging for each
192. en as the battery charges The LED is off if the AC adapter is not connected to Voyager When the battery pack is fully charged remove the adapter first from the AC outlet then from the battery pack Install the battery pack back onto the instrument as required 43 Voyager User s Guide Carrier Gas It is advisable to obtain a large cylinder of carrier gas from which Voyager can be operated directly or from which the internal carrier gas cylinder can be refilled e Carrier gas Specify high purity nitrogen containing less than 0 1 part per million ppm of hydrocarbon contamination Nitrogen of this quality is referred to as Ultra High Purity and is available commercially Specify a CGA 580 outlet on the tank Your assay may require air Specify high purity air containing less than 0 1 ppm of hydrocarbon contamination Such air is usually referred to as Ultra Zero or Zero Zero grade and is available commercially Specify a CGA 590 outlet on the tank NOTE You must use nitrogen if you are using the ECD e Carrier Gas Filling Station MX380303 for nitrogen or MX380319 for air e Carrier gas regulator Specify a two stage high purity regulator with a CGA 590 connection for air or a CGA 580 connection for nitrogen The regulator should also have a 1 8 parallel compression fitting with which to connect the regulator to Voyager The delivery pressure must be adjustable to 100 psig A stainless steel diaphragm regulator sh
193. en determined for the Assay 2 standard method If the method is altered the library is no longer valid If the method is modified a new library must be created identifying the compounds with their new retention times For example if the column temperature is increased the retention time in the Column B library is no longer valid since compounds will be eluting faster than they would in the standard method You would have to run the compounds with the new settings and store the compounds in the library Interference Compounds Gasoline and its mixture of components is a possible interference Gasoline is not part of Assay 2 but may be present in your samples Gasoline will interfere with the early eluting peaks such as MTBE TAME methanol and ethanol Compounds lighter than the sample compounds are not separated and will elute as an early peak The integration delay can be used to prevent this composite peak from being included in the peak report as shown in Figure 28 11 Toluene v D N D 2 i N 14 o xXylene 10 Unknown 15 Unknown 1081 Sec 1351 Figure 28 Gasoline as Run on Column B If gasoline is present you may want to modify some chromatographic or integration settings to ensure the best possible separation and peak identification NOTE Gasoline will not be well separated on your system 329 Voyager User s Guide Assay 2 Standard Method The Assay 2 standard met
194. en the battery pack and battery charger Charge the battery pack provided with or identified for use with this product only in accordance with the instructions and limitations specified in this manual For battery charger use only Part No MX38 amp 0330 United Kingdom MX380331 Europe 22 Warnings and Safety Information Safe Working Practices NOTE The following information is important please read carefully before using Voyager Compressed Gases Cylinders of compressed gas such as the carrier gas and calibration gas must be handled with care WARNING Please observe the following handling procedures e Ensure each tank is clearly labeled e Do not store cylinders in hazardous locations Store cylinders in an upright position away from possible sources of heat or sparks e Do not heat the cylinders or expose them to direct sunlight The cylinders may rupture at high temperatures e Do not mutilate cylinders e Do not drag or roll cylinders Large cylinders should only be moved on carts designed for compressed gas cylinders Do not move cylinders without the valve protection cap in place e Always secure cylinders before removing the cylinder valve protection cap Always secure the calibration gas cylinder before connecting the regulator and adapter tubing e Use only the specified regulator for the carrier and calibration gas cylinders e Never transport Voyager while it is connected to a cylinder
195. enzene the working concentration range will be approximately 10 to 150ppm Voyager s sensitivity with nitrogen carrier gas 1s approximately 400 mV ppm of benzene so the lower detection limit could be sub ppm benzene if for instance the injection time is set to 6 seconds The negative baseline dip also makes the TVOC less linear than the GC because the TVOC peak must first fill the air dip before a positive peak is obtained This amounts to a sample loss which has the greatest effect on quantitation accuracy at low concentrations The ranges listed in the table below are approximate and are based on isobutylene samples 219 Voyager User s Guide 220 Injection Time s Approximate Range ppm 1 to 15 0 5 to 7 5 With air carrier gas the TVOC can be used to make accurate measurements below 0 1 ppm since there is no negative baseline dip The detector response will also be more linear over the concentration range The sensitivity peak height ppm is reduced to approximately 1 3 of that obtained with nitrogen carrier gas but the absence of the negative baseline dip offsets the loss in sensitivity The ranges listed in the table below are approximate and are based on isobutylene samples Injection Time s Approximate Range ppm 0 3 to 50 0 1 to 25 Effects of Other Parameters Backflush does not have any effect in TVOC mode when loop injection 1s selected When you are performing syringe injections b
196. epeat this procedure for each column When you have changed the analysis time for each column enable all the columns required for your method 205 Voyager User s Guide 206 Backflush Time The analysis time consists of the foreflush time and the backflush time During foreflush the sample is injected onto the column and is allowed to clear the precolumn When the compounds of interest have cleared the precolumn backflush begins Set the backflush time so that all your compounds of interest clear the precolumn Perform a few runs to ensure your compounds of interest are not backflushed Details of how to determine the backflush time are provided in the user notes specific to your assay To change the backflush time 1 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG COLUMN 2 Select the column for which you want to alter the backflush time Disable the other columns 3 Press Exit to close the box Press Enter Menu to close the menu 4 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG METHOD TIMING and BCKFLSH 5 Use the arrow keys to enter the new backflush time Press Enter Menu 6 If you need to change the backflush time for the other two columns repeat this procedure for each column 7 When you have changed the backflush time for each column enable all the columns required for your method Pump Time The pump time is the duration the pump draws sample through the sample in port to flush and fill the sample loop You must increase the pump ti
197. esessesseeeeeeens 212 WGA ASSAY Sie setae vacsees rh sarrseut cartes taadanaeaa A eaS 276 Updating Compound Retention Time and Response cccccceee 276 Updating the Calibration CULV vcd itt se ccsici cases ids AE EE 278 B ck p Assay Piles surrena eed barney Ned seeders cic actnte ho att aera 280 Troubles hooia Teisina a a iia 281 GC Fault CONGIIOMS enire a 281 Chromatographic Troubleshooting cccccccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 285 Assay 1 Us r NOUCS sicceciusaciscossiccesiusaseissiacouavinnanisNadioaesDiadeherdideeseleascabinsies 295 AD Overview OL ASS ay leit tsheaiiaal icici eet eeatalatalaaussalenaalaiedeueaeaneaeeeedact 297 dB ov cys whos ha l DiS eee an tne cn EY Ree Pre Se SEN 297 tS Tet WN AV Ug or ee Ghar hres in ee E A ties E EE E E Neate 298 Compound Separarea haces cia Hc anea ie aiosaeasid arene eee 299 COC IIGIONS nne ody cue ensteactesns macuesuenes ledvsentanseamtacad nanan iusesiaa 303 Compound LIDA a Medias eeal aleiawi Sa ina dine easimeaiaedee 304 Assay I Standard Method arcessit i E cient tl iaiileea sae 305 Standard Assay Library Compounds cc0ceeeeseseseeeeeseesesseeeeeens 306 Compound Elution Order sssrin sirere rpn re a oia a 310 Creatine a Custom Method science ec cect aslones euacieesntelnn tetas setae iad 314 General INIMA O Nees nua taciain na cee 314 Example Benzene Vinyl Chloride and Chloromethane 315 COMMIT S Pe CUICAN ONS oraa a auesuacuerna
198. ess EDIT and CALCONC to enter the concentration for the compound Use the arrow keys to enter the concentration of the compound in your calibration gas If the concentration displayed in the Cal column is correct move to the next compound Move through the list and check that you have enabled all the compounds and that you have entered the correct calibration concentration Remove any unwanted compounds from the library NOTE Compounds not contained in the calibration gas must be removed from the library see Removing Library Compounds on page 249 NOTE 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Ensure you are viewing the correct detector output To change the view press DISPLAY GC and DET and when prompted to change views press Enter Menu Connect a supply of calibration gas as outlined or prepare a syringe sample Your calibration gas must contain all the compounds that are enabled in the selected library Press Start Stop to begin an analysis Press DISPLAY GC and CMPD to view the compound list When the analysis is complete review the compound list and ensure all your calibration compounds are present Press Enter Menu then LIBRARY and CAL When prompted to calibrate using the last analysis select YES If Voyager can match all the compounds in the last analysis with compounds you have selected for calibration then your library information will be updated accordingly Ifa calibration fault is disp
199. esseesseseeeeesessssesssssssssseeeeeseeeeens 124 Enabling Calibration Compounds ccccccccccecceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 125 Calibration Avera gint cenon AE E T E 125 OE NC AWE E E E E EE E 126 CallDranon CULV 6 aaa a T N 126 he Tas muninta beraa E 129 Peak REPON onra E 130 Voyager User s Guide CHROMA OT AIM oh carer cn cciactabastre sa cantencetecuararensnanesteunatnansecinransaanas hee ananeant 131 TASTEUTM CNT Sta saena wintrecoaaes dalton A 133 Salt SLOP da UO ties ceases trast cacao nasa E 135 DAV NE RUM ees haces cas conte sneer carn tended erie eens 137 Printnean Analysis Repol osica a a a R 138 The Log Review Taberei aa a URT ARTET 139 LoS Ei Un asena e a a a aateatmunante 140 Updite Los LiNE ain AEA 141 File Name Formal esse NS 142 LOS REVI V oair N 143 Primi tine the 0 ORG yay Pe vaso se ceisct ct vines s ei EAA e AR eiS 143 paving the Loo Review Pile sensigni deeds 144 Compound Review TaD eiri 145 Compound Concentration Graph sessseeeseeeeseeeseseeeeeerererererrrrrerreen 145 Update Compound List 82 50 35 sersececaenachccabetaneiGes a aE 147 Save the Compound Review File 0 0 cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessssssessseeees 148 Printing the Compound Review File ccccccccccccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 148 Ite CARL Menus cided ston aean e ola a a 149 PEME a 149 VOW MoUs ana a Gis eereadia Oainannnns aunts 154 Analy Ze MEM erein a 159 C omm ncanon Monissa 163 TEM iee a E A E 168 Metho
200. eteoeseeeionse 319 Accurate Concentration Measurement ccccccccccccccccccceeeceesseseeeessssttessaaees 320 Peak Mite eran ETOS aenevinctiatt taste tenciedeeaetcmadietens Mavtetetaletone anne 320 7401 8 DUBS Errors eRe ae ua a ee ee Te a ea 321 VeN 6 0 q 0 8 0 Mecina ine ene ey ne eres te Pan Rare er ere eter 322 Voyager User s Guide D tector Response Diores o a ET 322 Assay 2 User NOTOS nssescsstecaccsonsscasscstcsuscacescbucoussimecessosssiessanvacescoussecssatsccuces 325 POV CI VICW OL ASSAY 2 E E E EE 327 The Assay 2 DIS kiecucsiunan a 327 sta lanon eenia E 327 Compound Separado asiro a OO 328 Compound E Aral y cedesi e A mau eieaeedateat 328 Interierence Compounds osoren ran aer EET 329 Assay 2 Standard MethOG wsicesiicexccedxceecteel ee A T es 330 Creating aC UStoni Wet OC caresses aie acces E S 332 General Tafornatio Merser i nE ea lands E E O EEE 332 Example Benzene and Toluene ccccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 333 Column SP CIC AMONG nesrin AAN 336 Accurate Concentration Measurement cccccccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 337 Peak Integration ETOS iiion a S 337 Sample EOTS ssena EEE 338 NOS OF OUIO Biss ss adic eiceniests a a aa 339 Response Drill sstescsecsncerasenhenateceh iced teeaiendacanietareadanateanh card a a 34 Assay 4 User NOUS we scssdsvesscciecssactucteceussscacetuicceceunsessestsoocssarestlevesseceseesacedes 345 An Overview Ol Assay Fe iesicco ciao
201. eters General Information Modifying the library of an existing method is a matter of adding or deleting a compound performing a calibration and storing the compounds in a custom application file Changing the method parameters allows you to create a customized method optimized for your application However you must first perform a few analyses to determine the new method s analysis and backflush times Do not inject heavy compounds onto Column C They may be retained for extended periods of time and may contaminate your column 1 Set the Column A backflush time to 1500 seconds and the analysis time to 3200 seconds then analyze your target compounds on Column A Column A is the precolumn for all other columns so the retention time of the target compounds on Column A is used to determine the backflush timing the other columns 2 The backflush time for a run on Column B or C is the retention time from Column A of the last peak you wish to analyze plus 0 to 50 seconds The backflush time for Column A 1s equal to the retention time of the last peak of interest plus 50 to 200 seconds typically 3 Column A analysis time is equal to 2 2 times the Column A backflush time Because Column A 1s also the precolumn it must be backflushed for at least as long as it was foreflushed Assay 5 User Notes 4 Column B and C analysis times must meet two criteria each must be long enough to permit the last target peak to clear the column
202. etrochemical compounds you need to calibrate once immediately following instrument warm up Measurement of dry pure samples at a similar concentration to the calibration concentration should then give a result accurate to within 10 for an 8 hour working period Assay 6 User Notes 59 Sam lt x eb amp X 100 200 300 400 500 Elapsed Time min Figure 58 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling for 100 ppm Isobutylene The numbers above are meant as a guideline It is possible the instrument may drift more or less rapidly in practice This will depend on your application and operating conditions You may need to calibrate more frequently to ensure reliable results As a measuring instrument Voyager has a non linear response for many compounds Therefore in order to make accurate measurements at concentrations other than the calibration concentration it is necessary to correct for instrument non linearity This can only be done if a multiple point calibration is performed to determine the response of the instrument throughout the concentration range of interest If the response curve characteristics are measured in this way then reasonably accurate measurements can be made 411 Voyager User s Guide 412 Assay User Notes 1 3 NOTE Assay User Notes An Overview of Assay 7 Assay 7 consists of 8 compounds from the latex polymer industry Voyager has been configured
203. f you click Cancel Assay Wizard will not modify your library and your compounds of interest may be misidentified or concentrations may be inaccurate Assay Wizard now scans the library looking for compounds with similar retention times When it finds something it prompts you to pick one of the compounds 3 Select the required compound If neither of the displayed compounds is required for your application then click None 4 Click Continue to move to the next co elution NOTE As you move through Assay Wizard remember the compounds that you do not select are possible interferences When Assay Wizard finishes it will update all the column libraries accordingly and will remove the unwanted compounds from the libraries If there is a chance that any of these compounds may be present at any time then you must abort Assay Wizard and leave the compounds in the library Compound names are limited to 15 characters in order to fit Voyager s display Some names have been abbreviated in order to meet the 15 character limit Refer to the assay notes for a list of abbreviations 115 Voyager User s Guide 116 NOTE Column Detector Selection The Column Detector drop down list box allows you to select the column detector combination for reviewing and editing the assay Your method may use one two or all three columns to complete an analysis If your method consists of runs on two or three columns you must configure one colu
204. fer to the Windows documentation for details 4 If you have installed more than one printer select the desired printer and click OK An assay report will be printed The assay report contains all the information from the Assay tab To print an analysis report 1 Select the Instrument tab 2 Connect Voyager to the computer and ensure communication has been established with the instrument 3 Perform a run 4 When the analysis is complete open the File menu and select Print Alt F P 5 When the Print dialog box opens check your print settings Ensure your printer is configured correctly 6 Click OK to print the analysis To print an analysis report for files that have been saved 1 Select the Log Review tab 2 Select the directory in which your files are saved The PID or ECD files will be displayed 3 Select the file to be printed 4 Open the File menu and select Print Alt F P 152 SiteChart Software 5 When the Print dialog box opens check your print settings Ensure your printer is configured correctly 6 Click OK to print the analysis The analysis report includes results method integration method notes and a peak report A chromatogram is also printed The chromatogram is printed as it appears on the screen If the graph has been normalized it will be printed in the normalized view Print Setup The Print Setup command allows you to configure the printer from within SiteChart 1 O
205. functions depending on the menu displayed These soft keys are used for configuring Voyager editing the datalogger and controlling the display Since only four soft keys are available each function is broken down into a path Maps showing each path and the resulting functions are shown in below GC Supervisor Mode Library Key LIBRARY CALCMPD CALCONC ALARM STORE GC Supervisor Mode Display Key DISPLAY NORM SCALE SMOOTH VOC STATUS BCKLITE GC Supervisor Mode Setup Key ONE DELAY RUNS VOC GC SYRINGE I LOOR PROBE c CONFIG COLUMN Using Voyager I METHOD TIMING PUMP INJECT BKFLSH ANLZ JMETHOD _ SLOPES Ser UP GC Supervisor Mode Log Key SLP PWN FILTER oo AUTO I HEIGHT NEXT I PREV I COLUMN I ECD DISPLAY Q CURRENT RANGE ALL
206. g the knurled plastic knob counterclockwise to loosen it then use the knurled collar on the valve tube to gently push the valve tube toward the bag NOTE Do not use the same gas bag or gas bag adapter for other compounds or calibration mixes You will contaminate the bag the adapter and possibly the instrument 7 Turn the regulator knob counterclockwise about half a turn to start the flow of gas and fill the gas bag about half full and then close the regulator 8 Disconnect the gas bag from the gas bag adapter and empty the bag 9 Flush the bag a few times with the calibration gas and then fill it 10 Close the gas bag valve gently pull the valve tube up then turn the knurled plastic knob clockwise to tighten it against the valve tube 11 Remove the knurled nut on the adapter tube from the regulator 234 Using the Gas Bag Calibration Figure 11 shows details of using the gas bag Tube Stub Locking Ring Gas Bag Valve Septum Retainer Gas Bag Valve Operation Turn locking nut counterclockwise to loosen Do not remove To open push tube stub down Flush and fill gas bag To close pull tube stub up Tighten the locking nut Replacing the Septum Replace septum after 5 10 injections To replace septum turn retainer counter clockwise For replacement septa order Teflon bonded to Silc
207. ge discharge cycles which is equivalent to a very heavy year of Voyager activity When the internal battery voltage is low Voyager will display a low battery fault and then after approximately 5 minutes will shut itself off This 1s a battery protection measure since deep discharging damages the battery To resume operation connect Voyager to an AC power supply using the AC adapter or replace the battery pack with a fully charged one When the instrument is plugged into the AC adapter the adapter will charge the battery at a high rate When the battery is fully charged the AC adapter will maintain the full charge A fully charged standard battery pack will power Voyager for approximately 4 6 hours This will depend on the oven temperature whether or not the backlighting 1s on or off and on the ambient conditions An extended life battery pack will provide approximately 6 8 hours of operation Before beginning operation of Voyager the battery pack must be charged You can connect the battery charger to the battery pack while the battery pack 1s still attached to Voyager You can also remove the battery pack and replace it with a fully charged spare pack MX380314 or MX380315 and charge the battery pack independently of the instrument Removing and Replacing the Battery Pack Do not remove or recharge the battery pack in a hazardous location WARNING Introduction To remove the battery pack l If the instrument
208. h 117 Chromatography Description 437 Specifications 453 Class I Division 1 Classification 17 Cleaning Detector Cell 258 Clicking 34 Clock Key 71 CMPD Key 93 237 Code Compound Status 74 Status Line 69 Co Elutions 115 198 200 Column Active 72 Column V 88 136 Command 162 Cycling 135 160 Flushing 263 Head Pressure 133 212 Operation of Three Columns 228 Operation of Two Columns 228 238 Precolumn 439 Selecting 85 200 440 Selection 116 162 174 Selection Pop Up Menu 135 Setting Analysis Time 205 Setting Backflush Time 206 Setting Injection Time 209 Setting Pump Time 207 Specifications See Assay User Notes Temperature 72 133 210 TVOC Mode 440 COLUMN Key 200 205 208 236 238 Communication Cable 107 Downloading Firmware 272 Initiating Remote 166 Lost Connection 158 Menu 112 163 Parameters 274 Re Establishing 158 Software 273 Terminating 166 Compound Abbreviated Names 115 Adding to Library 202 Adding to the Library 175 Calibrating 228 Display 79 Drifted 288 Electrophilic 443 Enabling for Calibration 236 238 Highly Corrosive 229 Interference 115 123 Library Information 124 Not Recognized 288 Printing Review File 148 Removing from Library 249 Review Listing 146 Review Tab 145 Saving Review File 148 Selecting 228 Status 74 Status Codes 74 Compound Review Updating Listing 147 157 Compressed Gases 23 Compression
209. has been designed to reduce or eliminate the user input required for good chromatographic integration Chromatographic peaks are identified according to the following recognition sequence based on the slope of the signal coming from the detector The integrator looks for each step to occur in sequence 1 When the slope exceeds a threshold value for a certain time period the peak has started 2 The slope goes negative for a time period This indicates the peak maximum has been detected 3 At this point the height of the peak can be calculated If it is greater than the Minimum height value in the Integration Method then the sequence is continued otherwise the peak is disregarded and the integrator goes back to step 1 4 The slope now negative rises above a threshold value for a certain time period The end of the peak has been detected 213 Voyager User s Guide 214 Peak retention times are measured when the slope changes from positive to negative the peak maxima Peak areas are calculated by summing the area slices beneath the signal and subtracting the area below the line connecting the start and end points Up Slope Down Slope and Filter The slope of the signal is calculated from a five point moving average and is compared with the effective up and down slope sensitivities to start and stop the integrator Since baseline noise is constant throughout the chromatogram the reduced slope sensi
210. has been turned on turn it off by pressing the On Off key and pressing YES Use the hex key from the Tool Kit MX380334 to loosen the four captive screws in the bottom of the battery pack Disconnect the battery pack from the instrument Replace the battery pack with a charged battery pack Clean the seal on Voyager and the rim of the battery pack of all dirt Align the connectors on the charged battery pack to the connectors at the rear of Voyager Secure the battery pack by tightening the 4 captive screws Do not over tighten the screws Battery Pack Connectors Battery Pack Seal Captive Screws Figure 2 Removing Battery Pack 41 Voyager User s Guide Charging the Battery Pack NOTE Charging a fully discharged battery pack will take approximately 5 hours Leaving the adapter connected to a charged battery pack will not harm the battery or the adapter in any way If a battery pack is to be left indefinitely leave it connected to the adapter so that it will be fully charged and ready for operation On average a fully charged standard battery pack will provide 4 6 hours of continuous operation An extended life battery pack will provide approximately 6 8 hours of operation Battery life is shorter if the instrument is turned off and then on again repeatedly and at extreme cold temperatures To charge the battery pack on the Instrument 1 Ensure the correct plug is installed on the line cord of the
211. hat you do not overwrite the original assay To save a newly created assay l From the File menu select Save As Alt F A If you are updating a file you use the Save option Alt F S Enter a name for the assay The file will be saved as a SiteChart assay with the extension app Select whether or not you want the file created as a read only file Click Save 177 Voyager User s Guide Multiple Point Calibration Curve Multiple point calibration will provide the most accurate response If you have a gas dilutor or you have standards at more than one concentration store multiple points to get a more accurate calibration curve To create a multiple point calibration curve l 2 10 178 Select the Assay Tab Select the column detector combination required for your compound Ensure your compound is already listed in the library Ensure Voyager is on and ready for operation Connect a sample to the Sample In port and begin a run When the analysis is complete select the Assay tab Open the file that was just run The chromatogram will be displayed in the window Double click on the peak in the chromatogram and enter the concentration Normally you will use a linear calibration curve Select Linear and SiteChart will update the calibration curve to incorporate the new point If you have more than one compound at a different concentration then repeat the procedure for the other peaks in the c
212. he Configure dialog box 4 Ensure Syringe is selected 5 Enter the Inject volume 6 Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog boxes The change you have made applies to the currently selected column only If you need to change the setting for another column select the next column and change the injection volume 7 Save the assay NOTE Voyager is not designed to accept liquid injections so water samples are analyzed using the headspace above standards You may obtain commercially prepared standards or you can prepare the headspace standards Do not inject liquid samples into Voyager or you will damage it CAUTION 184 NOTE NOTE Method Development Oven Temperature In isothermal operation the columns and the PID are maintained at a fixed temperature Retention time drift is virtually eliminated and faster analysis results are obtained with less frequent calibration The smaller the difference between ambient temperature and instrument operating temperature of the column the quicker the column will reach thermal equilibrium and the lower the power consumption will be However if a temperature difference is too small the ambient temperature may increase above that of the column and the column will no longer be under isothermal control An Oven Temp fault will be displayed You can set the temperature to between 0 and 80 C Set the temperature to 0 to turn the oven off Do not set the temper
213. he compound using the new method and store the compound in the library The table below lists the compounds and typical concentration ranges for the standard method The concentration ranges may be obtained using the standard method Concentrations outside the specified range especially at the lower end can be obtained by adjusting the injection time PID state and integration parameters You are limited by the detector sensitivity to the specified compounds To obtain maximum accuracy at low concentrations you should integrate the acrylonitrile peak manually Verify the integration whenever accurate concentration readings are required Compound Name po Styrene Acrylonitrile _ 1 3 Butadiene Retention Time min Retention Time S 327 242 ppm The information in the table is for reference only Retention times will vary significantly Although nitrogen is specified for Assay 4 you can use zero grade air The sensitivity of the PID will be reduced by a factor of about 3 This will increase the specified concentration ranges For example if you were to use air the range for acrylonitrile would change to approximately 6 to 540 ppm If you are not working at low concentrations the convenience of using air may outweigh the loss of sensitivity Interference Compounds The compounds listed in the table below are possible interference compounds These compounds are not part of Assay 4 but may be present in your applicat
214. he concentration of the calibration gas will depend on your application When ordering calibration gas specify each compound and concentration Specify 5 blend tolerance and 2 analytical tolerance Standards must be made up in hydrocarbon free air Balance air should not have more than 0 1 ppm total hydrocarbons THC If your standards are unstable in air or if you are using nitrogen as carrier gas you may obtain your calibration standards made up in nitrogen Balance nitrogen should not have more than 0 1 ppm total hydrocarbons THC When selecting calibration gas keep in mind the upper and lower limits of the assay Try to obtain each compound at a concentration that is close to the your value of interest Obtain a calibration gas regulator with 1 4 compression fitting outlet Use only the specified regulator for your calibration gas Confirm regulator type and material with your specialty gas supplier Appendices Warranty and Service Information Voyager is warranted for one year against defects in materials and workmanship PerkinElmer Photovac warrants that its manufactured product will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one 1 year from the date of receipt by the Customer This may be voided 1f in the opinion of PerkinElmer Photovac the product has been abused or treated in a negligent manner so as to cause damage or failure Negligent use includes but is not limited to exposure of the inter
215. hen styrene clears Column B at approximately 2500 seconds you can stop the analysis 7 Download this method to Voyager 8 Perform a few runs on Column B to ensure your timing 1s correct The five Column B compounds will elute approximately as 1 Butyl acrylate will elute near or with methyl methacrylate n Butyl acrylate and styrene will elute approximately 2000 seconds later If styrene does not clear Column B by 3200 seconds you must adjust other method parameters 424 10 11 Assay User Notes Perform a run and store the compounds in the Column B library If possible store each compound at more than one concentration to obtain a more accurate calibration curve Save the custom method under the new name Download the final method to Voyager NOTE Analysis and backflush time are critical method parameters so the existing library information will become invalid Example 2 Reduced Analysis Time The information in Tables and 3 shows that the Column B analysis time can be reduced by 50 if n butanol is not present in the sample matrix To simplify this example we will assume there are no other interference compounds Assuming an instrument with a standard elution we will modify the method as follows 1 Load assay7 app into the Assay tab of SiteChart and save this file under a new filename 2 Disable Column A 3 After ensuring that Voyager is setup and ready to run an analysis the instrument m
216. henyl 65 methyl phase capillary column Material SPB 35 Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing blank deactivated Material Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing WAX phase capillary column Supelcowax 10 Material Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing 1 SP 1000 on 60 80 Carbopack B SPB 1 Material 427 Voyager User s Guide 428 Accurate Concentration Measurement The following information is provided to assist you in understanding some of the analytical issues regarding the analysis of latex polymer target compounds in ambient air When you are detecting compound concentrations in air samples using gas chromatography it is important to recognize that there are various potential sources of error in the measurements These sources of error combine to give scatter in measured concentrations measured as precision and systematic bias to measured concentrations You must correct for these sources of error or your results will become inaccurate Possible sources of error include e Peak integration errors e Sampling errors e Compound dependent adsorption effects e Detector response drift over the period of time since the last calibration e System accuracy All of these effects may contribute to inaccurate measurements in any given set of data Peak Integration Errors Baseline noise interfering peaks or excessive tailing of the
217. hod Assay2 app has been customized for and is installed in your Voyager The typical method parameters for Assay 2 are listed below as are the library compounds for each column and typical retention times and detectable concentration ranges for this method These values will vary on your instrument NOTE For maximum accuracy at low concentrations we recommend that you verify Voyager s integration and reintegrate manually if necessary Concentrations outside these specified ranges especially at the lower end can be obtained by adjusting the injection time PID state and integration parameters Settings for Assay 2 Column Oven Temperate CO Jo 330 Assay 2 User Notes Min Area mV S Filter Level Integration Delay S Elution Order for Standard Method R T S Concentration Co elution Range ppm Column B Min Height mV ooo No o Xylene 8 1 150 No NOTE The information is for reference only Retention times may vary significantly 331 Voyager User s Guide 332 NOTE Creating a Custom Method You may not need to run all 9 compounds in the Assay 2 library you may only be interested in a few compounds specific to your application You can use the information provided in this document to select your compounds and then optimize the chromatography for your compounds There are two ways of creating a custom method You can modify the library of an existing method Alternativel
218. hone number at which the Voyager and its modem are connected You can type parentheses and dashes but they are not required Type commas to provide any delays required before the number is processed by the telephone system If you are using a Hayes compatible modem with the default settings each comma inserts a delay of approximately 2 seconds If you are not using a Hayes compatible modem the delays and the characters that create the delays may be different Refer to the modem user s manual 2 Press the Dial button to initiate communication 3 Monitor the modem status in the Dial Out dialog box When the modem has successfully connected with Voyager you can close the dialog box 4 Select the Instrument tab and check the instrument status box The current values from Voyager will be displayed You can now control the instrument from the computer You can turn Voyager off from the computer but you cannot turn it on again Voyager must be powered up from the local keypad by pressing the On Off key Terminating Communication When you are ready to terminate communication with Voyager gt Open the Communication menu and select Hang up SiteChart will issue the command to the modem and disconnect the modem from the telephone line You can also click Hang Up in the Dial Out dialog box You can see the modem status messages in this dialog box You can turn Voyager off from the computer but you cannot turn it on
219. hromatogram Perform another run at another concentration and store the compound Repeat this procedure for all available concentrations If you need to remove a concentration point select the point in the area concentration table and click Erase During calibration the single point that is contained in the calibration gas is used to update the curve Method Development Analysis Settings Developing your own method allows you to optimize the system for your particular application If for example you want to run benzene toluene and m xylene BTX as quickly as possible you can increase the pressure increase the temperature and decrease the analysis time When you make any changes to the analysis settings the reference library will be invalid The retention times for library compounds become invalid when you change any of the analysis parameters The reference library is still available on the disk supplied with the instrument It will not be accessible from SiteChart unless you load it from the disk again You may have to perform a few runs in order to optimize your method Once you have obtained well separated peaks at the desired analysis time then you can store the compounds in the library Analysis Time Analysis time is the duration of the analysis You must set the analysis time so that all compounds of interest clear the column and pass into the detector Refer to the assay notes to determine the correct anal
220. hut off To change the audio option 1 Press Enter Menu then SETUP CONFIG and AUDIO 2 Use the arrow keys to select the desired option from the Set Audio box and press Enter Menu to confirm your selection 3 Press Enter Menu to close the menu Injection Audio You can configure Voyager to sound an audible indicator when the sample is injected onto the column This injection beep is most useful for syringe injections 1 Press Enter Menu then SETUP MODE and INJECT 2 Press the speaker icon 3 Use the arrow keys to select off and press Enter Menu and then Exit 77 Voyager User s Guide Loop Injection Analysis The instrument will be set up according to the method loaded on your instrument You can use a PC and the SiteChart software to load another method Selecting the Injection Method Voyager can accept both manual syringe and automatic sample loop injections You must calibrate using the same injection technique as your sample If you are using automatic loop injection for sampling calibrate using loop injection If you are using syringe injection for sampling calibrate using syringe injection To select the injection method 1 Press Enter Menu then SETUP MODE and INJECT 2 Press LOOP and press Enter Menu to set the option and to close the menu The sampling method will be indicated in the status line as LP to indicate a loop injection or PRB to indicate a loop injection through either the long probe or
221. hyl methacrylate If you must separate these compounds you must use the standard method To customize this method you will need to perform a run on Column A to determine the exact retention times You will then use these times to determine the analysis and backflush times 423 Voyager User s Guide To simplify this example we will assume there are no known interference compounds 1 Load assay7 app into the Assay tab of SiteChart and save this file under a new filename 2 Disable Column B 3 After ensuring that Voyager is setup and ready to run an analysis the instrument must be connected to carrier gas and the instrument status must show Ready perform a few runs of your sample on Column A Two peaks should be identified The first peak 1 butyl acrylate will elute at approximately 220 seconds and the second peak n butyl acrylate styrene co elution will elute at approximately 325 seconds You will use the retention time of the latest eluting peak to set the backflush time You cannot begin backflush until the n butyl acrylate styrene peak clears Column A so allow an additional 25 seconds 4 Inthe Assay tab disable Column A and enable Column B 5 Set the Column B backflush time to 350 seconds 6 To set Column B the analysis time multiply the retention time of the latest eluting peak by 1 1 Initially you will not know the exact retention time of styrene on Column B Set the analysis time to 3200 seconds W
222. ic settings You can modify these settings to suit your application or you can use the existing settings Assay development can be approached in two ways first you can develop a custom assay based on the compounds that are included as part of the assay that has been shipped with your instrument Second you can develop your own library of compounds You can set the PID to high sensitivity for low concentrations or for compounds that do not respond well to a PID Select low sensitivity for high concentrations The ECD has one sensitivity setting Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG SENSE 2 Use the arrow keys to select the high sensitivity option for your columns If the high sensitivity option is not selected then the detector is operating at low sensitivity 201 Voyager User s Guide Adding Compounds to the Library If you need to add compounds to your library you need to run an analysis of the compounds and then add each compound to the library Although you can add compounds to Voyager directly using the following procedure we recommend using SiteChart to create and modify library information If you have prepared a library on the instrument there is no way to save it It will be lost when another method is loaded If the library is created in SiteChart you can save it as part of a custom method for later use It can then be downloaded to Voyager at any time 1 Refer to the user notes supplied with your assay to determine
223. ience of reference only and as such has no official sanction The original Regulations and amendments thereto should be consulted for all purposes of interpreting and applying the law Part Il Sections 3 to 7 Part II Prescribed Substances and Items 3 Subject to section 6 no person shall unless exempted in writing by the Board produce mine prospect for refine use sell or possess for any purpose any prescribed substance except in accordance with a license issued pursuant to section 7 4 Subject to section 6 and subsection 18 1 5 no person shall unless exempted in writing by the Board use sell or possess any device or equipment containing radioactive prescribed substances except in accordance with a license issued pursuant to section 7 5 1 No person shall a import any prescribed substance b export any prescribed substance or c export any prescribed item except in accordance with a license issued pursuant to section 7 2 A license referred to in section 1 shall be produced by or on behalf of the licensee to a collector of customs at the port of entry into or exit from Canada of the prescribed substance or prescribed item as the case may be or at such other place as designated by the Deputy Minister of National Revenue and Excise before the prescribed substance or the prescribed item is released for import or export 6 1 No license is required by any person engaged in 467 Voyager
224. ight mV 00 00 Min Area mV S 0 J0 381 Voyager User s Guide 382 Method 5F The last method is used for MEK and acetone at TLV concentrations You must store the compounds at two or more concentrations throughout the range to achieve maximum accuracy The table below lists the compounds and the typical concentration ranges for this method Concentrations outside the specified ranges especially at the lower end can be obtained by adjusting the injection time PID state and integration parameters Whenever accurate concentration readings are required you should integrate peaks manually and verify the integration Column B R T S Concentration Co elution Range ppm 0 75 800 Methyl Eau Ketone 2 250 Assay 5 User Notes Typical method parameters for method 5F are shown below These parameters may vary between individual instruments Scott E Air PID 1 Low Sensitivity Loop Injection 20 120 o o Min Area mV S Filter Level Integration Delay S l 1 3 Min Height mV 00 383 Voyager User s Guide 384 NOTE Creating a Custom Method You can use the information provided in this document to select your compounds and then optimize the chromatography for your compounds There are two ways of creating a custom method You can modify the library of an existing method Alternatively you can optimize the chromatography of an existing method by changing the method param
225. ill have pre programmed analysis information stored in the library If you have selected compounds that are all run on the same column then you need to run one analysis to calibrate your instrument If you selected compounds that must be separated on two columns then you will need to perform two runs in order to calibrate your instrument During calibration you will select one column at time Once the first column has been calibrated you will select and calibrate the second column When calibration is complete you can enable both columns When you are performing a sample analysis you will need to perform two runs one on each column in order to complete your analysis If your selected compounds require all three columns for separation you will need to complete three runs to calibrate the instrument As with two columns each column will be calibrated separately When calibration is complete you can enable all three columns When you are performing a sample analysis you will need to perform three runs one on each column in order to complete your analysis During calibration Voyager will look for all compounds listed in the library You must obtain calibration gas containing all the compounds listed in the library If you are using more than one column detector pair you must obtain calibration gas for each one To obtain the most accurate identification and quantitation of the compounds ensure all compounds listed in the library are contain
226. ilter cccccscceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 214 Mimma Heo hosinean E T 215 Automatic Inte raio esene A 216 Wate orator Dela yonca aaa EE iceeacten a ceecacmcase lees 217 TV OC IMCINO GS s s consne seecustarias etn esetorsiurerstees hme acid se weatersiprenstesaeaan 219 Cartier Gas and Injection Time s s civeses aca ceeveneiecterawnddeeneadvtaveacdadssnareess 219 Efecto Other Paramete S rnunana 220 CAND EATON eiisads castsssvscessestessccvaniesdsccscusberadeuticussased a aaao raast 223 ITROCUIC HON siciaavtbetcactiietnaealstelinviandeiairadsieiaa a a a 225 LIDA ane on nae ene sn rR en One TU Senn NEE ae neon Denese 227 Selecting and Calibrating Compound ccccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 228 alr atom Gas yerine oa e a ia neea 229 SV MMOS MECU O iine aa i 230 Connecting Calibration Gas sissies io sd as ewe ene eas 231 Preparing aGas Bag Sampl w cice sca orientate ee ae re 233 Usine the Gas Bae fit eh ss cts a A EES 235 Calbraion Procedi escroci en cteunoatoiede Ae 236 Sine leDE ECO oer e oe ee mene See err Sn eee ome 236 Dua DSC tOnS cose ccs e tinea 238 Multiple Point Calibration Curve ccccscsesssesseseeseseseeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 241 Line Se ment Calibration Curve sii sijieciosoccieo cached Ea 241 Linear ali bration Curry Cie asec n a tee lets EA ete tedaeedt seats 242 Quadratic and Cubic Calibration Curve ccccceeeeccccccceeeeeseeeeeeees 243 Stonne Multiple PONS serenog o E E A Aaaa t 244 TVOC Ca
227. ime during this test indicating that the methanol was not stable at the target concentration in the bag and that therefore this approach to quantitating the instrument adsorption effects for methanol would not produce accurate results The methanol results reported in Figure 31 were generated by sampling a gas stream of 96 ppm methanol produced by dilution from a tank standard 339 Voyager User s Guide Test results below are shown for the Assay 2 compounds as run on one instrument These results are typical for Voyager e MTBE 5 ppm 4 TAME 5 ppm 2 lt x 2 prar amp 3 aa 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Run No Figure 30 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling of 5 ppm MTBE and 5 ppm TAME m Methanol 96 ppm e Ethanol 20 ppm Relative Area 0123 4 56 7 8 9 10 Run No Figure 31 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling of 20 ppm Ethanol and 96 ppm Methanol 340 Assay 2 User Notes e Toluene 10 ppm f Benzene 2 5 ppm cob Se lt x 2 prar amp 3 aa A A Ethylbenzene 10 ppm 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Run No Figure 32 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling of 10 ppm Toluene 2 5 ppm Benzene and 10 ppm Ethylbenzene e o Xylene 10 ppm E mXylene 10 ppm
228. in the interests of health safety and security Part VI Section 20 and 21 Loss or Theft of Prescribed Substances 20 1 Every person in possession of a prescribed substance or operating a nuclear facility in which a prescribed substance 1s located shall in the event of any loss or theft of such prescribed substance in a quantity exceeding ten times the scheduled quantity make a report of such loss or theft within 24 hours to the inspector appointed for the place or area in which the loss or theft occurred and shall as soon as possible thereafter send a complete report of such loss or theft to the Board such inspector and the person if any appointed 471 Voyager User s Guide pursuant to section 16 as radiation safety adviser for the place or area in which the loss or theft occurred 2 For the purpose of subsection 1 loss does not include any loss necessarily incidental to any authorized use of the prescribed substance 21 1 Every person a in charge of a nuclear facility b in charge of a device or of equipment containing radioactive prescribed substances or c in possession of a radioactive prescribed substance shall in the event of an occurrence that results or is likely to result in the receipt by any person of a dose of ionizing radiation or of an exposure to radon daughters in excess of any dose or exposure specified in respect of such person in schedule II d report such occurrence within
229. inaccurate Possible sources of error include e Peak integration errors e Sampling errors e Compound dependent adsorption effects e Detector response drift over the period of time since the last calibration e System accuracy All of these effects may contribute to inaccurate measurements in any given set of data Peak Integration Errors Baseline noise interfering peaks or excessive tailing of the target compound peak can cause problems in starting or stopping the peak integration at the optimum times These can even cause differences in integration for consecutive runs at the same concentration Selection of one set of integration parameters over another may result in a nonlinear area versus concentration curve 389 Voyager User s Guide 390 It is impossible to completely eliminate integrator effects as a source of error over the broad range of conditions under which Voyager must operate For this reason it is essential that you verify the integration results by examining the chromatograms and re integrating if necessary This is particularly true if the results are being used to make decisions regarding health and safety issues Sampling Errors Sampling errors occur when the concentration of a compound in the gas sample presented to the analytical system is not the same as the original sample For example a Tedlar bag 1s filled with styrene and sampled at regular intervals A graph of measured concentration ve
230. ings Column A Method for Styrene Figure 35 is a typical chromatography for styrene on Column A and Figure 36 shows the separation obtained from interference compounds that may be present 1 Styrene 904 Sec 630 pi D a o oO LS 3 Ethylbenzene 504 Sec 630 Figure 36 Styrene and Possible Interference Compounds 352 Assay 4 User Notes Column B Method for Acrylonitrile Figure 37 shows typical chromatography for acrylonitrile It is analyzed on Column B As you can see Voyager is not very sensitive to acrylonitrile 361 Sec 461 Figure 37 Acrylonitrile 2 ppm The pronounced tailing of the peak makes it difficult to obtain good integration of acrylonitrile especially at concentrations less than 2 ppm You should manually verify the integration for this compound whenever an accurate concentration is required If you are analyzing acrylonitrile at TLV then calibrate using a standard at the TLV concentration If integration is questionable then the peak should be re integrated in such a way as to over estimate the concentration rather than under estimate it 353 Voyager User s Guide Column C Method for 1 3 Butadiene Figure 38 illustrates typical chromatography for 1 3 butadiene on Column C On this column 1 3 butadiene can be separated from the butenes which are often found in the same environment as shown in Figure 39 v 2 T fa S a om 353 Sec 441
231. ion 349 Voyager User s Guide If you need to add these or any other compounds to the standard assay you must add the compounds to the library identify them as calibration compounds and calibrate your instrument If any of these interference compounds are present in your application you may want to modify some chromatographic settings to ensure the best possible separation and peak identification NOTE The information in the table is for reference only Actual retention times may vary significantly 350 Assay 4 User Notes Assay 4 Standard Method The tables below provide approximate settings Exact values will be specific to your instrument Column B Method Cs Carrier Gas N2 Zero Grade N2 Zero Grade N2 Zero Grade Analysis Time S 800 420 Oven Temperature o C Pressure ps1 12 PID State Low Sensitivity High Sensitivity High Sensitivity Injection Method Inject Method Loop Injection Loop Injection Inject Time S 2 Pump Time S 20 Backflush Time S 360 Integration Method 351 Voyager User s Guide Automatic integration should be disabled for all three compounds Automatic integration provides maximum sensitivity for a given noise level assuming a very flat baseline These parameters work well for quantitation of relatively large peaks but not so well for trace measurements due to baseline effects becoming a greater factor in the determination of the integration sett
232. ion the setup utility will place icon in a new group called PE Photovac SiteChart NOTE After installation is complete do not delete any Voyager files from the c Program Files SiteChart Program directory Do not change the locations or names of these files or their directories The applications will be unable to find the necessary files and they will not work properly if at all 105 Voyager User s Guide 106 Upgrading from Previous Versions If you have a previous version of SiteChart installed you do not need to remove it from your system before installing the most recent version simply follow the installation instructions above The setup utility will overwrite the previous version during installation as this version of SiteChart is completely compatible with the previous version and you do not need to keep two versions on your system Installing your Assay Disk Your Voyager is supplied with a disk with the Assay you have specified customized for your Voyager The data on this disk must be transferred to the PC so that it can be loaded into your Voyager 1 Create a new directory on the PC called c Program Files SiteChart Data assayX where X is the number of the assay Create a new directory for each assay you need to load onto the PC If you have more than one instrument create a directory for each instrument as assay disks are specific to the instrument with the matching serial number 2 Copy all of the files from
233. ion of a compound in the gas sample presented to the analytical system is not the same as the original sample For example a Tedlar bag 1s filled with styrene and sampled at regular intervals A graph of measured concentration versus time produces a curve as shown in Figure 56 This measurement sequence lasted for about 8 hours The last run was performed approximately 8 hours after the initial sequence of runs had been completed This data trend 1s symptomatic of adsorption of styrene by the gas bag ampled 8 hours after oO E Q 2 c e ge i c oO c oO O Figure 56 Gas Bag Effect as Measured on a 1 ppm Styrene Sample If the same concentration of styrene is measured directly from a tank of compressed gas drift effects over the same time period are negligible If a Tedlar bag is used to store a styrene sample at this concentration then the analysis results hours later will not accurately reflect the concentration at the time of sampling 407 Voyager User s Guide 408 In addition to container effects there are a variety of other issues regarding sample storage processing and preparation which can compromise the accuracy of the concentration measurement Adsorption Another potential source of error is sample adsorption by Voyager s analytical system If this occurs it will typically be seen as an increase in peak area on repeated sampling of the component even after the
234. ion or terminal emulation software package to set up the PC to send data at 9600 baud no parity 8 data bits and 1 stop bit Refer to the manual provided with your software for specific details The instructions below will provide you with the most basic information for using Voyager with HyperTerminal In order to use HyperTerminal you must be familiar with Windows 95 98 NT and it must be installed and running on your PC HyperTerminal is supplied with Windows 95 98 NT Refer to the Microsoft Windows User s Guide for detailed instructions on installation and operation of Windows 95 98 NT and HyperTerminal If you are using another software package please refer to your software s user manual for specific details of operation Voyager is not classified for use in hazardous locations with a PC WARNING 272 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Turn Voyager off Attach the AC adapter to Voyager Voyager must be connected to the AC adapter in order to download firmware Connect Voyager to the PC as described in Connecting the PC to Voyager on page 107 Open your communications software If you are using HyperTerminal start Windows and then start HyperTerminal HyperTerminal may be in the Accessories Program Group Its location will depend on how you have set up Windows Double click Hypertrm exe to run the program Create and save a configuration file so that each time you use the communications software with Voyager you c
235. ion will become invalid You must perform a run and store the compounds in the library If possible store each compound at more than one concentration to obtain a more accurate calibration curve Perform a run and calibrate benzene and toluene in the Column B library Assay 2 User Notes 12 Save the new method under a new name In addition to adjusting the analysis time and the backflush time you may also want to increase the pressure and the temperature This will decrease the analysis time significantly You must ensure there are no interfering compounds that may co elute with your compounds of interest and that your compounds of interest are well separated 335 Voyager User s Guide Column Specifications Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing 35 phenyl 65 methyl phase capillary column Material SPB 35 Column V TVOC Length internal Diameter Coating Thickness Material Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing WAX phase capillary column Supelcowax 10 Material N A Coating Packing 1 SP 1000 on 60 80 Carbopack B SPB 1 Material 336 Assay 2 User Notes Accurate Concentration Measurement The following information is provided to assist you in understanding some of the analytical issues regarding the analysis of petrochemical refinery target compounds in ambient air When you are detecting compound concentrations in air samples using ga
236. ionization detector are identified as pid files Assay2 pid is a sample chromatogram of the compounds of interest using Assay2 app gt Make a copy of all the files on the assay disk and use this as your working disk Store the original disk in a safe location Installation 1 Copy the files onto the PC as described in Jnstalling your Assay Disk on page 106 2 Load the assay into Voyager as described in Loading an Assay into Voyager on page 109 327 Voyager User s Guide 328 Compound Separation Separation of the 9 compounds is accomplished in one run on Column B Column A acts as the precolumn The sample is injected onto Column A and any heavy compounds present in the sample are prevented from entering Column B by adjusting the backflush time and only the lighter compounds are allowed to pass from Column A to Column B Before the heavy compounds are able to pass into Column B the flow is reversed and the heavy compounds are backflushed out of Column A Some separation of compounds occurs on Column A with the majority of the separation occurring on Column B as shown in Figure 27 v c D N c D 2 E i D Z 1081 Sec 1351 Figure 27 Assay 2 Compounds Run on Column B Compound Library Assay Compounds One compound library is installed in Voyager for Column B The library contains retention time and response information for each assay compound Assay 2 User Notes The library has be
237. ired under paragraph b of this section if the licensee is also required to submit a report pursuant to 30 55 c 40 64 0 50 72 50 73 70 52 73 27 b 73 67 e 3 vi 73 67 g 3 11 79 71 or 150 19 c of this chapter d Subsequent to filing the written report the licensee shall also report any additional substantive information on the loss or theft within 30 days after the licensee learns of such information e Ne The licensee shall prepare any report filed with the Commission pursuant to this section so that names of individuals who have received exposure to radiation are stated in a separate and detachable part of the report 66 FR 23406 May 31 1991 as amended at 58 FR 69220 Dec 30 1993 60 FR 20186 Apr 25 1996 20 2202 Notification of Incidents a Immediate Notification Notwithstanding any other requirements for notification each licensee shall immediately report any event involving byproduct source or special nuclear material possessed by the licensee that may have caused or threatens to cause any of the following conditions 1 An individual to receive i A total effective dose equivalent of 25 rems 0 25 Sv or more or ii An eye dose equivalent of 75 rems 0 75 Sv or more or iii A shallow dose equivalent to the skin or extremities of 250 rads 2 5 Gy or more or 2 The release of radioactive material Inside or outside of a restricted area so that had an
238. is in progress 1s complete Integration Method The options in the Integration Method dialog box allow you to view or alter the integration method After you change any of the integration parameters the chromatogram will automatically be re integrated so you can see the effect of the new integration values The Integration Method is used to determine the compound peaks and calculate the peak area All of these parameters are set as part of the method Refer to Integration Method on page 188 and the assay notes before making changes to the integration method When Automatic Integration is enabled the software automatically selects the Slope Up and Slope Down values and minimum height based on a sampling of the signal at the start of a run Ensure Automatic Integration is selected Slope Up The minimum slope required to start a peak Slope Down The minimum slope required to stop a peak Minimum Height Any peak with a height less than the minimum height will not be included in the peak report Minimum Area Any peak with an area less than the minimum area will not be included in the peak report 161 Voyager User s Guide 162 Integration Delay Delays the start of the timer Any peak eluting before the timer starts will not be included in the peak report Filter Level Determines the amount of filtering to apply to the signal Filter 1 provides the most filtering Column The Column command allows you to select th
239. ithin 10 of each other will be identified as a co elution and Assay Wizard will warn you Before setting this parameter you may want to perform a few runs to ensure you can obtain good separation and good integration Peaks that cannot be reliably separated identified and quantified must be identified as a co elution Assay Properties X Assay Notes Serial Number Reference Library Assay Wizard Library co elution window il x This is the window which Assay wizard will use to determine if two compounds co elute 198 NOTE Method Development Method Development Using Voyager Directly Developing your own method allows you to optimize the system for your particular application If for example you want to run benzene toluene and m xylene BTX as quickly as possible you can increase the pressure increase the temperature and decrease the analysis time Normally you will access most of the options covered in this section using the SiteChart software as described in Method Development Using SiteChart starting on page 173 A brief description of each function and how to change the settings is provided to allow you to make changes to the method when SiteChart is not available Changes made to the method using Voyager directly cannot be saved to disk The changes will be lost when a new method is loaded One or more methods will be provided with your assay Use SiteChart to load the required method You must
240. ke overholdes Warning Peligro Utilizamos el termino WARNING PELIGRO para informarle sobre situaciones que pueden provocar da os personales a usted o a otras personas En los recuadros como ste se proporciona informaci n sobre este tipo de circunstancias Warning Danger Nous utilisons la formule WARNING DANGER pour avertir des situations pouvant occasionner des dommages corporels a l utilisateur ou d autres personnes Les d tails sur ces circonstances sont donn es dans un encadr semblable celui ci Warning Pericolo Con il termine WARNING PERICOLO vengono segnalate situazioni che potrebbero provocare incidenti alle persone Troverete informazioni su tali circostanze in un riquadro come questo Warning Waarschuwing Betekent dat wanneer de genoemde aanwijzing niet in acht wordt genomen dit kan leiden tot verwondingen van de gebruiker Warning Aviso Significa que a n o observ ncia da instru o referida poder causar um ferimento ao usu rio Introduction A Brief Overview Ready Status Alarm Status ERE Sampling Status indicator indicator Injection Indicator Port Fixed Keys Battery PID Access Hatch ECD Access SS Aes yea Connector for Hatch A Se Carrying Strap SBS DT A and Harness Sample 7 2 Inlet Port Speaker Connector for POK Carrying Strap Soft Keys and Harness E 7 Pa G OL a Internal Cylinder Ox Mi A Z Contents Gauge
241. l and is fed to Voyager s microprocessor You must use nitrogen carrier gas as the oxygen in air will absorb electrons and reduce the sensitivity of the ECD 443 Voyager User s Guide In Voyager the column effluent is split between the PID and the ECD Make up gas is supplied to the ECD in order to maintain a constant flow rate over the detector and to ensure stability The low flows normally put though a capillary column may reduce the baseline The makeup gas is added to the column effluent before it enters the detector to maintain the flow through the ECD at a level that will ensure a stable signal level 444 Appendices The AC Adapter Line Cord In most cases Voyager will be shipped with an AC line cord that will fit the AC wall outlet in your area If this cannot be done you may need to obtain an AC line cord suitable for the AC receptacle in your area The AC line cord attached plug and receptacle must be marked with your country s certification mark and the cord must have a Harmonization HAR Mark The line cord must be rated for either 100 to 120 VAC at 60 Hz or 220 to 240 VAC at 50 Hz The voltage rating will depend on the voltage in your area Contact your local PerkinElmer Photovac representative to obtain more information 445 Voyager User s Guide 446 Calibration Gas It is recommended that commercially analyzed calibration gas and associated regulators be used with Voyager The compounds and t
242. l operation If you have a service related question about Voyager consult this manual first If you cannot find the answer in this documentation contact the PerkinElmer Photovac Service Department When you call you should have your Voyager in front of you You should also have this manual at hand Lastly please have the following information ready e A description of what happened and what you were doing when the problem occurred e Any corrective action that you have already tried e The exact wording of any messages that appeared on the display GC Fault Conditions If there is more than one fault occurring at a time the instrument will cycle through them and display them one at time until they are corrected If one of three critical faults occurs then analyses will stop being run until the fault clears The three critical faults are Lamp Fault Oven Not Ready Fault and Pressure Fault Lamp Fault Cause The UV lamp could not be started Action Turn Voyager off and then on again and allow the lamp to tune If the fault persists replace the lamp as outlined Replacing the UV Lamp or Installing a New One on page 258 281 Voyager User s Guide 282 Oven Not Ready Fault Cause The oven is not within 1 C of the set temperature Action From a cold start the oven will require 20 30 minutes to reach the set temperature If you have loaded a new method or manually adjusted the oven temperature allow 20 30 minutes
243. l update your log listing whenever a run is added to the directory This could be a time consuming task if you have a long list of files To prevent the list from being updated automatically you can disable this feature To disable automatic update feature 1 Open the View menu and select Auto Update Log Listing The check mark will disappear and new runs will be logged to the computer but will not be added to the log review list 2 To manually update your log listing open the View menu and select Update Log Listing 141 Voyager User s Guide File Name Format All files are saved in a unique name extention format where the name is an 8 character string XYMMDD EXT The column on which the analysis was run Will be A B Cor V The last digit of the current year The current month 01 is January 12 is December e pem Unique identification number to differentiate between runs performed on the same date Run numbers start at To sort the log listing click on the column header on which to sort The column will be automatically sorted alphabetically or numerically NOTE This could be a time consuming process depending on the speed of your computer 142 SiteChart Software Log Review You can scroll through the listing and select a file to review ie Use the mouse to select a file When the file is selected the chromatogram is displayed You can review the method notes or the peak report for
244. layed see Calibration Fault starting on page 283 for information about correcting the fault 237 Voyager User s Guide NOTE Jf you need to calibrate a second or third column select the next column and disable the previous one Press Enter Menu then SETUP CONFIG and COLUMN Use the arrow keys to move through the list and press Enter Menu to select PID Column A B or C or ECD Column A B or C ensuring only one column detector combination is selected Then calibrate the column as above If you are using more than one column enable the columns once you calibrated each one of them Dual Detectors 1 Select a column by pressing Enter Menu then SETUP CONFIG and COLUMN 2 Use the arrow keys to move through the list and press Enter Menu to select PID Column A B or C and ECD Column A B or C Ensure only one column and both detectors are selected If you are calibrating Column B select PID Column B and ECD Column B 3 Press Exit to close the box Both the PID library and the ECD library will be selected Look at the status line to determine which detector you are viewing on the screen If you are not viewing the PID library switch to the PID by pressing DISPLAY GC and DET then when prompted to change views press Enter Menu 4 To select the PID compounds for your application press Enter Menu then LIBRARY and LIST and press the left right arrow to select the library that matches your selected column The status line
245. laying a ready status 2 Select the Assay tab and ensure the correct assay 1s loaded 3 Select the Instrument tab and select the column on which to begin auto cycling 4 Open the Analyzer menu and select the column or right click on the column graphic in the instrument status box to open a column selection pop up menu 5 Connect a sample to the sample inlet port or allow Voyager to draw a sample of room air 6 Open the Analyzer menu and select Setup 7 Enter a delay time This is the time between runs A minimum delay of 1 minute is required to enable Voyager to stabilize the baseline 8 Enter the number of runs required If your method requires all three columns and you need 2 complete analyses enter 6 After 6 runs 2 on each column Voyager will turn auto analyzing off If you want the instrument to sample continuously enter 0 If you are analyzing continuously ensure that you have connected Voyager to the AC adapter and an external supply of carrier gas Check the Auto Cycle box and then click OK Voyager will begin auto cycling 160 SiteChart Software If you have selected a preset number of runs to be performed SiteChart will turn off the auto cycling option when it has completed the runs If you are cycling Voyager continuously you must turn auto cycling off from the Analyzer menu 9 Inthe Analyzer menu select Setup De select the Auto Cycle check box and click OK Auto cycling will stop when the analys
246. lhn cate Aorainndad a Olalvaa aaa 15 Radio Frequency RF Generating Devices cccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 16 ternal Carrier Gas Cy Wher eis a 2 rete eee es 16 VS NOt Cs ae aireaciate iaeereateiad E aaa 17 FONO meer ee Tem ar nt ne Nine re mee E 20 Sale Workme Pract esenario aveaeeh uavancasccneenatss 23 Compressed GASES urpoisnu ropo n a one Era EEr e ae ra 23 Battery Paek Caleira a e aiedeneisekes 29 Excessive Peat and Cold ieceri a a S 25 Adequate Ventilationen a O 25 ECD Saey Brau Ces ainidi E E A 2I Government Regulations for ECD ccccccccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 27 Pabo errata ete A tei Oe Mra Se Me renee ra earn Tene gue eee Retr 28 Leak CSUN 3 seetian toate A acta dante edeca eau A an eae 28 Celk Failure or Daina ge ureu a ealassatacsten 29 Reporting Radiation Incidents Theft or Loss ccccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeees 29 Other KR Cquinemicnts ces cutis A AERA 29 TRE OC UCU OM sees E N 31 About SEL SGU ri AEEA TEA 33 Conventions used in this manual 124 s 2ciescieani ee aeeeeati ede 33 Notes cautions and WarniNhgS 50 5 ccn ticaedanbidcencddhanomasnaaeeledsesssansdasazaeranes 34 ABET Ov Civic We ee e neha ccannietenauapeoioeiuidetascdneiedicceiude 37 Approved Models of Voyager cccccccccccccccccesecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneas 38 Unpacking and Checking Parts ccccccccccccceceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 39 Baten Pae enema een ene OR Re Dc PRT Ree NE RNC he en eT 40
247. li ati onneen sat sear cats ai O sea Ghia eonease a 247 Removing Library Compounds acacia eee eee he 249 Maintenance and Troubleshooting ccsccccssssssssssccccccccsssssssscccoees 251 MaTILENAMCeSCNCUUNS sessie nena a e monas eee 253 Replacing the Sample Inlet Filter oo eeeeesseeeseessesssssseeseeeeeeeens 255 Maintenance oF the UV Lamp rreriririoro erna tate teevsendaten eae 251 Removing the UV Limpos ce tetas cece eeeslan ane cemeens 257 Replacing the UV Lamp or Installing a New One ccccccceeeeeeees 258 Voyager User s Guide Cleaning the UV Lamp Window ccccccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 258 Maintenance of the Injection Port lt x cticcget Gaeceenlomey ect Sena osteeran ais eases 261 Replacing the Injection Port Septum ccccccccccccccccceeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 261 Cleaning the Injection Port Assembly ccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 262 PSM O the COMMING sasasi 263 Flushing a Single Coltmn rinore A R 263 Flyshing all Three Columns osissa a wees 264 Purging the Internal Carrier Gas Cylinder eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesneeeens 266 Maintenance of the RCD te ccueitussiiesive ana re tnedsiscenwenas 267 Purine the EC Desainer nnen 267 Obtaining an ECD Wipe Test Sample cccccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 268 Disposing Of af ECD C eM ix cesvcerculie aes iegienacdtawenntadian dem eavaackesscnecnds 271 Downloading Firmware to Voyager c ccscsssssssssssssssssseesses
248. loaded It will then return to TVOC monitoring I 10 Calibrate the GC and the TVOC as outlined in Calibration starting on page 223 You just calibrate both the GC and the TVOC once every 8 hours of operation though some assays may require more frequent calibration refer to the Assay User s Notes for details Press Enter Menu then DISPLAY VOC and REPORT or GRAPH Press Enter Menu then LIBRARY and ALRM and enter the alarm level Press Enter Menu then SETUP MODE AUTO and VOC GC and use the arrow keys to select On Press Enter Menu to confirm the selection Press Exit and DELAY and enter a delay time This value must be greater than 1 minute Press Enter Menu to confirm the value Press RUNS and enter the number of runs to be performed If you want the instrument to sample continuously enter zero which is the default value Press Enter Menu to confirm the value Press Exit and ON OFF the soft key then use the arrow keys to select On 91 Voyager User s Guide 11 Press Enter Menu to confirm the selection 12 Press Exit to close the box Voyager will begin a run on Column V Voyager will complete an analysis for each alarm condition encountered by the TVOC If the GC method consists of three runs the GC will perform three runs before returning to TVOC operation 92 Using Voyager Logged Data The datalogger is always on so that all analyses are logged The datalogger will hold approximate
249. lumn B library Once the compounds in the library have been determined and the chromatography has been optimized adjust the analysis time to obtain the shortest cycle time 5 Methyl Mercaptan 5B or5D_ Modify 5B for low concentration Ethyl Mercaptan range Remove methanol from the Dimethyl Sulfide Column B library Disable Column C 5 387 Voyager User s Guide Column Specifications Length internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing 35 phenyl 65 methyl phase capillary column Material SPB 35 Length internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing blank deactivated Material Length internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing WAX phase capillary column Supelcowax 10 Material Coating Packing 1 SP 1000 on 60 80 Carbopack B SPB 1 Material 388 Assay 5 User Notes Accurate Concentration Measurement The following information is provided to assist you in understanding some of the analytical issues regarding the analysis of pulp and paper target compounds in ambient air When you are detecting compound concentrations in air samples using gas chromatography it is important to recognize that there are various potential sources of error in the measurements These sources of error combine to give scatter in measured concentrations measured as precision and systematic bias to measured concentrations You must correct for these sources of error or your results will become
250. ly 40 GC log entries which is sufficient for an 8 hour day with one run every 10 minutes Every GC analysis recorded in the datalogger will include a complete peak report and chromatogram To view the GC log the instrument must be in the GC mode To view the TVOC log the instrument must be in the TVOC mode Since TVOC logs occupy less memory up to 255 TVOC entries can be stored Both GC and TVOC logs share the same memory resource Each successful calibration also occupies a full GC memory space The status line shows the log entry number and sample date and time The column and the run number will be shown on a second status line The two lines of information will alternate Review Logged Data 1 Press Enter Menu DISPLAY 2 Select GC to review GC analyses OR VOC to review TVOC analyses 3 Select the display you require If you are in GC mode select PEAK CMPD or GRAPH If you are in TVOC mode select REPORT or GRAPH 4 Press Enter Menu to close the menu 93 Voyager User s Guide 94 NOTE NOTE 5 Press Enter Menu to re open the menu and press LOG The display will show the most recent Log entry If the last analysis 1s complete it will be the same as the real time display The display remains the same as the selected display If you are in peak display the logged data will be shown in peak display 6 Press VIEW to review the datalogger entries 7 Press NEXT or PREV to move through the entries The st
251. mation box will pop up The box contains the peak name retention time and the integrated area 131 Voyager User s Guide Zoom Feature To zoom in on any part of the chromatogram 1 Move the pointer to one corner of the zoom box The zoom box will be the area that you want to zoom in on 2 Press the left mouse button and drag the mouse to the opposite end of the zoom box When you release the left mouse button SiteChart will enlarge the selected area to fit the graph block 3 Repeat these steps until you have obtained the desired view gt Toreturn to the previous zoom view open the pop up menu and select Previous Zoom You can also select the Previous Zoom option from the View menu 132 SiteChart Software Instrument Status i Signal gm Offset im j Start Stop 400 Sec eee Figure 8 Example instrument status When the instrument is connected to the computer the information in the instrument status box is continuously updated to ensure an accurate status display e The displayed pressure is the column head pressure This value is set by the assay that is currently loaded e The syringe graphic represents the injection volume This is only used 1f loop injection is enabled If you are performing syringe injection you will determine the injection volume e The displayed temperature is the column temperature and is set by the assay e The battery level shows the current charge of th
252. matogram must contain all the compounds listed in your library Select the Assay tab and select Open from the File menu to open the chromatogram that was just run Select Re integrate from the Analyzer menu to re integrate the chromatogram Compounds matching library information will be identified Click on the first compound in the library Review the data in the library information box Compounds present in the calibration gas must be selected for calibration Compounds that are not present in the calibration gas must be removed from the library NOTE All compounds contained in the library must be contained in the calibration gas 11 Ensure you have entered the correct calibration concentration This is the concentration of the compound in your calibration gas Blue dashed lines will be displayed where SiteChart is expecting to find the compound 277 Voyager User s Guide 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 If the compound peak is the only peak within the retention time window click Update or double click on the peak to open the Update dialog If the information in the box is not correct enter the correct data and click OK OR If the compound peak is not within the retention time window or if there are other peaks in the retention time window drag the center blue dashed line to the desired peak and the retention time will be updated automatically Repeat this procedure for each library compound
253. me if you are using a long probe or an extended probe Set the pump time to between 20 and 45 seconds The pump time for the probe is set automatically when you select the probe to be used 1 Press Enter Menu and then press SETUP MODE INJECT 2 4 Method Development Press PROBE Use the up and down arrow keys to select the desired probe The short probe is a 6 15 cm Teflon probe The long probe is the three meter sample line The telescoping sample probe is 2 m long and has an extension handle Press Enter Menu to confirm your selection and then press Exit to close the box and return to the menu Press Enter Menu to close the menu If you need finer control of the pump time you can adjust the time to suit your method Another consideration when setting the pump time is the PID sensitivity When Voyager changes the PID sensitivity gain it must monitor and change the offset This occurs during the pump time Voyager begins to adjust the offset at about 8 10 seconds into the pump time Typical setting for the pump time do not allow sufficient time for baseline stabilization after the extreme changes that occur during gain switching If it is necessary to switch gains between runs set the pump times to at least 20 Use typical times of 10 to 15 seconds when no gain switching is required l 2 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG COLUMN Select the column for which you want to alter the pump time Disable the othe
254. mer Photovac Service Department WARNING Cause Pieces of cored septum have fallen down inside the injection port Action Remove the injection port and clean it as outlined in Cleaning the Injection Port Assembly on page 262 291 Voyager User s Guide Problem There are negative dips following large positive peaks in the chromatogram Cause The ECD is contaminated Action Set the detector temperature to 80 C and the increase the pressure to 14 psi or contact the PerkinElmer Photovac Service Department Do not open the instrument or attempt to remove the ECD If the ECD must be removed from the instrument contact the PerkinElmer Photovac Service Department WARNING Problem Signal level too high Cause Components of the last analysis are still on the column Action Purge the column and decrease the backflush duration to flush out the heavier compounds If the heavier compounds must be detected adjust the analysis time so these compounds have enough time to clear the analytical column or ensure you have selected the correct column for your application Cause The ECD is contaminated Action Set the detector temperature to 80 C and the increase the pressure to 14 psi or contact the PerkinElmer Photovac Service Department Do not open the instrument or attempt to remove the ECD If the ECD must be removed from the instrument contact the PerkinElmer Photovac Service Department WA
255. mer Photovac part numbers unless stated otherwise e To provide keyboard information the following shortcut key sequences are used Shift Tab Hold down the Shift key while pressing the Tab key F A Press and release each of these keys in order First F and then A Arrow Keys This is the collective name for the UP ARROW DOWN ARROW LEFT ARROW and RIGHT ARROW keys 33 Voyager User s Guide 34 e Three mouse actions are used in most procedures Point Moving the mouse to place the pointer over an item is called pointing Click Pointing to an item on your screen and then quickly pressing and releasing the left mouse button 1s called clicking Drag Holding down the left mouse button as you move the pointer 1s called dragging Notes cautions and warnings Three terms in the following standard formats are also used to highlight special circumstances and warnings NOTE A note indicates additional significant information that is provided with some procedures CAUTION Introduction We use the term CAUTION to inform you about situations that could result in serious damage to the instrument or other equipment Details about these circumstances are in a box like this one Caution Achtung Bedeutet dafs die genannte Anleitung genau befolgt werden mufi um einen Gerdteschaden zu vermeiden Caution Bemeerk Dette betyder at den n vnte vejledning skal overholdes n je for at undg en beskadigelse af a
256. meters specific to the ECD will be displayed in a second column 134 SiteChart Software ECD Signal The current signal from the electron capture detector ECD Offset The voltage applied to keep the baseline at 10 of fullscale The applied offset 1s an indication of column contamination If the offset is greater than 800 mV the column should be allowed to flush until the offset stabilizes between 200 and 800 mV ECD Temp The operating temperature of the electron capture detector The temperature can be set independently of the column and PID See ECD Temperature on page 211 Start Stop Button Selecting a Column When you start a single run SiteChart will begin the run on the column you selected through the Analyzer menu or the Column Selection Pop up Menu Your assay may require you to perform two or three runs in order to complete an analysis One run is performed on each column If this is the case then you must enable all the required columns on Voyager Voyager automatically cycles through the enabled columns each time you press the local Start Stop button 2 SiteChart overrides this process and starts a run on the selected column only If you want to cycle through the columns that are required to complete an analysis you have two options If you are manually performing runs select the required column and then press the Start Stop button If you are using this method you can perform loop or syringe injections 135
257. ming detector response drift is similar for the Assay 1 compounds you need to calibrate once immediately following instrument warm up Measurement of dry pure samples at a similar concentration to the calibration concentration should then give a result accurate to within 10 for an 8 hour working period As a measuring instrument Voyager has a non linear response for many compounds Therefore in order to make accurate measurements at concentrations other than the calibration concentration it is necessary to correct for instrument non linearity This can only be done if a multiple point calibration is performed to determine the response of the instrument throughout the concentration range of interest If the response curve characteristics are measured in this way then reasonably accurate measurements can be made 323 Voyager User s Guide 324 Assay 2 9 User Notes Assay 2 User Notes An Overview of Assay 2 Assay 2 consists of 9 compounds from the petrochemical refining process Voyager has been configured to separate and resolve these target compounds The Assay 2 Disk Two types of files are included on the assay disks Application or method files have the extension app These method files are loaded through the Assay tab in SiteChart and are used to program Voyager Assay2 app is the standard method It provides chromatographic settings so that all compounds can be run on a single column Chromatograms from the photo
258. mn A The separation occurs on Column A as shown in Figure 35 Acrylonitrile is analyzed on Column B with Column A acting as the precolumn The sample is injected onto Column A and acrylonitrile and 1 3 butadiene are separated from styrene by adjusting the backflush time These compounds are allowed to pass from Column A to Column B Before styrene is able to pass onto Column B the flow is reversed and styrene is backflushed out of Column A Some separation occurs on Column A with the majority of the separation occurring on Column B 1 3 butadiene is analyzed on Column C In this case only 1 3 butadiene is allowed to pass from Column A to Column C The other compounds are backflushed out of the system Compound Library Assay Compounds Installed in Voyager there are three standard compound libraries one for each column The libraries contain retention time and response information for each of the assay compounds These libraries have been determined on your instrument for the Assay 4 standard method If the method is altered these libraries are no longer valid If the method 1s modified a new library must be created identifying the compounds with their new retention times NOTE Assay 4 User Notes For example if the temperature of Column B is increased the retention time in the Column B library is no longer valid since the compound will be eluting faster than it would in the standard method You will have to calibrate t
259. mn at a time Configure all of the columns required for your application before you send the assay to Voyager The library for the selected column will be displayed in the Library block and the method specific to the column detector combination will be displayed in the method block To select a column detector combination 1 Select the Assay tab Ensure your assay 1s loaded 2 Click on the arrow of the Column Detector drop down list box 3 Select the desired column detector combination Method The standard method is listed in the Method Box The injection method the injection volume the oven temperature pressure and the analysis time are listed in the method box These are all set when you open an assay Do not change any of the chromatographic settings as the reference library will be lost Open the Config box to change the method settings Refer to the Method Development section for details of method development or assay specific details are provided in the assay notes SiteChart Software Reference Chromatogram The reference chromatogram on the Assay tab may be used to modify the library information Only one run can be displayed This chromatogram does not change when you select a different column detector combination It may not be the chromatogram associated with the currently selected column detector combination or the library NOTE Before making any changes to the assay ensure that the displayed chroma
260. mple is currently in the column e The Alarm LED is lit when one or more compounds in the last analysis exceeds the preset alarm level 67 Voyager User s Guide Beginning Operation 1 Before beginning operation of the instrument you must fill the internal cylinder with carrier gas or connect the instrument to an external supply of carrier gas See Carrier Gas starting on page 44 2 Ensure the battery is charged or that the instrument is connected to the AC adapter 3 Press the On Off key The EPROM version and copyright notice will be displayed 4 Press the up or down arrow to adjust the contrast as required If the display is still hard to see you can turn the backlighting on To use the Backlight 1 Press the Enter Menu The soft keys will be shown along the bottom of the display 2 Press the key below DISPLAY 3 Press BCKLITE 4 Press ON to turn the backlighting on 5 Press Enter Menu to close the menu NOTE To extend the operating life of the battery pack turn the backlighting off when it is not required 68 Using Voyager Status Line The top line of the display will always be the status line When the instrument is idle the instrument status the date time sample inlet and detector are displayed One of four sampling options will be displayed Sampling Method Status Line Code Syringe Injection SYR If a fault occurs the top line of the display will alternate between the fault messag
261. must use the 220 V AC adapter Part No MX380330 or MX380331 in order to comply with the requirements of the applicable Council Directives 15 Voyager User s Guide Radio Frequency RF Generating Devices The use of RF generating devices such as radio transmitters cellular phones etc within a 10 meter radius can cause momentary interference in the performance of Voyager with respect to the signal levels being detected Internal Carrier Gas Cylinder This device contains a high pressure aluminum alloy cylinder maximum pressure 1800 psi Improper use filling storage or disposal of the cylinder contained within this device may result in death personal injury and property damage WARNING e Do not alter this cylinder or the high pressure components of this device in any way e Do not over pressurize this cylinder device e Do not expose pressurized cylinder device to temperatures in excess of 54 C 130 F e Cylinders exposed to a fire or heated to temperatures in excess of 177 C 350 F should be condemned or hydrostatically tested prior to filling e Do not remove the warning label 16 Warnings and Safety Information I S Notice CONFORMS TO CONFORMS TO UL STANDARD 913 CSA STANDARD C222 No157 Intrinsically Safe for use in Class I Division 1 Groups A B C D Hazardous Locations Temperature Code T4 Exia Intrinsically Safe S curit Intrins que Handheld Gas Chromatogra
262. n and connect the other end to the sample in port on Voyager NOTE Jf you will be using the extended probe or the long probe for sampling ensure it is connected to the sample in port during calibration Connect the probe directly to the 1 8 to 1 4 adapter union instead of using the adapter tubing You must also select the probe option on Voyager to allow for a longer pump time by pressing Enter Menu then SETUP MODE INJECT and PROBE and select the desired probe from the box using the arrow keys The pump time will be adjusted automatically 5 Open the tank of calibration gas opening the regulator valve slowly The float on the flow adapter must be floating The float should not be in the red zone and it must not be seated at the bottom of the tube When the pump comes on the float must still be floating this will ensure calibration gas is being properly delivered 6 If you are not using the flow adapter set the regulator to deliver 300 mL min Use a stainless steel tee to vent the excess calibration gas NOTE Jf any compounds contained in the calibration gas exceed the TLV concentrations perform the analyses in a well ventilated area or use a gas bag NOTE Allow the calibration gas to flush all the tubing before beginning an analysis After the injection has been made close the tank of calibration gas and then close the regulator Calibration Preparing a Gas Bag Sample Observe proper handling techniques for
263. n kit MX380309 1 Connect compression fittings to both ends of a length of the 1 8 Teflon tubing 2 Set the external carrier delivery pressure to 100 psig 690 kPa 3 Purge the Teflon tube to remove any contamination 4 Plug the Quick Connect into the refill port on Voyager A continuous pressure of carrier gas must be maintained even when the instrument is not in use This ensures Voyager is ready for use at short notice and prevents column contamination NOTE The internal cylinder will empty until it is at the same pressure as the pressure being delivered from the tank The contents gauge may show 0 psi when Voyager is operated from an external cylinder 48 Introduction Connecting Accessories Personal Computer running SiteChart Software In order to utilize all of Voyager s features you will need to use the SiteChart software To do this you must connect Voyager to a compatible PC and set up the instrument from the PC Complete specifications for the required PC and details on connecting the PC to Voyager are covered in SiteChart Software starting on page 99 DC Power Cord Voyager can be connected to a car battery through the cigarette lighter with the DC power cord MX380313 NOTE f the car is running you must ensure the car exhaust does not interfere with the samples Do not connect the DC power cord to Voyager in hazardous locations WARNING 1 Turn the instrument off 2 Connect the DC
264. n page 106 Make sure Voyager is connected to the PC as described in Connecting the PC to Voyager on page 107 Click Send to Voyager Once the file has been downloaded allow at least 20 minutes for Voyager to reach the new assay set points Calibrate Voyager as described in Calibration starting on page 223 You must calibrate Voyager so that compound concentrations will be accurately reported Switching Assays If you have ordered more than one assay for your instrument you should copy all of the assay information from the disks to your PC creating a separate directory for each assay To switch between assays l From the Assay tab of the SiteChart software select Open from the File menu and open the required assay 2 Click Send to Voyager 109 Voyager User s Guide 3 Once the file has been downloaded allow at least 20 minutes for Voyager to reach the new assay set points and then calibrate Voyager If you have installed an assay that requires different carrier gas you must purge the carrier gas reservoir Once you have filled the reservoir with the new carrier gas you must allow the instrument to purge for a few hours preferably overnight This will flush the analytical engine with the new carrier gas NOTE The Assay I method is specific to an Assay I instrument You cannot install Assays 2 through 7 on an instrument configured for Assay 1 110 Overview Starting SiteChart gt SiteChart Sof
265. n with the instrument If this happens SiteChart will display a message indicating that it has lost its connection to the instrument and will immediately attempt to re establish communications with the computer To avoid this disable Auto Update Log Listing and update the compound and log review listings manually Status Bar The Status Bar command shows or hides the status bar The status bar is located at the bottom of the screen and displays the status of the application Three windows on the far right of the bar indicate the status of the scroll lock the num lock and the caps lock keys You can view a brief description of each SiteChart option in the status bar The Status Bar must be turned on Point at any menu or menu item and hold down the left mouse button To avoid activating the button continue to press the mouse button Drag the mouse pointer away from the menu or menu item and then release the mouse button Turn the status bar off to provide more viewing area Instrument Status The Instrument Status command shows or hides the instrument status display in the Instrument tab Close the instrument status block to enlarge the view of the chromatogram and the peak report SiteChart Software Analyzer Menu Setup The Setup command allows you to enter a tag and provides access to the auto cycle settings A tag may be used to identify a certain sampling location or a certain sample in the datalogger You can enter a tag to i
266. nal parts of the equipment to water Damage caused thereby is expressly excluded from this Warranty Consumable supplies and parts routinely replaced are not warranted PerkinElmer Photovac and its vendors disclaim any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose PerkinElmer Photovac and its vendors will not be liable for any indirect special incidental or consequential damages irrespective of whether PerkinElmer Photovac or the vendor has advance notice of the possibility of such damages PerkinElmer Photovac s sole liability under this warranty 1s limited to the repair or replacement of the product at its Service Repair facility and return to the Customer When PerkinElmer Photovac is made aware of a problem that would be eligible for remedy under Warranty it will issue a Return Authorization Number to the Customer No return will be accepted unless such authorization has been obtained The customer is responsible for insurance and shipping to the designated PerkinElmer Photovac Service Repair facility 447 Voyager User s Guide 448 SiteChart Customer License Agreement PerkinElmer Photovac licenses the program furnished herewith to customers for their use only on the terms and conditions set forth below Opening the diskette package indicates your acceptance of these terms and conditions ET 1 1 kez Ae 2 1 k 3 1 A scccosesesseeses 4 2 D a i a e e e a Definitions Licensed Progr
267. nce and Troubleshooting Maintenance of the ECD Do not open Voyager or remove the ECD If the ECD must be removed from the instrument contact PerkinElmer Photovac Service WARNING You are not authorized to clean the ECD Do not put any cleaning agents through the ECD WARNING Purging the ECD There are various indicators of GC contamination for an ECD e Increased baseline level and reduced range e Increased noise on the baseline e Negative dips following large positive peaks e Reduced sensitivity If you are experiencing any of these problems purge your ECD If this does not correct the problem then contact the PerkinElmer Photovac Service Department 1 Move the instrument to an area where the ambient air contains no VOCs 2 Switch to supervisor mode by pressing Enter Menu then SETUP and MODE then use the arrow keys to select Super 267 Voyager User s Guide 3 Press Enter Menu and Exit and enter the password as 12344321 and press Enter Menu You are now in supervisor mode NOTE Jf the instrument is in user mode you will not be able to increase the temperature and pressure 4 Increase the flow through the columns by pressing SETUP CONFIG METHOD and PRESS and set the pressure to the maximum of 14 psi 5 Increase the temperature to 80 C by pressing Enter Menu then SETUP CONFIG METHOD TEMP and ECD and using the arrow keys to enter the new ECD temperature then press Enter Menu
268. nd then the 10 runs were performed The Assay 6 compounds are stable in a gas bag at the indicated concentrations Test results are shown for each compound as run on one instrument See Figure 57 These results are typical for Voyager Detector Response Drift Detector response drift 1s caused by drift in the effective UV lamp intensity over time Although Voyager maintains a constant visible lamp intensity it is possible that the ionizing spectral lines located outside the visible range shift in intensity over time Detector response drift will manifest itself as an effect which typically occurs over a longer time period than adsorption and which is not as compound specific as adsorption Also it is not affected by the frequency of sampling unlike adsorption phenomena Calibration 1s recommended when the detector response has changed by greater than 10 The table below provides a recommended maximum operating time before calibration is necessary The instrument must be calibrated when Voyager is turned on and should be calibrated at the indicated interval thereafter We recommend that you perform the calibration under similar temperature and humidity conditions as that of the sample The calibration information in the table and the discussion which follows are applicable only for measurement of dry pure sample gases containing the target compounds at approximately calibration concentrations 409 Voyager User s Guide 410
269. ndicate a change of location a change in personnel or a change in method To enter a tag 1 Open the Analyzer menu and select Setup 2 Enter a tag The tag can use up to 10 characters 3 Click OK to confirm the tag The tag you enter here will identify both GC and TVOC analyses You can enter a new tag for every analysis or you can enter a single tag for a group of analyses Auto Cycling Operation Auto operation allows you to set up Voyager to take samples automatically You must use loop injections for auto analyzing If more than one column is required to complete an analysis then each column will be sampled in order If each column has different chromatographic settings Voyager will adjust its settings between analyses You can also configure the instrument to perform a preset number of analyses 159 Voyager User s Guide Auto cycling is the only way to cycle through multiple columns as required for an analysis if you are operating Voyager from SiteChart If you click Start on the Instrument tab or select the Start and Stop commands from the Analyzer menu SiteChart will begin an analysis on the selected column If you click Start again the analysis will again be on the selected column To switch columns you must select another column and then click Start To configure your instrument for auto cycling operation 1 Ensure Voyager is set up correctly Carrier gas must be supplied to the instrument It must be disp
270. neering Radiation Control Program State House Station 10 Augusta Maine 04333 0010 207 287 5676 Massachusetts Radiation Control Program Department of Public Health 305 South Street 7 Floor Jamaica Plain Massachusetts 02130 617 727 6214 Nebraska Nebraska Department of Health 3016 Centennial Mall Drive Lincoln Nebraska 68509 5007 402 471 6444 Kansas X Ray amp RAM Control Section Department of Health amp Environment Bureau of Air and Radiation Forbes Field Building 283 Topeka Kansas 66620 913 296 1562 Louisiana Radiation Protection Division Office of Air Quality and Radiation Protection Department of Environmental Quality 7290 Bluebonnet Road P O Box 82135 Baton Rouge Louisiana 70808 2135 504 765 0160 Maryland Radiological Health Program Air and Radiation Management Administration Maryland Department of the Environment 2500 Broening Highway Baltimore Maryland 21224 410 631 3301 Mississippi Division of Radiological Health State Department of Health 3150 Lawson Street P O Box 1700 Jackson Mississippi 38215 1700 601 354 6167 Nevada Radiological Health Section Department of Human Resources 505 East King Street Carson City Nevada 89710 702 687 5394 New Hampshire Radiological Health Bureau Division of Public Health Services Health and Welfare Building 6 Hazen Drive Concord New Hampshire 6527 603 271 4588 New York Radiological Health Unit Di
271. nelmer com Notices The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice PerkinElmer makes no warranty of any kind with regard to the material including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose PerkinElmer shall not be liable for errors contained herein for incidental consequential damages in connection with furnishing performance or use of this material Copyright Information This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright All rights are reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form whatsoever or translated into any language without the prior written permission of PerkinElmer Instruments LLC Copyright 2001 PerkinElmer Instruments LLC Trademarks Registered names trademarks etc used in this document even when not specifically marked as such are protected by law PerkinElmer is a registered trademark of PerkinElmer Inc Voyager and SiteChart are trademarks of PerkinElmer Instruments LLC Hayes is a trademark of Zoom Telephonics Inc Voyager User s Guide Contents CORA i caoniscn een ahcustecoeunen cased R 3 Warnings and Safety Information ccccccccssssssssssccccccsecsssscccssseseees 13 Standard W ATMS mcnsiatctercinhartentisitinteled ores ie cetaleulioneitiloet Ladi ional cet tare tna s 15 GC NY an AI tad baselines ad calendar elas etd tated 15 CE DICCI irae at a ate na
272. ng 1 Select the type of files to be reviewed from the Display drop down list box You can view GC files TVOC files or both GC and TVOC files 2 Inthe Directory box double click to select the drive and directory where your Voyager files are stored In this directory there should be a sub directory corresponding to the serial number of the instrument Select this sub directory The Log Review list to the right of the Directory box will list all the recorded analyses The log listing includes the following information Filename The name of the stored analysis SiteChart generates file names you can change the file name using the Save As command in the File menu Date and Time The date and time the run was started The tag used to identify a certain run or group of runs The instrument serial number Status The status of the peaks Ratio metric calibration may lead to an invalid calibration and is intended for specialized applications only 140 SiteChart Software Each one of these fields can be sized To resize a field 1 Move the mouse to the edge of the field The pointer will change into a double headed arrow 2 Press the left mouse button and drag the arrow to set the field to the desired size Update Log Listing If the instrument is connected to the computer and is performing runs completed runs will be added to the current directory If you are reviewing data from the current directory SiteChart wil
273. ng used to make decisions regarding health and safety issues Sampling Errors Sampling errors occur when the concentration of a compound in the gas sample presented to the analytical system is not the same as the original sample For example A Tedlar bag is filled with styrene and sampled at regular intervals A graph of measured concentration versus time produces a curve as shown in Figure 29 This measurement sequence lasted for about 8 hours The last run was performed approximately 8 hours after the initial sequence of runs had been completed This data trend is symptomatic of adsorption of styrene by the gas bag If the same concentration of styrene is measured directly from a tank of compressed gas standard drift effects over the same time period are negligible If a Tedlar bag is used to store a styrene sample at this concentration then the analysis results hours later will not accurately reflect the concentration at the time of sampling ampled 8 hours after oO E Q 2 c e ra ge Sem c oO c oO O Figure 29 Gas Bag Effect as Measured on a 1 ppm Styrene Sample 338 Assay 2 User Notes In addition to container effects there are a variety of other issues regarding sample storage processing and preparation which can compromise the accuracy of the concentration measurement Adsorption Another potential instrument source of error is sample adsorption by Voyager s analyti
274. not be found then increase the Down Slope setting Method Development Minimum Height The Minimum Height is required for comparison in the basic peak recognition sequence Although single Up Down Slope and Minimum Height values are displayed the integrator will operate on the same data with four different filters simultaneously since it does not know critical information such as peak widths It then selects the best result based on identifying the maximum number of significant peaks Set the minimum height based on the detector response to the smallest peak Peaks that do not meet the minimum height will not be integrated and thus will not be included in the peak report Minimum Area Set the minimum area based on the detector response to the smallest peak Peaks that do not meet the minimum area will not be included in the peak report These two options are used to eliminate baseline disruptions that have been mistakenly identified as compound peaks Integration Delay Use the integration delay option to delay the start of the integration timer This can be useful if your analysis contains more than 25 peaks SiteChart and Voyager can identify 25 compounds at a time If you are interested in the first 25 peaks set the delay time to 0 If you are interested in peaks that elute later in the analysis set the delay to 60 seconds or an appropriate delay for your analysis time so that the first peaks are ignored and the 25 peaks eluting
275. ns in this part and parts 31 through 35 and 39 at the time of issuance or thereafter by appropriate rule regulation or order such additional requirements and conditions with respect to the licensee s receipt possession use and transfer of byproduct material as it deems appropriate or necessary in order to 1 Promote the common defense and security 2 Protect health or to minimize danger to life or property 3 Protect restricted data 4 Require such reports and the keeping of such records and to provide for such inspections of activities under the license as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the purposes of the Act and regulations thereunder Licensees required to submit emergency plans by 30 32 1 shall follow the emergency plan approved by the Commission The licenses may change the approved plan without Commission approval only if the changes do not decrease the effectiveness of the plan The licensee shall furnish the change to the appropriate NRC Regional Office specified in 30 6 and to affected offsite response organizations within six months after the change 1s made Proposed changes that decrease or potentially decrease the effectiveness of the approved emergency plan may not be implemented without prior application to and prior approval by the Commission Each licensee preparing technetium 99m radiopharmaceuticals from molybdenum 99 technetium 99m generators shall test the gene
276. nsitivity If Voyager is calibrated with isobutylene it displays concentrations in units equivalent to ppm of isobutylene If isobutylene were the only photoionizable compound in the sample then Voyager would display its concentration directly Voyager responds more or less readily to other compounds than it does to isobutylene Because it has a medium sensitivity to isobutylene this gas has been chosen as a reliable means of reporting an average concentration of total photoionizable volatile organic compounds For special applications gases other than isobutylene can be used to calibrate Voyager Contact PerkinElmer Photovac Technical Support for more information gt If you are using the long probe or the extended probe for sampling then ensure the probe is connected to Voyager and press Enter Menu then SETUP MODE INJECT and PROBE and select the probe you are using Voyager will then adjust its pump time so that the pump will draw an accurate sample NOTE Ensure the sample probe is free of any contamination as this will affect the calibration 1 Press Enter Menu then DISPLAY VOC and REPORT to ensure Voyager is in TVOC mode 2 Press Enter Menu then LIBRARY and ALARM and enter an alarm level 3 Press SPAN and enter the span gas concentration 4 Press Enter Menu to clear the menu 247 Voyager User s Guide 5 Connect a supply of calibration gas to the sample in port as outlined in Connecting Calibration Gas
277. nt the area of the TVOC peak will be shown at the bottom of the Report display NOTE If the detected concentration exceeds the alarm level stored in the library then the audible alarm may sound at the end of the analysis If an alarm sounds an alarm acknowledge box will open Press YES to acknowledge the alarm condition and to silence the audible alarm NOTE While an analysis is in progress it is not possible to change to GC mode Wait until the current analysis is complete before attempting to change modes gt To stop the analysis before it is complete press the Start Stop key If you stopped the analysis after the sample was injected onto Column V you must wait for the duration of the analysis time for the column to be flushed before beginning another analysis TVOC Automatic Operation l Ensure the battery is fully charged or connect the instrument to the AC adapter as discussed in Battery Pack on page 40 Fill the carrier gas cylinder or connect the instrument to a tank of carrier gas as discussed in Carrier Gas on page 44 Calibrate the instrument before beginning automatic operation see Calibration starting on page 223 for calibration procedures 89 Voyager User s Guide 90 4 10 11 IZ If you are running continuously then clear the datalogger OR If you are running a preset number of analyses you can clear the datalogger or ensure there is enough free space for the number of an
278. nt for more details By selecting a row in the compound table the corresponding bar in the graph is highlighted Conversely by selecting a bar in the graph the corresponding row in the compound table will be highlighted This is useful when viewing a graph and table with many entries Right clicking on the graph will open the View Pop up menu All options available to this graph will be displayed See View Pop up Menu on page 117 for details Update Compound Listing If the instrument is connected to the computer and is performing runs completed runs will be added to the current directory If you are reviewing data from the current directory SiteChart will update your compound listing whenever a run is added to the directory This could be a time consuming task if you have a long list of files To prevent the list from being updated automatically you can disable this feature To update your compound listing 1 Open the View menu and select Auto Update Log Listing The check mark will disappear and new runs will be logged to the computer but will not be added to the compound review list 2 To manually update your compound list open the View menu and select Update Log Listing 147 Voyager User s Guide Save the Compound Review File Saving the log file will create an ASCII comma delimited file You can import this file into spreadsheet applications such as Microsoft Excel To save a compound report 1 Creat
279. nt to facilitate portable operation Do not connect the mounting clips to Voyager in hazardous locations WARNING Connecting the Probe Place Probe Clips Here Figure 4 Placement of Plastic Probe Clips 1 Remove the screw located below the carrier gas contents gauge 51 Voyager User s Guide 2 Install the plastic clip to Voyager using one of the screws provided with the probe Remove the middle screw and install the clip Keep the screws that you removed in the sample probe bag Tighten the screws down to ensure the Voyager case is securely closed Connect the probe to Voyager s sample in port Use the compression fitting supplied with the probe Using the Probe gt CAUTION To extend the probe loosen the knurled nut at the top of the wand pull the extension out and then tighten the knurled nut to lock the extension in place To lengthen the probe further loosen the lower knurled nut pull the second extension out and then tighten the knurled nut to lock the extension in place To reduce the probe loosen both knurled nuts and push the extensions back into the probe then tighten the knurled nuts down to lock the extensions in place When using the telescoping sample probe NEVER aspirate liquids or solids as they will damage the instrument Removing the Probe l 2 Turn Voyager off Disconnect the probe f
280. ntains retention time and response information for each assay compound The library has been determined for the Assay 6 standard method If the method is altered the library is no longer valid If the method is modified a new library must be created identifying the compounds with their new retention times For example if the column temperature is increased the retention time in the Column C library 1s no longer valid since compounds will be eluting faster than they would in the standard method You would have to run the compounds with the new settings and store the compounds in the library Interference Compounds Ethylene and propylene are possible interferences and may be present in your samples 401 Sec 4501 Figure 55 Assay 6 Interference Compounds 401 Voyager User s Guide If any of these interference compounds are present in your application you may want to modify some chromatographic settings to ensure the best possible separation and peak identification Column C R T min R T S 402 Assay 6 User Notes Assay 6 Standard Method Typical method parameters for Assay 6 are shown below These parameters will vary between instruments cot Air PID 500 a5 15 High Sensitivity Loop Injection 4 0 20 Min Height mv 0 0 Min Area mVS 00 o 403 Voyager User s Guide 404 NOTE All compounds will be stored in the library at one concentration Ideally each compound will
281. nter Menu Press SLP DWN and enter a new value if required Typically values between 1 and 16 mV S are used To change the filter setting press FILTER Use the arrow keys to select the desired filter setting and press Enter Menu Press Exit to close the box Press Enter Menu to close the menu Press Enter Menu DISPLAY GC GRAPH and REINT The signal will be re integrated using the new integration settings Press DISPLAY GC PEAK to see if the peaks have been integrated more accurately If you need to change the settings for the other two columns repeat this procedure for each column When you have changed the settings for each column enable all the columns required for your method Minimum Height The minimum height is the minimum peak height that will be accepted as a sample peak This factor allows the integrator to eliminate peaks due to noise l Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG COLUMN 2 Select the column for which you want to alter the analysis time Disable the other columns 215 Voyager User s Guide 216 3 Press Exit to close the box Press Enter Menu to close the menu 4 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG METHOD JMETH and HEIGHT 5 Use the arrow keys to enter the new value and press Enter Menu 6 Press Enter Menu DISPLAY GC GRAPH REINT The signal will be re integrated using the new integration settings 7 Press DISPLAY GC PEAK to see if the unwanted peaks have been removed
282. nter Menu to close the menu 4 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG METHOD TEMP and ECD 5 Use the arrow keys to enter the new column temperature Press Enter Menu Voyager will allow you to set the temperature to between 0 and 80 C It is not advisable to set the ECD temperature to less than 40 C 6 If you need to change the column temperature for the other two columns repeat this procedure for each column 7 When you have changed the column temperature for each column enable all the columns required for your method If you have entered different temperatures for each column Voyager will require 20 to 30 minutes between analyses to reach the ECD temperature 211 Voyager User s Guide Pressure When adjusting the carrier gas pressure ensure the flow through the detector is maintained at a constant rate Variations in the detector flow will result in baseline instability especially with high sensitivity applications After you change the pressure allow a few minutes for the flow through the columns to stabilize You can set the pressure to any value between 0 and 14 psig Adjusting the pressure will effect all flow rates For example if you increase the pressure the maintenance flow through the idle columns and the make up flow through the ECD if it is installed will also increase A higher pressure will result in increased flow rates but decreased operating time from the internal cylinder You may have to
283. o store the compound at multiple concentrations Press Enter Menu to confirm Press Exit to close the box Use the arrow keys to enter the concentration of the compound Press Enter Menu to confirm Use the arrow keys to enter the size of the window The Window size is the deviation in retention time for which Voyager will compensate For example if the window is set at 10 a compound with a retention time of 100 s will still be identified if it elutes at anytime between 90 and 110 seconds Select the desired curve fit option Line segments will join the calibration points you enter and use this as the calibration curve Linear will use linear regression to find the best line through the calibration points you store Quadratic will determine the best quadratic function to fit your stored concentration points Cubic will use a third order function to fit your data Press Enter Menu and then press Exit to close the box Press ALARM and use the arrow keys to enter an alarm concentration If the detected concentration exceeds this alarm level an alarm will be generated Press CALCMPD A check will appear beside the compound name to indicate the compound is selected for calibration Review the information in the calibration box to ensure all the information has been entered correctly 203 Voyager User s Guide 19 Repeat this procedure for the other compounds to be stored in this library 20 If possible run
284. ommunications 166 INJECT Key 77 78 81 208 Injection Audio 77 Loop 78 438 Port 87 88 439 Port Leaking 285 Port Septum 261 Selecting Method 78 81 Syringe 439 Technique for Syringe 82 88 Time 180 208 TVOC Time 219 Type 182 Volume 133 183 Inlet Connection 453 Installing in Windows 95 103 in Windows NT 103 SiteChart 103 Instrument Lost Connection 158 Status 129 133 158 Tab 129 Instrument Status 69 Reviewing 72 73 135 Instrument Tab Printing 138 152 Insulated Soft Case 25 284 Integration Automatic 189 216 Averaging Period 190 Delay 162 191 Method 157 161 188 213 Parameters 161 Integrator Delay 217 Intensity UV Lamp 72 Interference Compound 123 Interference Compounds 115 126 Interference Car Exhaust 49 Internal Battery Charge 133 Internal Cylinder Storage 57 Intrinsic Safety Ex Notice 20 I S Notice 17 Introduction 37 Isobutylene 247 Key JMETH 214 217 ALARM 203 ANLZ 205 AUDIO 77 AUTO 79 82 84 217 BCKLITE 68 CAL 246 248 CALCMPD 203 236 238 CALCONC 237 239 CLOCK 71 CMPD 237 CMPD 93 COLUMN 200 205 208 236 238 CONFIG 200 205 CURRENT 95 DELAY 84 90 217 DELETE 95 DET 74 97 268 DISPLAY 66 94 ECD 211 EDIT 202 Enter Menu 64 Exit 64 FILTER 215 Fixed 63 GRAPH 74 89 93 202 HEIGHT 216 INJECT 77 78 81 LIBRARY 202 236 238 239 LIST 202 LIST 236 238 239 LOG 66 94 METHOD 205 214 MODE 199 2
285. on 1 Select the Assay tab 2 Select the desired column detector pair from the drop down box The library for the selected column will be displayed in the library box Any changes you make to the method apply to the currently selected column only If you need to change the setting for another column select the next column detector pair and make the necessary changes Method Development Adding Compounds fo the Library One compound library is supplied for each column detector pair as part of each assay These libraries have been determined for the assay standard method If the method 1s modified a new library must be created identifying the compounds with their new retention times You must run an analysis of the compounds and then add them to the library Adding Compounds l 2 3 Select the Assay Tab Optimize the method for your compounds If your method requires more than one column detector combination optimize the chromatography for each column detector pair Refer to the assay notes to determine which chromatographic settings will provide the best separation for your compounds Save the new assay NOTE When the method is changed the reference libraries are no longer valid and will automatically be deleted from the assay 4 Ensure Voyager is on and ready for operation and then send the information to Voyager by clicking Send to Voyager Connect a sample to the Sample In port and begin a run
286. one diameter 375 9 5 mm Remove retainer and replace silicone septum Place septum with Teflon side down Replace retainer Do not overtighten f Overtightening may result in needle blocakge Figure 11 Using the Gas Bag 235 Voyager User s Guide Calibration Procedure Single Detector 1 Select a column 2 Press Enter Menu then SETUP CONFIG and COLUMN 3 Use the arrow keys to move through the list and press Enter Menu to select PID Column A B or C or ECD Column A B or C Ensure only one column detector combination is selected There are two libraries for each column The PID library or the ECD library is automatically selected when you choose a column detector combination 4 Press Exit to close the box 5 Press Enter Menu then LIBRARY and LIST 6 Press the left right arrow to select the library that matches your selected column The status line at the top of the screen will tell you which library you are using Compounds with a check mark are currently selected for calibration 7 Use the up down arrows to move through the list of compounds and then to enable or disable a compound move to the compound name and press EDIT and CALCMPD This will toggle the compound on and off If the compound is not selected remove it from the library If the compound 1s not selected its response and retention time will be updated ratio metrically 236 8 Calibration Pr
287. one of these compounds to be included in the assay If only one of these compounds 1s present in your sample SiteChart s Assay Wizard will allow you to select the compound of interest and advise you that the other compound may be an interference If you require both compounds for your application you must identify and quantify them as a co elution Compound Library Assay Compounds Installed in Voyager there are three standard compound libraries one for each column The libraries contain retention time and response information for each of the assay compounds These libraries have been determined for all of the Assay 5 methods If a method is altered these libraries are no longer valid If the method is modified a new library must be created identifying the compounds with their new retention times For example if the temperature of Column B is increased retention times in the Column B library are no longer valid since compounds will be eluting faster than they would in the standard method You would have to run the compounds with the new settings and store all of the compounds in the library 371 Voyager User s Guide 372 Interference Compounds The compounds listed in the table below are possible interference compounds These compounds are not part of Assay 5 but may be present in your application If you need to add these or any other compounds to one of the assay methods you must add the compounds to the lib
288. onth intervals or at such other intervals as are specified in the label however 1 Devices containing only krypton need not be tested for leakage of radioactive material and 11 Devices containing only tritium or not more than 100 microcuries 3 7 MBq of other beta and or gamma emitting material or 10 microcuries 0 37 MBq of alpha emitting material and devices held in storage in the original shipping container prior to initial installation need not be tested for any purpose 463 Voyager User s Guide 464 3 4 5 Shall assure that the tests required by paragraph c 2 of this section and other testing installation servicing and removal from installation involving the radioactive materials its shielding or containment are performed 1 In accordance with the instructions provided by the labels or 11 By a person holding a specific license pursuant to parts 30 and 32 of this chapter or from an Agreement State to perform such activities Shall maintain records showing compliance with the requirements of paragraphs c 2 and c 3 of this section The records must show the results of tests The records must also show the dates of performance of and the names of persons performing testing installing servicing and removing from the installation radioactive material and its shielding or containment The records also must show the dates of performance of and the names of persons performing testing ins
289. opping 137 RUN Key 85 90 Safety Practices 23 Adequate Ventilation 25 Battery Pack 25 CGA 229 Compressed Gases 23 Regulator 24 Sample Auto Cycling 159 Condensation 185 210 Headspace 182 184 225 In Port 79 202 Inlet 39 Introduction 438 Liquid 225 Loop 133 Loop Volume 438 Replacing Inlet Filter 255 Screening with TVOC 86 Index Status 69 Telescoping Probe 51 Telescoping Probe 247 Three Meter Sample Line 54 Wipe Test 268 Sampling Hard to Reach Location 54 Hot Gases Vapours 255 LED 67 Method Status 69 Status Indicator 39 Save 137 Save As 137 Saving Assay 177 Compound Review File 148 Log Review 144 SCALE Key 74 Seal Battery 41 O ring 255 Selecting Columns 200 Detectors 200 Injection Method 78 81 Send to Voyager Button 114 136 SENSE Key 201 Sensitivity Definition 220 Description 437 High 201 Low 201 267 286 Switching PID 181 188 207 TVOC 220 247 Updated 438 Septum Replacing Retainer 262 Specifications 261 Serial Number 73 Output 453 Serial Number 114 195 Serial Port 107 Service Contacting 452 Information 447 Service Command 163 495 Voyager User s Guide 496 Setting Analysis Parameters 205 Date 71 Probe Length 80 Time 71 Setup Analyzer Menu 159 Communication Menu 163 Program 103 Utility 103 SETUP Key 199 Shoulder Strap Connectors 39 Signal ECD 73 135 Filtering 192 214 Level 118 134 Noise 190 214 21
290. or cccccccccccccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseseeeeeeas 440 PANY iC al TMOG x5 ocsixs 2 dace a aa aaa 442 Electron Capture Dereceli sn iia E EE AET 443 The AC Adapter Line Cordessucseaten a eesti eres 445 CANNOT ALLO GAS asoni enhandieats anc taaiea tensa a eeamtudanelesclanaiatnidaweeateds 446 Warranty and Service Information ccccceeceeeeeeseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 447 SiteChart Customer License Agreement cccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 448 Contacting PerkinElmer Photovac ccc ceeeeeeeeseeeseeeessssssssseesssesseeeeeeees 452 IST UIMIERE SPCCILICAU ONS lt 5 2c tose aa coc es fo teen cnt eee earnest 453 Tithe TO Chapter li BR Ene yo esas aces accesses cecec sano eee 454 SECHONS 20 2201 And 202 20 aisa 454 ELAO 5 0 AE E E AOTEA ET E A S 458 sections 3031 2032 and I0 S aeria i ai Eia 460 STOE E ea E a nate 462 Canadian Atomic Energy Control Regulations 0 0 0 0 cccceeessseeeeeeeeeeeeees 467 Pan IE SCCU ONS 3 CONF sos tecce a a tenes Samco 467 11 Voyager User s Guide Patt Vb Section 07a 2 lcvscecvetsccotscissaresssavactevesuamnacerontecnnsaneaeeune 471 Reala y A seNe GS eeso ee oe 474 Nuclear Regulatory Commission Regional Offices 000000000000000000 474 Apreement SLNE Saien E AAS 475 Canadian Atomic Energy Control Board cccccccccccccsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 479 Wipe TeSt AGENCIES cscs so ast s nsec sesndtanss A aero 480 United S1aleS cairns noni a eon enue
291. or Cell 300 Volts B Sample Out Sample In Lamp Driver Circuit Microprocessor Light Sensor Electrometer UV Lamp Collecto Electrod Figure 67 Photoionization Detector Analytical Engine M Sample in Carrier Gas The GC functions sample loop injection syringe injection precolumn backflushing column selection TVOC operation and detection require a sophisticated circuit of gas flow switching valves All the parts of this circuit of valves and interconnections that contact the sample should be chemically inert to preserve the quality of the analysis and to reduce sample degradation They should all be maintained at elevated temperature to avoid any condensation of sample components Interconnecting volumes should be kept small to minimize any peak broadening Appendices In Voyager these GC design requirements have been met by fabricating an array of 21 inert low volume gas switching valves with interconnections in an internally heated monolithic assembly The other GC components injection port precolumn analytical columns and detector are mounted and thermally linked to this valve array to create a compact analytical engine Electron Capture Detector The electron capture detector ECD is sensitive to chemical compounds called electrophilic compounds which attrac
292. or Response Drit vias snceeecntaccseaedeaevecshdgrteaudeaeveshcueteaudernddantgttede 409 Assay User INOUGS wessticcascsccsocsssessssecaussacacetuscusstwessaceussoussaevecedesusseodstusecuees 413 AOV EWO AS Say eagles tik esas E A TE 415 TEA SS ay 7 DIS Keno a T E E O T eb Ge 415 Voyager User s Guide TANS TAAL Oa 415 Compound Separa oleis tet treacle endl tadat titan at aaneeuadaieewaedaaeeae one 416 Compounds Or Interest sanen a aie A ences 416 Compound COSl enaa n 417 l tertorcnce Compo tndS ear aa E E IUE EE 417 Compound EIDra y eian R 419 Assay 7 Standard Method sisina O wes 420 Creatine a Custom Method sicir EA 422 General OTM at ON eeen A N 422 Example 1 Compound Co elution ccccccccccccccccccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 423 Example 2 Reduced Analysis Time cccccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 425 COMMS PECTIICAL ONS as E E E 427 Accurate Concentration Measurement cccccccccesssceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 428 Peak Tite OracOn ETTOTS sperren a terete acne 428 Sampla Errors ane Ree eR Re eee ee Pee Pe er 429 VC 6 10 6 018 6 b Represent nnn et Rr tir in een er eee nee ee ee ee 430 Detector Response Dritare eenn nE E TOE 432 AAP CHIC OS conira a a a a aaa 435 Technical Descriptio esscr iat a i Ra 437 Sample 106 0 6 1016 116 8 peeeeee eta ners es ers TATAE 438 Precolumn Backus bine ecscurenniren aa 439 CONES CISC HO Misi coc vosentcsptecians eretemueainepaaeardda E S 440 Photoionization Detect
293. ormal operation Cleaning the UV Lamp Window Since some UV inhibiting deposits are invisible to the eye regular cleaning of the lamp window is strongly recommended It is best to clean the lamp frequently once a month or more depending on the detector usage to prevent a heavy build up of deposits that may be difficult to remove Maintenance and Troubleshooting The UV lamp cleaning kit MX380336 includes aluminum oxide 3 0 micron powder and cotton swabs Additionally you will require lint free tissues and approximately 10 mL of methanol When ordering methanol specify Spectroscopic Grade Never touch the UV lamp with your fingers WARNING 1 Remove the lamp as outlined above 2 Allow the lamp to cool to room temperature This will avoid thermal shock which could crack the window 3 Remove the o ring Do not allow the o ring to come in contact with methanol as methanol will degrade the o ring material and may result in leaks in your system 4 Dampen a cotton swab in methanol and dab it into the cleaning compound supplied allowing a small amount of the cleaning compound to adhere to the cotton tip 5 Using small a circular motion rub the cleaning compound onto the lamp window for approximately one minute Do not exert excessive force onto the window since the window can be permanently damaged by misuse 6 Dampen anew cotton swab with methanol and remove any trace amounts of the cleaning compound from
294. oth file types will be saved with the same name and corresponding extension For example if you viewing a file that contains a chromatogram from the PID and from the ECD and you save the file with the name TEST two files will be saved TEST PID and TEST ECD 3 Enter a file name or use the existing file name 4 Select the drive and directory to which the file will be saved 5 Click Save Printing an Analysis Report To print an analysis report 1 Select the Instrument tab 2 Connect Voyager to the computer and ensure communication has been established with the instrument 3 Perform a run 4 When the analysis is complete open the File menu and select Print Alt F P 5 When the Print dialog box opens check your print settings Ensure your printer is configured correctly 6 Click OK to print the analysis The analysis report includes results method integration method notes and a peak report A chromatogram is also printed The chromatogram is printed as it appears on the screen If the graph has been normalized it will be printed in the normalized view 138 SiteChart Software The Log Review Tab C Program Files SiteChart DemoDisk Chromatograms AlcolA_pid SiteChart f E3 File View Analyzer Communications Help Assay Instrument Log Review Compound Review Directory C Display ac amp TYOC Finom oas __ Tme TAG rm 11 31 EVF Alico pid Jun 19 OF 41 colB pid Jun 24 97 41 colC pi
295. ou have entered different ECD temperatures for each column method Voyager will require 30 minutes between analyses for the ECD to reach temperature equilibrium Pressure When adjusting the carrier gas flow rates ensure the flow through the detector is maintained at a constant rate Variations in the detector flow will result in baseline instability especially with high sensitivity applications After you change the pressure allow a few minutes for the flow through the columns to stabilize You can set the pressure to any value between 8 and 14 psi To set the column pressure 1 Select the Assay tab Method Development 2 In the Method box click Config 3 Enter the desired Pressure 4 Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog boxes The change you have made applies to the currently selected column only If you need to change the setting for another column select the next column and change the pressure 5 Save the assay Detector State An ECD is available for Voyager configured for Assay 1 You must have the ECD installed to access the ECD options In the Instrument tab select the PID the ECD or both You can set the PID to high sensitivity for low concentrations or for compounds that do not respond well to a PID Select low sensitivity for high concentrations To change the detector sensitivity l 2 Select the Assay tab In the Method box click Config Enter the desired PID State and or
296. ould be used as this will reduce the potential for the carrier gas to be contaminated by the regulator itself The regulator must be absolutely clean and free from any oil or other contamination Teflon or stainless steel tubing should be used to connect the regulator to Voyager NOTE Never use vinyl or rubber tubing to connect the regulator to Voyager as these materials will result in contamination of the system 44 Introduction Filling the Internal Cylinder Do not refill the internal cylinder in a hazardous location WARNING NOTE If Voyager is to be used in the field the internal cylinder will supply the carrier gas The internal cylinder will provide approximately 8 hours of operation The exact duration will depend on the carrier gas flow rates To avoid system contamination do not allow the cylinder to empty completely To refill this cylinder a carrier gas filling station MX380303 for nitrogen or MX380319 for air is required Do not attempt to fill the internal cylinder without a carrier gas filling station WARNING The carrier gas filling station consists of an adapter fitting with a left or right handed thread for cylinder attachment a three way valve and a flexible hose The three way valve can be positioned to deliver gas from the cylinder through the flexible hose to the refill port Alternatively the valve can be turned to release carrier gas held in the hose after filling A pressure release
297. ound at a different concentration then repeat the procedure for the other peaks in the chromatogram 9 Perform another run at another concentration and store the compound and repeat this procedure for all available concentrations 10 If you need to remove a concentration point select the point in the area concentration table and click Erase During calibration the single point that 1s contained in the calibration gas is used to update the curve 279 Voyager User s Guide Backup Assay Files Make a copy of all the updated assay files and store this backup disk in a safe place with the original assay disk In addition to the assay file app you should also store the pid and ecd files that were used to update the assay Each time you update the assay information using the procedures above you must copy the updated assay and related files to your backup disk NOTE Do not copy the updated files onto the original assay disk 280 Always retain the original assay as it contains the reference library If for some reason you must use the original assay you must update the library information Remember to copy the original files from the disk to your local drive and then update them Maintenance and Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Voyager fault conditions and the necessary corrective action are listed in this chapter In addition basic troubleshooting procedures are provided for some problems that may occur during norma
298. our specialty gas supplier for details Check with your specialty gas supplier for any special accessories required for your regulator Tighten the regulator onto the tank with a wrench Do not over tighten NOTE Do not force the connection Do not use Teflon tape with CGA fittings In general these fittings are designed for metal to metal sealing NOTE Do not use adapters to connect one CGA fitting to another type of CGA fitting If the regulator does not match the outlet on your calibration tank contact your specialty gas supplier 229 Voyager User s Guide e Gas bags can be filled and used to calibrate the instrument The gas bag and gas bag adapter are included in the Calibration Kits MX380310 or MX380337 Complete details of calibrations are covered in Calibration starting on page 223 Syringe Injection For syringe injection of headspace samples the following items are required e Gas syringe e Septum capped vials e Septa These items are included in the Assay 1 Calibration Kit MX380310 230 Calibration Connecting Calibration Gas Observe proper handling procedure for all compressed gases WARNING 1 Connect a regulator to the tank of calibration gas If more than one tank of calibration gas is required connect a regulator to each tank NOTE Do not use regulators interchangeably as this will lead to contamination and erroneous calibration results Refer to the user notes supplied with your
299. over this time period was 5 Assay 5 User Notes This drift characteristic is typical of Voyager s detector response drift following a 20 minute warm up period Although this test is performed with isobutylene the same approximate peak area drift can be expected for any of the Assay 5 compounds To ensure a measured concentration at the calibration concentration is within 10 of the actual value 1 Calibrate once when the instrument is turned on Allow 30 minutes for the instrument to stabilize before performing the calibration run s 2 Calibrate at 8 hour intervals Assuming detector response drift is similar for the pulp and paper compounds you need to calibrate once immediately following instrument warm up Measurement of dry pure samples at a similar concentration to the calibration concentration should then give a result accurate to within 10 for an 8 hour working period eb See x c5 2 amp 3 aa 100 200 300 400 500 Elapsed Time min Figure 53 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling for 100 ppm Isobutylene Assuming detector response drift is similar for the pulp and paper compounds you need to calibrate once immediately following instrument warm up Measurement of dry pure samples at a similar concentration to the calibration concentration should then give a result accurate to within 10 for an 8 hour working period 395 Voyager User s Guide 3
300. owerful chromatographic features Voyager supports two modes of operation user mode and supervisor mode In user mode some of the more advanced features are hidden This simplifies operation of the instrument for field use In supervisor mode all the user mode commands are available and advanced method development features are accessible A password is required to change from user mode to supervisor mode The password is factory set to 12344321 and cannot be changed Fixed Keys The four keys located to the left of the display each have a fixed function and are called the fixed keys The top key is the On Off key the next key is Start Stop the third key is Enter Menu and the bottom key is Exit e The On Off key is used to turn Voyager power on and off You will be prompted before the instrument shuts down to prevent accidental power off e The Start Stop key starts or stops a GC or TVOC analysis 63 Voyager User s Guide 64 e The Enter Menu key has a context sensitive function When you are navigating through the function map press the Enter Menu key to exit the function map and remove the menu from the display When entering data Enter Menu is used to confirm the entry e The Exit key provides a way of returning to a previous display or exiting the function map completely Press the Exit key to move back through the function map Soft Keys The four keys located directly below the display each have varying
301. p C Target Tune Tune 3 Start Stop 400 Sec 600 8Sec 1000 For Help press F1 NUM Wi The Instrument tab is used to control the instrument Only one instrument may be connected at a time You can run multiple copies of SiteChart to control multiple instruments See Connecting Multiple Instruments on page 164 You must have a serial port for each instrument Alternatively you can connect one instrument at a time to the computer See Communicating with Multiple Instruments on page 108 The Instrument tab displays a chromatogram a peak report and an instrument status bar When you are controlling the instrument from SiteChart use the Instrument tab to monitor the progress of analyses and the status of the instrument 129 Voyager User s Guide Peak Report The peak report displays a listing of the detected peaks Peaks that match a library retention time are identified and those that do not are listed as unknown The following information 1s provided for each peak Parameter Description Compound The compound name as listed in the library A red X before the compound name indicates the detected concentration has exceeded the preset alarm level The peak number in the current chromatogram Det The detector used This will be a PID or an ECD R T sec The peak retention time Conc ppm The detected concentration as determined from the library response value Compounds with no response data
302. peak name e Turn the Status Block on or off The status block displays the signal level and the slope of the signal at a time defined by the position of the cross hair The cross hair does not need to be directly on the signal e Previous Zoom Auto Range and Normalize all allow you to view the chromatogram in different ways e What s This allows you to get on line help for the reference chromatogram Loading a New Reference Chromatogram To load a new reference chromatogram 1 Select the Assay tab 2 From the File menu select Open and open the PID or ECD file containing the chromatogram that you want to display When the file is loaded the chromatogram will be displayed in the graph block This file may be independent of the selected column detector combination and the library NOTE Before making any changes to the assay ensure that the displayed chromatogram was run on the same instrument using the currently selected column detector combination 118 SiteChart Software Peak Information Tool Tip To obtain information about the peaks in the chromatogram gt Move the mouse pointer over any peak in the chromatogram When you move the pointer into the graph area the pointer changes into a cross hair Leave the cross hair over the peak and an information box will pop up The box contains the peak name retention time and the integrated area Zoom Feature To zoom in on any area of the chromatogram
303. pen the File menu and select Print Setup Alt F R 2 Ensure the correct printer is selected and that it is configured correctly 3 Select the size of the sheet on which the reports will be printed SiteChart reports have been designed to fit a letter or legal size sheet 4 Select the paper orientation Reports can be printed in portrait or landscape The properties button opens another dialog box that provides more information specific to the printer Refer to your printer user s manual for more information on the settings in this dialog box Recent File 1 2 3 4 Use the numbers and file names listed to open the last four files you used Choose the number that corresponds with the document you want to open If the file has been moved since it was last saved SiteChart will display an error message You must then use the Open command to locate and open the file Exit Choosing Exit will terminate SiteChart 153 Voyager User s Guide To exit SiteChart 1 From the File menu choose Exit Alt F X or Alt F4 If any changes have been a warning window will open explaining the application will close and give you a chance to return to the program 2 Click Yes to close SiteChart and save all files that have been changed or click No to close the application without saving If no changes have been made the application will close immediately View Menu The View menu allows you to manipulate the display turn on off
304. ph VOYAGER I S IS CLASSIFIED FOR USE IN CLASS I DIVISION 1 GROUPS A B C DHAZARDOUS LOCATIONS T4 135 C RATING It has been listed by ETL to comply with Underwriters Laboratories Inc UL 913 Standard for Intrinsically Safe Apparatus and Associated Apparatus for use in Class I Division 1 Groups A B C D Hazardous Classified Locations Fourth Edition It has been listed by ETL to comply with CSA Standard 22 2 No 157 92 Intrinsically Safe and Non Incendive Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations VOYAGER I S IS NOT INTENDED TO DETECT COMBUSTIBLE LEVELS OF GASES VOYAGER I S IS CLASSIFIED FOR USE IN ATMOSPHERES CONTAINING COMBUSTIBLE LEVELS OF GASES These PerkinElmer Photovac optional accessories are for use with Voyager I S ina hazardous location MX380305 Three Meter Sample Line MX380310 Calibration Kit Assay 1 17 Voyager User s Guide MxX380311 Telescoping Sample Probe MX3803 12 Carrying Harness MX380316 Carrying Case MX380337 Calibration Kit Assay 2 7 MxX396001 Short Sample Probe NOTE Do not use any other accessories with Voyager I S in a hazardous location Substitution of components may affect safety rating 18 WARNING Warnings and Safety Information To reduce the risk of fire or injury to persons read and follow these instructions All calibration maintenance and servicing of this device including battery charging must be performed in a safe area away from hazardous loca
305. power cord MX380313 to Voyager AC adapter port 3 Connect the other end of the DC power cord to the cigarette lighter in the car 4 Turn the instrument on again NOTE For extended operation you should use a fully charged battery pack MX3803 15 49 Voyager User s Guide 50 Carrying Strap Use the carrying strap Part No MX380308 for field operation to facilitate single handed operation I oy Snap one end of the carrying strap to one connector on Voyager Voyager has four connection points for the carrying strap Snap the other end of the carrying strap to another of the connectors on the instrument The connection point is selectable to suit your application Adjust the shoulder pad and strap length for comfort Carrying Harness Use the carrying harness MX380312 for field operation to facilitate hands free operation The carrying harness can be used to carry the instrument on the front or back of your body l 2 Place one shoulder pad over each shoulder Tighten the belt abound your waist Ensure no straps are twisted Connect Voyager to the shoulder straps first Connect the waist straps to Voyager Adjust the waist belt shoulder straps and shoulder pads for comfort Introduction Telescoping Sample Probe A two meter 6 telescoping extension probe MX380311 may be connected to the Voyager sample in port for remote sampling The probe can be mounted to the side of the instrume
306. pparatet Caution Advertencia Utilizamos el t rmino CAUTION ADVERTENCIA para advertir sobre situaciones que pueden provocar aver as graves en este equipo o en otros En recuadros ste se proporciona informaci n sobre este tipo de circunstancias Caution Attention Nous utilisons le terme CAUTION ATTENTION pour signaler les situations susceptibles de provoquer de graves d t riorations de l instrument ou d autre mat riel Les d tails sur ces circonstances figurent dans un encadr semblable celui ci Caution Attenzione Con il termine CAUTION ATTENZIONE vengono segnalate situazioni che potrebbero arrecare gravi danni allo strumento o ad altra apparecchiatura Troverete informazioni su tali circostanze in un riquadro come questo Caution Opgelet Betekent dat de genoemde handleiding nauwkeurig moet worden opgevolgd om beschadiging van het instrument te voorkomen Caution Aten o Significa que a instru o referida tem de ser respeitada para evitar a danifica o do aparelho 35 Voyager User s Guide 36 WARNING We use the term WARNING to inform you about situations that could result in personal injury to yourself or other persons Details about these circumstances are in a box like this one Warning Warnung Bedeutet daf es bei Nichtbeachten der genannten Anweisung zu einer Verletzung des Benutzers kommen kann Warning Advarsel Betyder at brugeren kan blive kv stet hvis anvisningen ik
307. quire the PID and the ECD the ECD only or the PID only If the ECD 1s used as part of the assay Voyager will set the temperature and adjust the valve settings to direct the column effluent to the correct detector This will be done when the assay is downloaded to the instrument If you need to develop your own method you can select the ECD PID or both as described in Selecting Columns and Detectors on page 200 Using Voyager NOTE You must use nitrogen carrier gas when you are using the ECD If the internal cylinder was used for air fill it with nitrogen and purge it Do this twice to ensure there is no air in the cylinder Use Ultra High Purity grade nitrogen Use the refill adapter MX380303 to fill the internal cylinder NOTE Setting up the ECD l Use flexible tubing fitted with luer adapters to vent the effluent from the ECD port 2 Vent the detector well away from the instrument and all users If you are using the GC indoors you may want to vent the detector outside Venting the ECD outlet does not affect the performance as long as the tubing does not provide any restriction Ensure the tubing is not kinked or stressed 2 Change the view from the PID to the ECD by pressing Enter Menu then DISPLAY GC and DET When prompted to change views to the ECD press Enter Menu When you first select the ECD for operation monitor the offset level as displayed on the status screen and wait until it has stabilized befo
308. r 200 Reviewing 143 Notice CE Directive 15 Ex 20 FCC 15 Intrinsic Safety 17 RF Generating Devices 16 NPT Adapter 231 NRC Regional Offices 474 Regulations 454 Offset 134 Adjusting After Gain Switch 181 188 207 208 Description 72 73 135 ECD 97 Normal Level 264 265 Saturation Level 263 284 On Off Key 63 166 ON OFF Key 90 Open Command 149 Operation Auto Cycling 159 Automatic 84 Beginning 68 Check List for Field 55 ECD 96 Hands Free 50 Hazardous Locations 17 High Accuracy 98 High Low Sensitivity 201 Interference 16 Isothermal 210 Parameters 72 Remote 165 Single Handed 50 Supervisor User Mode 63 Three Columns 228 Two Columns 228 238 Warnings and Safety Practices 23 Options Audio 77 Curve Fit 203 Display 74 O ring Seal 255 Oven Fault 70 282 Oven Temperature 185 Over Range Status 70 75 Parallel Port 107 Parameters Detector 134 Integration 161 Peak Report 130 Password 199 264 Path 164 Peak Area 189 214 437 Detected 130 Display 79 Drifted 288 From Previous Analysis 290 Height 213 Identification 188 Identified 126 Labels 118 157 Minimum Height 215 Index Not Appearing 285 Not Integrated 293 Not Recognized 288 Oxygen 191 Pop Up Menu 119 143 Recognition Factors 193 Recognition Sequence 188 213 Recognition Window 283 Report 130 Report Parameters 130 Skimming 193 Too Fast 289 Too Slow 288 PEAK Key 93 217 PEEK Mate
309. r columns Press Exit to close the box Press Enter Menu to close the menu Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG METHOD TIMING and PUMP Use the arrow keys to enter the new pump time Press Enter Menu If you need to change the pump time for the other two columns repeat this procedure for each column When you have changed the pump time for each column enable all the columns required for your method 207 Voyager User s Guide 208 If minimizing the pump time is critical for your application you must confirm correct offset adjustment 1 Set the pump time to 10 seconds This is the minimum value for the pump time 2 Perform 3 4 analyses on each active column For each analysis monitor the signal level at the end of the pump time The baseline should be approximately 2 mV if the PID sensitivity is set to high and approximately 200 mV if the PID sensitivity is set to low 3 Ifthe baseline has not been set correctly then the pump time is too short Increase the pump time and repeat this procedure NOTE Jf your method incorporates a switch in gain between analyses then the pump time must be set to 20 seconds Injection Time Injection time determines how long the sample loop is in line with the column and in turn the volume of the sample that is injected onto the column Injection time has no effect on syringe injection Setting the injection time to 10 seconds will inject the entire contents of the sample loop onto
310. r a description of each field in the listing 3 Ifnecessary size the fields accordingly 145 Voyager User s Guide 4 146 Select the analyses for which a compound report is required Use the extend select feature by pressing and holding the SHIFT key Select the first run and the last run in the range Wait for a few seconds while the hour glass is displayed Select the compound list A drop down list box will appear displaying a list of all compounds that are present in at least one of the selected analyses Select the desired compound The compound table will be filled with every occurrence of the compound in the selected analyses The graph will be drawn based on the data in the compound table If the order in which the data is displayed is not suitable you can sort the data Click on the header of the column you want to sort The table and graph will be updated to reflect the sorted data The date the run was started The time the run was started TAG The tag used to identify a certain run or group of runs Concentration The detected concentration Height mV The peak height Area mVS The integrated area This is determined from the integration method Column The column used for the run SiteChart Software Status The status of the peaks Ratio metric calibration may lead to an invalid calibration and is intended for specialized applications only Please contact the Applications Departme
311. r concentration to the calibration concentration should then give a result accurate to within 10 for an 8 hour working period The intervals listed in the table are meant as a guideline It is possible the instrument may drift more or less rapidly in practice This will depend on your application and operating conditions You may need to calibrate more frequently to ensure reliable results Assay 4 User Notes As a measuring instrument Voyager has a non linear response for many compounds Therefore in order to make accurate measurements at concentrations other than the calibration concentration it is necessary to correct for instrument non linearity This can only be done if a multiple point calibration is performed to determine the response of the instrument over the concentration range If the response curve characteristics are measured in this way then reasonably accurate measurements can be made 363 Voyager User s Guide 364 Assay 5 User Notes 1 1 Assay 5 User Notes An Overview of Assay 5 Assay 5 consists of 9 compounds from the pulp and paper process Voyager has been configured to separate and resolve as many of these target compounds as possible With the standard method ethyl mercaptan and dimethyl sulfide may co elute Assay 5 is composed of six methods Your instrument can be set up for any one of these methods If your requirements change you can load another method from the assay disk Select the method that
312. r connect the instrument to a tank of carrier gas as discussed in Carrier Gas on page 44 Calibrate the instrument before beginning automatic operation see Calibration starting on page 223 for calibration procedures If you are running continuously then clear the datalogger OR If you are running a preset number of analyses you can clear the datalogger or ensure there is enough free space for the number of analyses you are about to run Press Enter Menu then DISPLAY GC and GRAPH If you prefer select a different display option You will now setup Voyager to perform GC analyses Press Enter Menu then SETUP MODE AUTO Press DELAY and use the arrow keys to enter a delay time This is the time between runs Press Enter Menu to confirm the entry and close the box NOTE 10 11 12 13 Using Voyager Press RUN and use the arrow keys to enter the number of analyses required If your method requires all three columns and you need 2 complete analyses enter 6 After 6 runs 2 on each column Voyager will turn automatic analyzing off If you want the instrument to sample continuously enter 0 Zero 1s the default value Set a minimum of minute delay between runs to enable Voyager to stabilize the baseline between runs Press Enter Menu to confirm the entry and close the box Press ON OFF the soft key and use the arrow keys to select On and then press Enter Menu to confirm the selection Pres
313. r to send the assay information to Voyager Select the first column detector pair If your application uses 2 or 3 columns you must repeat this procedure for each column If you are using the ECD you must repeat this procedure for each ECD library Remove all the unwanted compounds from the library To remove a compound from the library select it and press Delete Run a chromatogram on the selected column detector pair The chromatogram must contain all the compounds listed in your library It must also be run using your original assay method Allow Voyager to warm up for at least 30 minutes before running the chromatogram Re integrate the chromatogram Use the re integrate command in the Analyzer menu or right click on the chromatogram and select re integrate from the pop up menu Compounds matching library information will be identified Click on the first compound in the library 121 Voyager User s Guide 9 Review the data in the library information box Compounds present in the calibration gas must be selected for calibration Compounds that are not present in the calibration gas must be removed NOTE All compounds contained in the library must be contained in the calibration gas If this is not the case contact PerkinElmer Photovac Technical Support 10 Ensure you have entered the correct calibration concentration This is the concentration of the compound in your calibration gas Blue dashed lines will
314. rary identify them as calibration compounds and calibrate your instrument Isopropyl alcohol and methylene chloride co elute with MEK on Column B Methane and ethane co elute with hydrogen sulfide on Column C These compounds cannot be separated using the methods supplied with Assay 5 If you need to separate the target compounds from these interferences contact the PerkinElmer Photovac applications group The PID is not very responsive to methane and ethane However it is approximately 100 times more sensitive to hydrogen sulfide than it is to methane and ethane You may be able to use this information to quantify hydrogen sulfide in the presence of low concentrations of ethane and methane If any of these interference compounds are present you may want to modify some chromatographic settings to ensure the best possible separation and peak identification Column B Isopropyl Alcohol Methylene Chloride Column C Methane Ethane Co elution Propane Butane Assay 5 User Notes NOTE The information in the table is for reference only Actual retention times may vary significantly Compound Names Compound names are limited to 15 characters in the Voyager library Some compound names have been shortened to fit into the Library The list below shows the shortened compound name Compound Name Voyager Library Name o Pinene Pinene Methyl Mercaptan MethylMercaptan Dimethyl Sulfide DMS Dimethyl Disulfide D
315. rary or it identifies the peak as the largest peak within a retention time window Voyager calculates a sensitivity value for each compound when it is stored in the library The sensitivity is the ratio of the measured response peak area to the actual concentration of the compound Each time a calibration is performed the retention time and sensitivity values of each compound are updated in the library Each assay includes a library of compounds The compounds and all associated calibration information have been provided as part of the assay You may run the assay as it has been programmed for you or you may customize the assay for your particular application If you have more than one assay or if you have created your own assay a calibration must be performed to update the library information each time a different assay library is loaded for use If Voyager will be set up for loop injection compounds must be stored by loop injection and then calibrations must be performed using loop injection techniques Samples that are injected manually by syringe must be stored by syringe and then calibration must be performed by syringe injection If both loop and syringe injection techniques are used create a library for each NOTE Do not use a library created by loop injection interchangeably with one created by syringe injection 227 Voyager User s Guide 228 NOTE Selecting and Calibrating Compounds Each compound you select w
316. rate once immediately following instrument warm up Measurement of dry pure samples at a similar concentration to the calibration concentration should then give a result accurate to within 10 for an 8 hour working period 14 eb Los lt 2 prar amp Q X O 100 200 300 400 500 Elapsed Time min Figure 34 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling for 100 ppm Isobutylene 343 Voyager User s Guide 344 The numbers in the table are meant as a guideline It is possible the instrument may drift more or less rapidly in practice This will depend on your application and operating conditions You may need to calibrate more frequently to ensure reliable results As a measuring instrument Voyager has a non linear response for many compounds Therefore in order to make accurate measurements at concentrations other than the calibration concentration it is necessary to correct for instrument non linearity This can only be done if a multiple point calibration is performed to determine the response of the instrument throughout the concentration range of interest If the response curve characteristics are measured in this way then reasonably accurate measurements can be made Assay 4 User Notes 1 0 Assay 4 User Notes An Overview of Assay 4 The Assay 4 Disk Two types of files are included on the assay disks Application or method files have the extension app Method files are loade
317. rator eluates for molybdenum 99 breakthrough in accordance with 35 204 of this chapter The licensee shall record the results of each test and retain each record or three years after the record is made 459 Voyager User s Guide 460 h 1 Each licensee shall notify the appropriate NRC Regional Administrator in writing immediately following the filing of a voluntary or involuntary petition for bankruptcy under any chapter of title 11 Bankruptcy of the United States Code by or against 1 The licensee 11 An entity as that term is defined in 11 U S C 101 14 controlling the licensee or listing the license or licensee as property of the estate or 111 An affiliate as that term is defined in 11 U S C 101 2 of the licensee 2 This notification must indicate 1 The bankruptcy court in which the petition for bankruptcy was filed and 11 The date of the filing of the petition 30 FR 8185 June 26 1965 as amended at 38 FR 33969 Dec 10 1973 43 FR 6922 Feb 17 1978 48 FR 32328 July 15 1983 52 FR 1295 Jan 12 1987 52 FR 8241 Mar 17 1987 53 FR 19245 May 27 1988 53 FR 23383 June 22 1988 54 FR 14061 Apr 7 1989 68 FR 7736 Feb 9 1993 59 FR 61780 Dec 2 1994 Sections 30 51 30 52 and 30 53 Records Inspections Tests and Reports 30 51 Records a Each person who receives by product material pursuant to a license issued pursuant to the regulations in this part and parts 3
318. re attempting to use the instrument An instrument that is cleaning out will show an unstable and dropping baseline Typical offset is in the range 200 800 mV and anything over 800 mV indicates contamination Once the baseline is stable calibrate the instrument as outlined in Calibration starting on page 223 97 Voyager User s Guide 98 High Accuracy Operation When you are analyzing critical samples you must allow Voyager to stabilize for a few hours before performing any runs You must also calibrate the instrument immediately before analyzing the critical samples Your calibration gas must contain all of the library compounds The concentration of the calibration compounds should be close to the concentration of the target compounds You should also run an analysis of the calibration gas before and after running the critical sample to ensure that the Voyager was performing correctly during the analysis If you calibrated directly from the tank of calibration gas run an analysis with Voyager connected directly to the tank If you used a gas bag for calibration empty and refill the gas bag and then run an analysis using the gas bag as a sample SiteChart Software 4 SiteChart Software Introduction To perform any data analysis or to print chromatograms you must connect Voyager to a PC running SiteChart software The SiteChart software 1s designed to run under Microsoft Windows SiteChart enables you to Load assays
319. re shown below These parameters may vary between individual instruments Assay 5 User Notes Column _ Come Method Air AnalysisTime 8 60 320 Oven Temperature CC 60 Pressure psi 12 MnjectionMmetnod Integration Method Min Heightmy o0 oo Min Areamvs fo fo 377 Voyager User s Guide 378 NOTE Method 5C and Method 5E In method 5C hydrogen sulfide is the only compound to be detected Only Column C is used The detector is set to high sensitivity to detect low concentrations Method 5E is for hydrogen sulfide at higher concentrations A smaller sample volume is injected The detector remains at high sensitivity You must store hydrogen sulfide at two or more concentrations throughout the range to achieve maximum accuracy The table below lists the compounds and the typical concentration ranges for this method Concentrations outside the specified ranges especially at the lower end can be obtained by adjusting the injection time PID state and integration parameters Whenever accurate concentration readings are required you should integrate peaks manually and verify the integration You may need to adjust the integration parameters to obtain the full concentration range for method SE R T S Concentration Co elution Range ppm Method 5C es o Hydrogen Sulfide 0 1 35 Method 5E Hydrogen Sulfide 0 3 100 Assay 5 User Notes Typical method parameters for method 5C and 5E are
320. re you have selected the correct column for your application Refer to the user notes provided with your assay Cause Flow rates are not set correctly Action Ensure the pressure settings are correct for your application Refer to the user notes supplied with your assay Problem Peaks appear too slowly Cause Pressure is too low resulting in low detector flow rates Action Check for a pressure fault and ensure the internal carrier gas cylinder is full or ensure the pressure setting is correct for the selected method Maintenance and Troubleshooting Cause Temperature is too low Action Increase the oven temperature and ensure the temperature setting 1s correct for the selected method Refer to the user s notes supplied with your assay Allow 20 to 30 minutes for the instrument to stabilize Cause The sample was injected onto the wrong column Action Ensure you have selected the correct column for your application Refer to the user notes provided with your assay Problem Peaks appear too quickly Cause Pressure is too high resulting in high detector flow rates Action Adjust the carrier gas pressure and ensure the pressure setting is correct for the selected method Refer to the user s notes provided with your assay Cause Column temperature is too high Action Reduce the oven temperature and ensure the temperature setting 1s correct for the selected method Allow 20 to 30 minutes for the ins
321. red directly from a tank of compressed gas standard drift effects over the same time period are negligible If a Tedlar bag is used to store a styrene sample at this concentration then the analysis results hours later will not accurately reflect the concentration at the time of sampling 429 Voyager User s Guide 430 In addition to container effects there are a variety of other issues regarding sample storage processing and preparation which can compromise the accuracy of the concentration measurement Adsorption Another potential instrument source of error is sample adsorption by Voyager s analytical system If this occurs it will typically be seen as an increase in peak area upon repeated sampling of the component even after the instrument has been in operation for many hours The effect is usually concentration dependent as higher concentrations will supply the demand of a limited number of adsorption sites without a significant percentage of sample loss Voyager has been designed to minimize adsorption effects by heating the analytical system However some compounds may still be problematic at low concentrations Each compound has been tested for adsorption effects and the results are illustrated in Figure 63 to Figure 65 These results were used to generate the precision specifications for Assay 5 The instrument being tested had not previously been exposed to the target compound The analyses were performed with typical Assay
322. refill the internal cylinder more frequently 1 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG COLUMN Select the column for which you want to alter the pressure Disable the other columns 2 Press Exit to close the box Press Enter Menu to close the menu 3 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG METHOD and PRESS 4 Use the arrow keys to enter the new column head pressure Press Enter Menu 5 If you need to change the pressure for the other two columns repeat this procedure for each column 6 When you have changed the column pressure for each column enable all the columns required for your method If you have entered different pressures for each column Voyager will require approximately 5 minutes between analyses to adjust the flow rates and stabilize 212 Method Development Integration Method Normally you do not need to alter the integration parameters Setting these parameters can require some expertise You will need to perform a few runs to ensure accurate integration You may be able to obtain better integration by smoothing the signal 1 Press Enter Menu DISPLAY GC GRAPH AND SMOOTH The signal will be smoothed 2 Press SMOOTH again to further smooth the signal 3 Press REINT to re integrate the chromatogram If you cannot obtain accurate integration using the preset integration parameters then you will have to modify the existing parameters The integrator extracts information from the detector signal The integrator
323. ress Start Stop If prompted to enter an analysis tag press YES and use the arrow keys to enter TEST Press Enter Menu to confirm the entry and start the analysis When the analysis starts a message will be displayed indicating which column and detector will be used You will hear a beep when the sample is injected on to the column The status line will now show a timer a run number the column and detector in use If you are in peak display peaks will be added to the list as they are integrated If you are in compound display concentrations of detected peaks will be updated at the end of the analysis In graph display you can see the chromatogram developing Another line displays the fullscale range and the analysis time Peaks are identified depending on what information is in the current library If any of the identified peak concentrations exceed the alarm level stored in the library then the audible alarm may sound at the end of the analysis gt If an alarm is encountered an alarm acknowledge box will open press YES to acknowledge the alarm condition and to silence the audible alarm 79 Voyager User s Guide 80 NOTE Setting Probe Length If you are doing a loop injection you can choose one of two sample probes or no probe at all If you are using the long probe or the extended probe you must allow for a longer pump time so that the sample can be drawn through the sampling probe The pump time is set automati
324. rial in Sample Stream 453 PerkinElmer Photovac Applications Department 452 Contacting 452 Europa 452 Service Department 281 Service Information 447 Photoionization Description 440 Detector 440 PID Files 138 Graph View 131 Offset 72 Operating Parameters 134 Selection 134 Sensitivity 174 Signal 72 Status 72 Switching 181 188 207 Temperature 72 185 210 UV Int 72 Vent Port 26 291 Plugs 78 81 Point Calibration Multiple 241 Multiple Concentration 241 Pointing 34 Pop Up Box 76 Pop Up Menu Column Selection 135 Peak 119 143 UV Lamp 134 493 Voyager User s Guide 494 View 117 131 View Menu 143 Port AC Adapter 49 Carrier Gas Refill 45 47 Injection 88 439 Injection Septum 261 Parallel 107 Plugs 78 81 Pump Out 78 81 Sample In 79 202 Serial 107 Vent Out 78 81 Power Cord AC Adapter 445 DC 49 Power Requirement 453 PowerDn Status 70 Precolumn Backflush Description 439 Preparing Syringe Injection 82 88 PRESS Key 212 264 265 Pressure 72 186 Column Head 133 Fault 70 282 Flushing Columns 264 265 Range 186 Setting 212 Too High 289 Too Low 288 TVOC Mode 221 Previous Zoom 118 132 154 Print Command 151 Log Report 143 148 Setup 153 Printers Selecting 108 Printing Analysis Report 138 144 152 Compound Review File 148 Instrument Tab 138 152 Probe Contamination 247 Extension Filter 53 Set Pump Time 207 Setting Length 80 T
325. ring Compressed Gas Cylinders 23 Voyager 57 Supervisor Mode 63 264 Password 199 Switching 199 TVOC Function Map 66 Syringe Injection 439 Injection Library 227 Injection Technique 82 88 Injection Required Items 230 Injection Selecting 78 81 Needle Blockage 262 285 System Memory 453 Reset Cold Started 275 Tab Assay 113 Instrument 129 Tag Entering 76 TAG Key 76 Tangent Skim 193 Target 134 Technical Description 437 Teflon Ferrules 234 Material in Sample Stream 453 Tape 229 231 Telescoping Extended Sample Probe 51 80 TEMP Key 210 211 268 Temperature 134 Ambient 72 Ambient Fault 284 Column 72 Index Detector 134 Difference 185 ECD 73 135 186 211 Excessive 25 Internal Cylinder 16 Large Change 289 Operating Range 225 453 Oven 185 Oven Set Point 282 PID 72 210 Setting Column 210 Storage 57 Too Low 289 Terminating Communication 166 Thermal Runaway Protection 27 Three Meter Sample Line 54 80 Threshhold Limit Values TLV 25 232 Time Analysis 87 136 180 205 Analysis 179 Backflush 87 206 Backflush 180 Injection 180 208 Pump 180 181 206 Setting 71 Timer for Syringe Injection 82 88 TIMING Key 205 207 208 Title 10 Section 20 2201 454 Section 20 2202 454 Section 30 34 458 Section 30 51 460 Section 30 52 460 Section 30 53 460 Section 31 5 462 Title Bar 111 TLV 25 232 Troubleshooting 281 Chromatographic 285 Contacting
326. roform 1s capable of producing a clear and legible copy after storage for the period specified by the Commission regulations The record may also be stored in electronic media with the capability for producing legible accurate and complete records during the required retention period Records such as letters drawings specifications must include all pertinent information such as stamps initials and signatures The licensee shall maintain adequate safeguards against tampering with and loss of records 2 If there is a conflict between the Commission s regulations in this part and parts 31 through 35 and 39 of this chapter license condition or other written Commission approval or authorization pertaining to the retention period for the same type of record the retention period specified in the regulations in this part and parts 31 through 35 and 39 of this chapter for such records shall apply unless the Commission pursuant to 30 11 has granted a specific exemption from the record retention requirements specified in this part or parts 31 through 35 and 39 of this chapter 41 FR 18301 May 5 1976 as amended at 43 FR 6922 Feb 17 1978 52 FR 8241 Mar 17 1987 53 FR 19245 May 27 1988 58 FR 7736 Feb 8 1993 461 Voyager User s Guide 462 30 52 Inspections a Each licensee shall afford to the commission at all reasonable times opportunity to inspect byproduct material and the premises and facilities wherein bypro
327. rom Voyager s sample in port 3 Remove the mounting clips 52 Introduction 4 Replace the original screws in Voyager s case 5 Tighten the screws down to ensure the Voyager case is securely closed Do not over tighten these screws You must replace the screws in Voyager s case You will impair the intrinsic safety rating if these screws are not installed and tightened into the case WARNING Connecting the Filter to the Telescoping Sample Probe You can install a filter on the end of the probe to ensure liquids and solid materials are not aspirated into the telescoping sample probe and then to the instrument 1 The filter connector MX380340 connects the filter to the inlet tubing of the probe The connector has a 3 16 port for the inlet tubing of the probe and a 1 4 port for the filter Press the inlet tubing of the probe into the connector until it is locked in place 2 Press the narrower end of the filter into the other end of the connector until the filter is locked in place Replacing the Filter The filter will remove airborne particulates for up to 4 hours The operating environment will determine the exact time The pump will sound labored when the filter requires replacement 1 Press the narrow collar on the connector in toward the connector This will release the filter If you cannot depress the collar with your finger then use the multi tool to depress the collar 2 Remove the use
328. rsus time produces a curve as shown in Figure 48 This measurement sequence lasted for about 8 hours The last run was performed approximately 8 hours after the initial sequence of runs had been completed This data trend is symptomatic of adsorption of styrene by the gas bag If the same concentration of styrene is measured directly from a tank of compressed gas standard drift effects over the same time period are negligible If a Tedlar bag is used to store a styrene sample at this concentration then the analysis results hours later will not accurately reflect the concentration at the time of sampling oO roy im c O pr i See ed c D c O O Figure 48 Gas Bag Effect as Measured on a 1 ppm Styrene Sample In addition to container effects there are a variety of other issues regarding sample storage processing and preparation which can compromise the accuracy of the concentration measurement Assay 5 User Notes Adsorption Another potential instrument source of error is sample adsorption by Voyager s analytical system If this occurs it will typically be seen as an increase in peak area upon repeated sampling of the component even after the instrument has been in operation for many hours The effect is usually concentration dependent as higher concentrations will supply the demand of a limited number of adsorption sites without a significant percentage of sample loss Voyager has been de
329. rt then through a fixed volume called a sample loop then through the pump to be vented through the pump out port The sample loop has gas switching valves at either end of it Once the sample loop is full of sample gas the pump stops and these valves switch to connect one end of the loop to the carrier gas supply and the other end of the loop to the beginning or head of the GC column Carrier gas then sweeps the sample from the loop onto the column for analysis Once the sample has been injected the carrier gas flow is again switched this time to bypass the loop and continue to feed the column Although the sample loop volume is fixed in Voyager it is possible to inject only a part of the loop volume This is done by switching the carrier gas to bypass the loop before the entire loop volume has been swept onto the column To use automatic sample loop injection you must have sufficient sample at atmospheric pressure available for the sample pump to draw through the sample loop and connecting tubing If you have a only a limited amount of sample available such as headspace in a vial above a soil or water sample then manual sample injection is required This is done using a gas tight syringe and Voyager s injection port Appendices The injection port is located in the carrier gas stream just before the head of the column and contains a septum which is a silicone disc coated with Teflon The sample is collected in the gas tight syring
330. s chromatography it is important to recognize that there are various potential sources of error in the measurements These sources of error combine to give scatter in measured concentrations measured as precision and systematic bias to measured concentrations You must correct for these sources of error or your results will become inaccurate Possible sources of error include e Peak integration errors e Sampling errors e Compound dependent adsorption effects e Detector response drift over the period of time since the last calibration e System accuracy All of these effects may contribute to inaccurate measurements in any given set of data Peak Integration Errors Baseline noise interfering peaks or excessive tailing of the target compound peak can cause problems in starting or stopping the peak integration at the optimum times These can even cause differences in integration for consecutive runs at the same concentration Selection of one set of integration parameters over another may result in a nonlinear area versus concentration curve 337 Voyager User s Guide It is impossible to completely eliminate integrator effects as a source of error over the broad range of conditions under which Voyager must operate For this reason it is essential that you verify the integration results generated by the instrument by examining the chromatograms and re integrating if necessary This is particularly true if the results are bei
331. s Exit to close the box Voyager will begin a run on Column A B or C Voyager will now run continuously until it has performed 6 runs If you have set the instrument to run continuously it will run until it encounters a critical fault such as a lamp failure low battery or carrier gas pressure fault If you want to begin analyzing on a certain column you must press Start Stop to begin an analysis and then press Start Stop again to stop the analysis and move to the next column For example if the last analysis was performed on Column B and you want to start automatic analyzing on Column A press Start Stop The run begins on Column C Press Start Stop before the pump stops This will abort the run before the injection is made onto Column C and prepare for the next run on Column A 85 Voyager User s Guide 86 NOTE TVOC Analysis You can use the TVOC mode to screen a sample for total volatile organic compounds If a preset alarm is exceeded you can then use the GC to determine which compounds are present A TVOC sample may be injected by syringe or you may use loop injection The injection is directed to Column V Column V 1s a blank column The sample passes through the column without separating and into the detector A TVOC analysis is sent through the PID only You cannot obtain a TVOC run through the ECD TVOC Method You configure Voyager for a TVOC run in the same manner as you would for a GC run The methods you receive
332. sample chromatogram from your instrument of the compounds of interest using the standard method e Assay6 app e Assay6i pid e Assay6 pid gt Make a copy of all the files on the assay disk and use this as your working disk Store the original disk in a safe location Installation 1 Copy the files onto the PC as described in Jnstalling your Assay Disk on page 106 2 Load the assay into Voyager as described in Loading an Assay into Voyager on page 109 399 Voyager User s Guide Compound Separation Separation of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide is accomplished in one run on Column C Column A is used as the precolumn The sample is injected onto Column A Heavy compounds in the sample are prevented from entering Column C by adjusting the backflush time Ethylene oxide and propylene oxide are allowed to pass from Column A to Column C Before the heavy compounds are able to pass into Column C the flow is reversed and the heavy compounds are backflushed out of Column A The backflush time is set to trim off everything after propylene oxide on Column A and the analysis time 1s adjusted to allow for the propylene oxide to elute completely as shown in Figure 54 a B X o a oO gt a m 2 a N 401 Sec 501 Figure 54 Assay 6 Compounds Run on Column C 400 Assay 6 User Notes Compound Library Assay Compounds One standard compound library is installed in Voyager for Column C The library co
333. sary In order to update the assay you must have calibration gas for each assay If you have customized an assay for a specific application you may only need to update your custom assay If on the other hand you may need all the assay compounds at some time in the future you must update all assay compounds In either case the calibration gas must contain all the compounds of interest Always update the copy of the assay that is saved on your local drive Do not update the original disk Updating Compound Retention Time and Response The following procedure will update retention time and response information for each library compound Response information will be updated based on the single concentration contained in the calibration gas This procedure is performed with the SiteChart software see the chapter starting on page 99 for more information 1 You must use a PC and the SiteChart software to update the assays 2 Turn Voyager on 10 Maintenance and Troubleshooting In SiteChart select the Assay tab Open the assay and click Send to Voyager Once the file has been downloaded allow at least 30 minutes for Voyager to reach the assay set points Select the first column detector pair If your application uses 2 or 3 columns you must repeat this procedure for each column If you are using the ECD you must repeat this procedure for each ECD library Run a chromatogram on the selected column detector pair The chro
334. se PTEE SE IE TT E Limitation of Liability 8 1 The total liability of LICENSOR or its suppliers for any claim or damage arising out of use of Licensed Program or in connection with any breach of this License shall be limited to direct damages and shall not exceed the License fees which have been paid by LICENSEE to LICENSOR for use of the Licensed Program which is the subject of such claim or damage 450 Appendices 8 2 In no event shall LICENSOR or its suppliers be responsible for any special indirect punitive or consequential damages arising out of the use of any Licensed Program or in connection with any breach of this license even 1f LICENSOR is advised in advance of the possibility OF SUCH DAMAGES FP Re EERE EVENT EDIE RR AN EEE EAE ENN ETRY RO ANT AE DRA E A E RT Miscellaneous 9 1 Limitation of Action No action arising out of this License regardless of form may be brought by either party against the other more than two 2 years after the cause of action has accrued 9 2 Enforceability Should any provision of this License be held by a court of law or equity to be illegal invalid or unenforceable the remaining provisions of the License shall not be affected or impaired thereby 9 3 Waiver The failure of any party to enforce any term or condition of this license shall not constitute a waiver of that party s right to enforce any term or condition of this License unless waived in writing 9 4 Governing La
335. se runs were performed consecutively with no delay between analyses The concentration trend seen at 0 7 ppm is characteristic of system adsorption or conditioning phenomena At 0 7 ppm the overall peak area drift over a sequence of more than 20 runs is approximately 10 At 5 ppm there is no discernible trend to the data These results suggest that under these conditions at low concentrations of 1 3 butadiene 1 ppm or less the quantitation error may be 10 although sample to sample precision would be quite good i lt o i s 0 x Figure 42 Peak Area Stability for 1 3 Butadiene 359 Voyager User s Guide 360 Styrene To test for concentration measurement errors caused by adsorption of styrene samples were prepared at 0 9 ppm and 6 3 ppm in air by blending a high concentration standard with zero grade air These low concentration mixes were analyzed with instruments which had been warming up for several hours and had not recently been exposed to styrene Each concentration was repetitively sampled and analyzed over a period of 3 hours in the case of the 6 3 ppm sample and 8 hours in the case of the 0 9 ppm sample A run was done approximately every 15 minutes Figure 43 shows the peak area stability obtained in these tests The precision obtained over both of these run sequences was better than 1 as relative standard deviation There are no signs of adsorption effects
336. se to receive the byproduct material contained in the device and within 30 days furnish to the Administrator of the appropriate Nuclear Regulatory Commission Regional Office listed in Appendix D of part 20 of this chapter a report containing a brief description of the event and the remedial action taken 6 Shall not abandon the device containing byproduct material 7 Shall not export the device containing byproduct material except in accordance with part 110 of this chapter 8 Except as provided in paragraph c 9 of this section shall transfer or dispose of the device containing byproduct material only by transfer to a person holding a specific license pursuant to parts 30 and 32 of this chapter or from an Agreement State to receive the device and within 30 days after transfer of a device to a specific licensee shall furnish to the Director of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards U S Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington D C 20555 a report containing identification of the device by manufacturer s name and model number and the name and address of the person receiving the device No report is required if the device is transferred to the specific licensee in order to obtain a replacement device 9 Shall transfer the device to another general licensee only 1 Where the device remains in use at a particular location In such case the transferor shall give the transferee a copy of this section and any safety do
337. select the point you want to add and press Exit Use the arrow keys to enter the correct concentration and press Enter Menu Use the arrow keys to enter the window size You may want to decrease the window for higher concentrations Press Enter Menu to complete the process You have now stored the compound at two concentrations Repeat these steps for all compounds you want to store and for all concentration points Connect a supply of calibration gas and press Start Stop to begin an analysis When the analysis is complete review the compound list and ensure all your compounds are present 245 Voyager User s Guide 13 Press Enter Menu then LIBRARY and CAL and when prompted to calibrate using the last analysis select YES If Voyager can match all the compounds in the last analysis with compounds you have selected for calibration then your Library information will be updated accordingly and the instrument will be ready for operation NOTE fa calibration fault is displayed see Calibration Fault starting on page 283 for information about correcting the fault 246 Calibration TVOC Calibration The TVOC mode must be calibrated in order to display concentration in ppm units equivalent to the calibration gas Calibration gas containing a known concentration of a photoionizable gas or vapor 1s used to set the sensitivity A standard of isobutylene at a known concentration 1s recommended for setting the TVOC se
338. shing Columns 263 Injection Port 261 Inlet Filter 255 Purging Carrier Gas Cylinder 266 UV Lamp 257 Make up Gas 444 Manual 491 Voyager User s Guide 492 Integration 193 Map TVOC Display Key 66 TVOC Log Key 66 TVOC Supervisor Mode 66 Materials in Sample Stream 453 Menu Analyzer 112 159 Bar 111 Communications 112 163 File 111 File 149 Help 112 Pop Up 117 131 134 135 143 View 111 154 Merged Peaks 192 Methanol 259 Method 116 Analysis Time 205 Backflush Time 206 Box 116 Column Temperature 210 Copying 113 Development 179 199 File apm 150 Incorrect 287 Injection 78 81 Injection Time 208 Integration 157 161 188 213 Pressure 212 Pump Time 206 Saving Changes 199 241 Standard 113 TVOC 86 219 METHOD Key 205 214 Microsoft Windows 272 Minimum Area 161 191 Height 161 189 191 Minimum Height 215 Mode GC 78 89 Supervisor 63 199 264 TVOC 86 User 63 MODE Key 199 263 264 Modem 165 Mouse Actions 34 Crosshair Pointer 119 131 Double Headed Pointer 131 141 Multiple Instruments 108 164 Multiple Point Calibration Curve 178 241 278 Multi Tool 53 New Command 149 Nickel Cadmium 453 Ni 63 27 443 Nitrogen Calibration Gas 229 Carrier Gas 44 97 Filling Station 46 TVOC Carrier Gas 219 NORM Key 74 Normalize 155 Notes 143 156 Assay 195 Assay 1 297 Assay 2 327 Assay 4 347 Assay 5 368 Assay 6 399 Assay 7 415 Assay Use
339. signed to minimize adsorption effects by heating the analytical system However some compounds may still be problematic at low concentrations Each compound has been tested for adsorption effects and typical results are illustrated in following figures These results were used to generate the precision specifications shown previously e DMS 6 ppm f DMDS 6 ppm amp Hydrogen Sulfide 10 ppm 13 gt 2 lt x eb 2 pur amp Z 012 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Run No Figure 49 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling of 6 ppm DMS 6 ppm DMDS and 10 ppm Hydrogen Sulfide 391 Voyager User s Guide e Methanol 96 ppm f Acetone 50 pmm A amp MEK 8 5 ppm 13 gt lt eb 2 pur amp c a a 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Run No Figure 50 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling of 96 ppm Methanol 50 ppm Acetone and 8 5 ppm MEK f Methyl Mercaptan 3 ppm e Ethyl Mercaptan 3 ppm Relative Area 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Run No Figure 51 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling of 3 ppm Methyl Mercaptan and 3 ppm Ethyl Mercaptan 392 Assay 5 User Notes 13 gt eb Sam lt pe amp aa 012 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Run No Figure 52 Peak Area Sta
340. sion status When the file has been sent the dialog box will close Once the file has been completely downloaded the three LEDs on the Voyager will light in sequence The Green LED will flash initially then the Yellow LED lastly the Red LED will flash The LEDs indicate that Voyager has erased its old program and installed the new one 274 13 14 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Voyager will display the System Reset cold started dialog box Press the Exit button Download your assay using SiteChart and allow 30 minutes for Voyager to stabilize and then calibrate the instrument 275 Voyager User s Guide NOTE NOTE 276 Updating Assays Due to the nature of gas chromatography it is necessary to update the assay information periodically If you are using a single assay and calibrating the instrument daily this will not be too difficult If you are using more than one assay it becomes more important to update the assays that you do not use frequently If this is done you will be able to load the assay when it 1s required and calibrate the instrument quickly If the assays are not maintained then you will need to update all the library information before you will be able to accurately calibrate each assay library Although this is not difficult it can be time consuming If the instrument is to be used on short notice it is imperative that you update your assays on a monthly basis or more frequently as neces
341. splayed 195 Voyager User s Guide To link an assay to a specific instrument 1 Open the View menu and select Properties The Assay Properties dialog is displayed Assay Notes Serial Number Reference Library Assay Wizard The notes are displayed when an Assay is first loaded in This is intended to be used for displaying general application notes Cancel Apply Help 2 Select the serial number tab Assay Properties X Assay Notes Serial Number Reference Library Assay Wizard Serial Number This must be set to the serial number of the instrument for which this Assay is intended 3 Enter the Voyager Serial Number The serial number must be from the instrument that you used to create the assay If assays created on one instrument are downloaded to a second instrument you must update the library on the second instrument as outlined in Updating Library Information on page 121 You must also calibrate the second instrument 196 Method Development Reference Library There are two options on this tab Enter the default window percent to be used when compounds are added to the library This 1s the retention time window that SiteChart will use in an attempt to match the peak with existing reference library compounds For example if the window is set at 50 and you try to add a peak with a retention time of 100 seconds SiteChart will list compounds with retention times from 50 seconds to
342. st must be run on two columns you must perform two runs to complete an analysis and two runs to calibrate the instrument If the compounds of interest must be separated on all three columns you must perform three runs to complete an analysis and three runs to calibrate the instrument Enable only the columns that you require for your application You must select the column in combination with a detector Select the PID or the ECD The ECD is only available for Assay 1 1 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG and COLUMN Use the arrow keys to select the column detector combination and press Enter Menu to confirm the selection The ECD options are located below the PID options Press the DWN ARROW to select the ECD options You can select both PID and ECD column combinations If you have selected PID Column B and ECD Column B a run on Column B will be put through both detectors You can view the output from one detector at a time 2 Select one two or all three columns and associated detectors 3 Press Exit to close the box 4 Press Enter Menu to close the menu Method Development 5 If you have selected the ECD you must set it up 6 To change the view from the PID to the ECD press DISPLAY STATUS GC DET You will be prompted to change views to the ECD 7 Press Enter Menu Use this option to switch back to the PID view If you are using one of the methods supplied with your assay each column will have associated chromatograph
343. strument To setup your instrument with this method 1 Using the SiteChart software load the Assay 1 standard method Delete unwanted compounds from all three libraries 2 On SiteChart s Assay tab select Column A and set the analysis time to 270 seconds and the backflush time to 120 seconds This provides 150 seconds for backflushing the precolumn 3 On the Assay tab select Column C and set the analysis time to 170 seconds and the backflush time to 70 seconds 4 Save the new method under a new app filename and send it to Voyager 5 On Voyager enable Columns A and C 6 In SiteChart select Column A and perform a run This run will give two peaks The first peak is the vinyl chloride chloromethane co elution at about 60 seconds the other peak is benzene at 102 seconds You will need to calibrate benzene on Column A 317 Voyager User s Guide 7 In SiteChart select Column C and perform a second run on Column C This run will give two peaks The first peak 1s chloromethane at about 135 seconds and the second peak is vinyl chloride at about 150 seconds You will need to calibrate these two compounds on Column C 8 The instrument must be calibrated to update retention time and detector response information for the three target compounds 9 Store the compounds in the custom method file and save the method file 318 Assay 1 User Notes Column Specifications Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness
344. switching is required To change the detector sensitivity 1 Select the Assay tab 2 Inthe Method box click Config 3 Click Inject in the Configure dialog box 181 Voyager User s Guide 4 Ensure Loop is selected and enter the desired Pump Time 5 Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog boxes The change you have made applies to the currently selected column only If you need to change the setting for another column select the next column and change the pump time 6 Save the assay Injection Type Samples can be introduced by automatic loop injection or by manual syringe injection If you select loop injection you must also set an injection time Injection time determines how long the loop will be in line with the column and in turn what volume will be injected onto the column The injected volume will also depend on the flow rate For example setting the injection time to 10 seconds at a pressure of 15 psi will inject the entire contents of the sample loop onto the column Voyager is a very sensitive instrument It is easy to overload the column and detector by injecting a sample that is too large Normally you will set the injection time to between 0 4 and 2 seconds The flow rate and injection time will determine the volume of sample injected from the 0 5 ml sample loop Voyager is not designed to accept liquid injections so water samples are analyzed using the headspace above standards You may obt
345. t free electrons The ECD is especially sensitive to hydrocarbons which contain atoms of chlorine or bromine In the ECD cell there is an electron source which generates electrons at a constant rate and a collector electrode for collecting electrons When an electrophilic compound passes through the ECD it captures some of the generated electrons and causes the rate of collection at the collector electrode to fall This decrease in electron current is the detector response The ECD cell contains a cylinder of nickel foil through which the carrier gas flows Coated on the foil s inner surface is a quantity of the radioactive isotope nickel 63 which emits electrons at the rate of about 500 million per second Electrons emitted from the nickel 63 collide with and ionize the carrier gas creating more electrons The resultant ions and electrons travel to the collector electrode under the influence of a pulsed voltage applied between the nickel 63 electron source and the collector electrode This flow of ions and electrons is the cell background current The pulse frequency is varied to maintain a constant average background current An electrophilic compound in the detector decreases the cell current as the compound captures electrons and forms ions which travel more slowly than electrons The pulse frequency of the polarizing supply is automatically raised to maintain a constant current in the cell This frequency is the detector output signa
346. talling servicing and removal from the installation of radioactive material its shielding or containment The licensee shall retain these records as follows 1 Each record of a test for leakage of radioactive material required by paragraph c 2 of this section must be retained for three years after the next required leak test is performed or until the sealed source is transferred or disposed of 11 Each record of a test of the on off mechanism and indicator required by paragraph c 2 of this section must be retained for three years after the next required test of the on off mechanism and indicator is performed or until the sealed source is transferred or disposed of 111 Each record that is required by paragraph c 3 of this section must be retained for three years from the date of the recorded event or until the device is transferred or disposed of Upon the occurrence of a failure of or damage to or any indication of a possible failure of or damage to the shielding of the radioactive Appendices material or the on off mechanism or indicator or upon the detection of 0 005 microcurie or more of removable radioactive material shall immediately suspend operation of the device until it has been repaired by the manufacturer or other person holding a specific license pursuant to parts 30 and 32 of this chapter or from an Agreement State to repair such devices or disposed of by transfer to a person authorized by a specific licen
347. target compound peak can cause problems in starting or stopping the peak integration at the optimum times These can even cause differences in integration for consecutive runs at the same concentration Selection of one set of integration parameters over another may result in a nonlinear area versus concentration curve Assay User Notes It is impossible to completely eliminate integrator effects as a source of error over the broad range of conditions under which Voyager must operate For this reason it is essential that you verify the integration results by examining the chromatograms and re integrating if necessary This is particularly true if the results are being used to make decisions regarding health and safety issues Sampling Errors Sampling errors occur when the concentration of a compound in the gas sample presented to the analytical system is not the same as the original sample For example a Tedlar bag 1s filled with styrene and sampled at regular intervals A graph of measured concentration versus time produces a curve as shown in Figure 62 amopledi 8 hours after oO E Q 2 c e ge Sem c oO c oO O Figure 62 Gas Bag Effect as Measured on a 1 ppm Styrene Sample The last run was performed approximately 8 hours after the initial sequence of runs This data trend is symptomatic of adsorption of styrene by the gas bag If the same concentration of styrene is measu
348. ted Filter 4 provides the most versatility the signal 1s analyzed simultaneously by four different filters The filter with the highest filtering is used to detect the start of each peak Once a peak is detected 0 1 2 or 3 of the other filters depending on the Filter selected will operate on the same data until they detect integration stop points 8 The displayed chromatogram will be automatically re integrated using the new settings Assay Properties Assay properties provide access to the features that complete the development of an assay These properties will be set as part of your assay You will only need to change these parameters if you are creating your own assay Assay Notes Assay notes are displayed when you open an assay The notes allow you to enter a brief description of the assay Normally you will list the intended application You can also add any warnings or limitations of usage as required Serial Number Assays are normally created for a single instrument Although method information may be transferred from one instrument to another variations in retention time and response may result in lower sensitivity or compound misidentification Assays are created for specific instruments When you have created an assay you can link the assay to a specific instrument This information will be saved as part of the assay If you attempt to download the assay to a different instrument a warning message will be di
349. ter in the event of an alarm or fault condition e Hang Up terminates the modem session that is currently in progress SiteChart can connect to one Voyager In order to connect two instruments you must run two copies of SiteChart You will also need a second serial port If you do not need to control two instruments at the same time you may want to connect one instrument to the computer download the information disconnect it and then connect the second instrument Connecting Multiple Instruments 1 Start SiteChart and connect the communications cable to the first Voyager 2 Open the Communications menu and select Setup 3 Select the serial port to which the first Voyager is connected 4 Ensure the first instrument is communicating with SiteChart 5 Start another copy of SiteChart and connect the communications cable to the second Voyager 6 Open the Communications menu and select Setup 7 Select the serial port to which the second Voyager is connected 8 Ensure the second instrument is communicating with SiteChart SiteChart was designed to accept data from multiple instruments so the log directory is divided into sub directories Each sub directory will correspond to information received from a single instrument These sub directories are created using the instrument serial numbers For example if one instrument has the serial number 123 then all the information received from this instrument will be recorded in a sub dir
350. ters NOTE For maximum accuracy at low concentrations you should verify Voyager s NOTE integration and reintegrate manually if necessary um sa S Range ppm ee 1 60 Yes The information is for reference only Retention times will vary significantly The Assay 7 standard method also includes method parameter settings for each column The tables below provides typical settings The exact values will be specific to your instrument Assay User Notes Carrier Gas Analysis Time s 90 J120 Injection Method oo e e Inject Time S l 5 Pump Time S 30 1 3 Backflush Time s 430 ioo Integration Method o ooo o 0 Slope Down mV S 1 Min Height mV Min Area mV S Integration Delay S 40 Automatic integration should be disabled for all three compounds Automatic integration provides maximum sensitivity for a given noise level assuming a very flat baseline These parameters work well for quantification of relatively large peaks but not so well for trace measurements due to the increased effect of baseline noise 421 Voyager User s Guide 422 Creating a Custom Method You may not need to run all 8 compounds in the Assay 7 libraries You may only be interested in a few compounds specific to your application You can use the information provided in this document to select your compounds and then optimize the chromatography for your compounds There are two ways of
351. than Canada and the US contact your PerkinElmer Photovac representative for further information United States National Leak Test Center P O Box 486 North Tonawanda New York 14120 Tel 716 693 0550 Canada Contact the AECB for more organizations providing leak testing services Index Index JMETH Key 214 217 About SiteChart 169 AC Adapter 40 Charging the Battery Pack 42 Port 49 Accessories Carrying Harness 50 Carrying Strap 50 Computer 49 DC Power Cord 49 For Use in Hazardous Location 17 Standard 39 Telescoping Sample Probe 51 Three Meter Sample Line 54 Accuracy Operation 98 Active Column 72 Adapter AC 40 AC Line Cord 445 Calibration Flow 231 CGA Fittings 229 Gas Bag 25 80 233 NPT 231 Add Compounds to the Library 175 Dialog Box 197 Adding Compounds to Library 202 AECB 9 7 1 Part II Sections 3 to 7 467 Contacting 479 Regulations 467 Wipe Test Requirements 268 Agreement States 475 Air Carrier Gas 44 Specifications 44 TVOC Carrier Gas 220 Zero Zero Grade 44 Alarm Acknowledge Box 89 Audio 77 Autostart GC 91 Index Compound Status 74 Condition 167 Dial 164 167 Entering TVOC 247 LED 67 Level 126 Output 453 Silencing 83 89 Status 69 Status Indicator 39 ALARM Key 203 Aluminum Alloy Cylinder 16 Oxide 259 Ambient Temperature 72 Temperature Fault 284 Analyis Time TVOC Mode 221 Analysis Loop Injection 78 Printing Report 1
352. the Assay disk s to the correct directory using Windows Explorer SiteChart Software Connecting the PC to Voyager Personal Computer Do not connect a PC to Voyager in hazardous locations WARNING Use the supplied communication cable Part No MX380304 to connect the computer to Voyager The communication cable is a 25 to 9 pin cable 1 Turn Voyager off You must turn the instrument off before connecting or disconnecting the communication cable 2 Connect the 9 pin connector end of the communication cable MX380304 to the RS 232 port on Voyager Connect the 25 pin connector end to an unused serial port on your computer The serial port may be identified as COM 1 or COM 2 You will need one of the two adapters supplied with the communication cable If you have connected the communication cable directly to the computer you are most likely connected to a parallel port NOTE Voyager cannot communicate with a parallel port 107 Voyager User s Guide 108 NOTE Communicating with Multiple Instruments If you are using multiple instruments with a single copy of SiteChart ensure you end communication with one instrument before connecting another instrument to the computer 1 When the first Voyager has downloaded all its information to the computer turn it off and disconnect the communication cable from the instrument SiteChart will display a message indicating that it has lost connection with the instrument
353. the Board or designated officer may require a the nature and quantity of the prescribed substance and the purpose for which it is required 469 Voyager User s Guide 470 b c d e f g h the maximum quantity of the prescribed substance likely to be required at any one time for the purpose set out in the application a description of the premises in which the prescribed substance is to be located and of any equipment in connection with which it is to be used a description of the measures to be taken to prevent theft or loss or any unauthorized use of the prescribed substance a description of the measures to be taken including any plan in case of accident to prevent the receipt by any person of a dose of ionizing radiation or an exposure to radon daughters in excess of any dose specified in respect of such person in Schedule I a description of the method of diagnosing of the radioactive prescribed substance a description of the qualifications training and experience of any person who is to use the prescribed substance and any other information necessary to evaluate the application 3 A license issued by the Board or a designated officer pursuant to subsection 1 may contain such conditions as the Board or the designated officer deems necessary in the interests of health safety and security and without limiting the generality of the foregoing a b may in
354. the Up Slope settings once and then remain greater than the half of the Up Slope Up Slope 2 setting for the next four averaging periods The integrator looks for four consecutive points so that noise is not mistaken for a peak For example if the Up slope sensitivity has been set to 2 mV S then Voyager looks for a slope greater than or equal to 2 mV S When it finds a slope greater than or equal to this value then it looks for four more consecutive positive slopes If it finds them then it returns to the initial slope greater than 2 mV S and sets this at the integration start point The integrator locates the peak maximum and the retention time by looking for the first negative slopes and then four more negative slopes Once it has data that meet the criteria it goes back and assigns the first negative slope as the peak maxima and assigns this point as the retention time The integrator is stopped if five consecutive slopes are more positive than the Down slope setting The integrator is looking for a flattening trend If Down Slope is set to 2 mV S this is effectively 2 mV S The integrator is looking for a slope of 2 mV S and then four more slopes greater than or equal to 2 mV S If peaks are not being integrated properly the slope settings may be adjusted to provide more accurate integration If the peak is ending too soon decrease the Down Slope setting so that the integrator 1s looking for a smaller slope If the end of the peak can
355. the analysis in the box to the right of the chromatogram A pop up menu with the View menu options 1s displayed by moving the mouse into the graph area and clicking the right mouse button right clicking See Reference Chromatogram on page 117 for details of viewing the chromatogram Move the mouse pointer over any peak in the chromatogram to obtain information about the peaks in the chromatogram Leave the cross hair over the peak and an information box will pop up The box contains the peak name retention time and the integrated area You can modify the selected analysis by re integrating or adding notes If you modify the analysis it is automatically saved Each file in the log represents a single run If an assay requires 2 detectors and 3 runs to complete an analysis then the results for the assay will be spread across 6 files Printing the Log Review File To print the log review file I Create the log listing as outlined in the previous section 2 From the File menu select Print Log Report Alt F L 143 Voyager User s Guide You can also print an analysis report for a selected file 1 Select the file for which you want the analysis report 2 From the File menu select Print Alt F P Saving the Log Review File Saving the log file will create an ASCII comma delimited file You can import this file into spreadsheet applications such as Excel To save a log file 1 Create the log listing
356. the column The volume of the sample loop is 0 5 mL Voyager is a very sensitive instrument It is easy to overload the column and detector by injecting a sample that is too large Normally you will set the injection time to between 0 4 and 2 second You may want to start with a short injection time perform a run and increase it to obtain the best results Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG COLUMN 2 Select the column for which you want to alter the injection time Disable the other columns 3 Press Exit to close the box Press Enter Menu to close the menu 4 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG METHOD TIMING and INJECT Method Development Use the arrow keys to enter the new injection time Press Enter Menu If you need to change the injection time for the other two columns repeat this procedure for each column When you have changed the injection time for each column enable all the columns required for your method 209 Voyager User s Guide Column Temperature In isothermal operation the columns are maintained at a fixed temperature Retention time drift is virtually eliminated and faster analysis results are obtained with less frequent calibration The PID is maintained at the same temperature as the columns NOTE Do not set the temperature to below 40 C as samples may condense on the column and contaminate your system Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG COLUMN 2 Select the column for which you w
357. the compounds at more than one concentration Use STORE to store up to five concentration values for a compound Best response results will be obtained this way 21 Once all the peak information has been entered press Enter Menu DISPLAY GC GRAPH REINT to re integrate the chromatogram Voyager will use the new library information to identify the peaks 22 If your compounds of interest require another column option select the next column and run another analysis Store the compounds as outlined above 23 Repeat this procedure for a third column if necessary 204 NOTE Method Development Analysis Settings Changes made to the method using Voyager directly cannot be saved to disk The changes will be lost when a new method is loaded Analysis Time Analysis time is the duration of the analysis You must set the analysis time so that all compounds of interest clear the column and pass into the detector Details of how to set the analysis time are provided in the user notes specific to your assay To change the analysis time l 2 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG COLUMN Select the column for which you want to alter the analysis time Disable the other columns Press Exit to close the box and then Enter Menu Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG METHOD TIMING and ANLZ Use the arrow keys to enter the new analysis time Press Enter Menu If you need to change the analysis time for the other two columns r
358. the extended probe Performing a Loop Injection Analysis 1 Ensure carrier gas is supplied to the instrument 2 Ensure the plugs have been removed from the following ports Detector 1 and 2 out pump out and vent out 3 Monitor the offset level in the status display box If it is above 800 mV or if the offset level is falling allow the instrument to stabilize for about an hour If this does not bring the signal down flush the column for a few hours or overnight as described in Flushing the Columns starting on page 263 78 Using Voyager NOTE f you are using the ECD you will also need to monitor the ECD offset level Press DISPLAY STATUS GC and DET When prompted to change views to the ECD press Enter Menu Monitor the offset level in the status display box If it is above 800 mV or if the offset level is falling allow the instrument to stabilize for about an hour If this does not bring the signal down flush the column for a few hours or overnight 4 Disable automatic analyzing by pressing Enter Menu then SETUP MODE AUTO and ON OFF Use the arrow keys to select Off and then press Enter Menu Press Exit to close the box Press Enter Menu to close the menu 5 During a loop injection Voyager will draw a sample through the sample in port Connect a gas bag containing some calibration gas to the sample in port A gas bag is included in the Calibration Kit MX380310 or MX380337 6 Once the bag is connected p
359. the gas bag adapter tubing do not kink or stress the tubing The gas bag and gas bag adapter are available in both calibration kit assay 1 and calibration kit assay 2 7 MX380310 and MX380337 25 Voyager User s Guide 26 Optionally you can vent the detector out pump and vent ports Use flexible tubing fitted with luer adapters to vent these ports to a fume hood or outdoors The detector out ports vent the effluent from the PID port 1 and ECD port 2 The pressure set by the method will determine the outlet flow rates at these ports If the detector is not in use Voyager supplies a maintenance flow to ensure the detector is ready for operation Samples drawn by the pump to fill and flush the sampling system are vented through the pump out port The flow though this port 1s approximately 250 ml min when the pump is on The two columns that are not in use are flushed constantly with approximately mL min The two columns are both vented through the vent out port Warnings and Safety Information ECD Safety Practices To assure that removable radioactive contamination on the external parts of the ECD remains at a safe level the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission requires that the ECD be wipe tested at least WARNING once every six months A record of the results must be maintained for NRC inspection for a period of three subsequent years In Canada the ECD must be wipe tested at least once every twelve months and
360. the lamp window 7 Wipe the window and the lamp with a dry lint free tissue to remove any trace amounts of the cleaning compound and methanol All traces of cleaning compound must be removed 259 Voyager User s Guide 8 Ensuring your hands are clean and dry replace the o ring Again do not allow the o ring to come in contact with methanol 9 Without touching the lamp window replace the lamp as outlined above 260 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Maintenance of the Injection Port Replacing the Injection Port Septum A worn out septum causes leakage which will result in poor reproducibility and an unstable baseline When an injection is made the baseline will suddenly drop below zero as the needle is pushed against the septum This will also occur if the septum is improperly seated in the injection port A silicone septum with a Teflon face MX380320 is recommended for use with Voyager This type of septum will last for about 10 injections depending on the syringe needle Septum Retainer Septum Injection Port Figure 15 Replacing Septum 1 Move the instrument to an area where the ambient air contains no VOCs 2 Unscrew the black septum retainer 3 Use a syringe needle to withdraw the old septum 261 Voyager User s Guide 4 Ensuring that you do not touch the new septum with your fingers place the new septum Teflon face down in the injection port Tweezers should be used NOTE Touching
361. the regulations in this part and c the regulations in Parts 31 through 35 and 39 nor any right under a license shall be transferred assigned or in any manner disposed of either voluntarily or involuntarily directly or indirectly through transfer of control of any license to any person unless the Commission shall after securing full information find that the transfer is in accordance with the provisions of the Act and shall give its consent in writing Each person licensed by the Commission pursuant to the regulations in this part and the regulations in parts 31 through 35 and 39 shall confine his possession and use of the byproduct material to the locations and purposes authorized in the license Except as otherwise provided in the license a license issued pursuant to the regulations in this part and parts 31 through 35 and 39 of this chapter shall carry with it the right to receive acquire own and possess byproduct material Preparation for shipment and transport of byproduct material shall be in accordance with the provisions of part 71 of this chapter d e g Appendices Each license issued pursuant to the regulations in this part and parts 31 through 35 and 39 shall be deemed to contain the provisions set forth in section 183b d inclusive of the Act whether or not these provisions are expressly set forth in the license The Commission may incorporate in any license issued pursuant to the regulatio
362. the septum with your fingers will lead to contamination of the system 5 Position the septum in the injection port with the syringe needle and then carefully screw the black retainer back in place Finger tighten the retainer NOTE The septum retainer must not be over tightened This will cause unusual resistance to needle penetration and may result in needle blockage 6 The retainer should be tightened so that the septum is seated against the lower half of the injection port assembly Coring of the septum can be reduced by using sidebore syringe needles Cleaning the Injection Port Assembly Do not remove the injection port assembly Removal opens Voyager s analytical engine to the environment CAUTION 262 NOTE Maintenance and Troubleshooting Flushing the Columns To avoid system contamination do not allow the internal carrier gas cylinder to empty completely By definition column packing or coating materials are very efficient adsorbers of chemicals If a column is left without continuous gas flow contaminants present in the air may enter through the ends of the column These contaminants will accumulate and when the column is put back into service the resumed flow of carrier gas will carry a high concentration of contaminants into the detector This will decrease as the column cleans but levels may be sufficiently high initially to saturate the detector Saturation has occurred when the offset level is
363. the signal went off scale and where it returned The displayed concentration will be derived from the extrapolated peak area 75 Voyager User s Guide 76 Entering a Tag A tag may be used to identify certain sampling location or a certain sample in the datalogger You can enter a tag to indicate a change of location or a change in personnel To enter a tag 1 Press Enter Menu then SETUP and TAG 2 Use the arrow keys to enter a name or number The tag can use up to 10 characters 3 Press Enter Menu to confirm the tag 4 Press Enter Menu to close the menu The tag you enter here will identify both GC and TVOC analyses You can enter a new tag for every analysis or you can enter a single tag for a group of analyses A pop up box will prompt you to enter a tag when you begin the first run after the instrument has been turned on Using Voyager Audio Options Alarm Audio If any of the identified peak concentrations exceed the alarm level stored in the library then the audible alarm may sound at the end of the analysis You have three options for the audio alarm You can turn it off and there will be no audible indicator if an alarm occurs Turn the audio off if you are auto analyzing or if you are controlling Voyager from a remote location through SiteChart You can turn the audio alarm on so an audible alarm will sound until the alarm is acknowledged You can also set the alarm to sound momentarily and then s
364. tion Ensure the correct Method is loaded or check that the foreflush time is long enough to allow the sample to fill the loop and clear the precolumn before backflush begins Cause Leak in the injection port Action Replace the injection port septum as detailed in Replacing the Injection Port Septum on page 261 or ensure the injection port retainer has been tightened down The retainer should be finger tight do not over tighten Cause If syringe injection is being used the syringe needle may be blocked Action If the syringe plunger does not move smoothly the needle may be blocked Use the fine wire supplied with the syringe to clean the needle or replace the needle 287 Voyager User s Guide 288 Cause Pieces of cored septum have fallen down inside the injection port Action Remove the injection port and clean it as outlined in Cleaning the Injection Port Assembly on page 262 Problem Peak appears but is not recognized Cause Compounds have drifted from original assay retention time values Action Update the compound library and once the library has been updated save the new values You must do this for each column detector pair Cause Peak is not stored in the library Action Ensure the compound peak is stored in the library Cause Retention time window is too small Action Adjust the window percent as discussed on page 119 Cause The sample was injected onto the wrong column Action Ensu
365. tions For replacement battery pack use only MX380314 or MX380315 Do not dispose of the battery pack in a fire The cell may explode The battery pack contains 20 cadmium Cd by weight This battery pack must be disposed of properly Check with local codes for special disposal instructions Alternatively you can return the battery pack to the nearest PerkinElmer Photovac facility for recycling Do not open or mutilate the battery pack It may be toxic if swallowed Exercise care in handling battery packs in order not to short the terminals with conducting materials such as rings bracelets and keys The battery or conductor may overheat and cause burns Do not defeat proper polarity orientation between the battery pack and battery charger Charge the battery pack using the charger provided with or identified for use with this product only in accordance with the instructions and limitations specified in this manual For battery charger use only Part No MX3680302 110 Volts AC 19 Voyager User s Guide Ex Notice Ex CONFORMS TO EEx ibm IIC T4 D DEMKO NO 97D 121971 Handheld gas chromatograph classified by Demko as instrinsically safe for use in Zone 1 Locations VOYAGER EX IS CLASSIFIED FOR USE IN ZONE 1 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS Voyager Ex complies with the harmonized European Standards EN50014 incl amd 1 5 EN50020 incl amd 1 2 VOYAGER EX IS NOT INTENDED TO DETECT COMBUSTIBLE LEVELS OF GASES VOY
366. tions are correct 4 Open the Analyzer menu and select Calibrate SiteChart will calibrate Voyager The Voyager library will be updated accordingly Voyager is now calibrated and ready for operation The information in the SiteChart library will not be updated Each time you load a new assay and download it to the instrument you must calibrate the instrument in order to update the current library information Service The Service command displays a window that shows the Voyager display This can be used to troubleshoot instrument problems remotely This command allows you to access all Voyager functions from your computer Voyager cannot be powered up from this window If Voyager is powered down then you must turn it on by pressing the On Off button on the instrument The buttons control Voyager in the same manner as the keys on Voyager Communication Menu The Communications menu allows you to setup communications between the computer and the instrument The communication pull down menu has the following options e Setup allows you to configure which serial port will be used to connect the instrument to the remote computer e Dial Out allows you to dial out to the specified number and establish communication with a remote computer This feature will allow you to dial out to a remote instrument from SiteChart 163 Voyager User s Guide 164 e Alarm Dial sets the computer controlling Voyager to dial a second compu
367. tivities may allow false noise peaks to be detected To reduce these effects the integrator filters the signal by averaging the signal over larger periods while reducing the slope sensitivities This allows the signal to noise ratio to remain constant throughout an analysis giving good integration on both early and late peaks Filter 1 provides the most filtering with the signal being averaged over the longest period before the slope is calculated Filter 4 provides the most versatility the signal is analyzed simultaneously by four different filters as with auto integration When the signal noise is low select Filter 4 For noisier signals select lower Filter numbers To change the settings 1 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG COLUMN 2 Select the column for which you want to alter the integration settings Disable the other columns 3 Press Exit to close the box Press Enter Menu to close the menu 4 Press Enter Menu SETUP CONFIG METHOD JMETH and SLOPES 10 11 12 13 Method Development Select the parameter you want to change Press SLP UP The up slope factor determines what the integration start point will be If up slope is set to 6 mV S then the integrator will look for the signal level to rise at a rate of at least 6 mV S for five consecutive samples Up slope can be any value from 1 to 99 mV S Typically values between 1 and 16 mV S are used Use the arrow keys to enter the new value and press E
368. to prepare for the injection 8 Guide the syringe needle through the hole in the injection port until the needle point touches the septum but do not pierce the septum or depress the plunger 9 After the beep push the needle though the septum until the barrel comes up against the injection port and immediately depress the plunger Depressing the plunger must be a rapid movement 82 NOTE NOTE Using Voyager 10 Leave the syringe in place for about 2 seconds then withdraw it When the analysis starts a message will be displayed indicating which column and detector are in use The status line will now show a timer a run number the column and detector in use If you are in peak display peaks will be added to the list as they are integrated If you are in compound display concentrations of detected peaks will be updated at the end of the analysis In graph display you can see the chromatogram developing Another line displays the fullscale range and the analysis time The manual injection technique described above will give varying results at first Practice making manual injections until the results can be reproduced to within 5 of the integrated peak area Peaks are identified depending on the information in the current library If any of the identified peak concentrations exceed the alarm level stored in the library then the audible alarm may sound at the end of the analysis gt Ifan alarm sounds an alarm
369. to separate and resolve as many of these target compounds as possible However with the standard method n butyl acrylate and styrene co elute on Column A Your instrument has been set up for the Assay 7 Standard Method If necessary you can use SiteChart to customize the method for your application The Assay 7 Disk Two types of files are included on the assay disks Application files have the extension app Method files are loaded through the Assay tab in SiteChart and are used to program Voyager Assay7 app is the standard method It provides chromatographic settings so that all compounds can be run on a single column Chromatograms from the photoionization detector are identified as pid files Assay7a pid and Assay 7b pid are sample chromatograms of the compounds of interest using the standard method installed on your instrument e Assay7 app e Assay7Al pid Assay7A2 e Assay7B pid gt Make a copy of all the files on the assay disk and use this as your working disk Store the original disk in a safe location Installation 1 Copy the files onto the PC as described in Jnstalling your Assay Disk on page 106 2 Load the assay into Voyager as described in Loading an Assay into Voyager on page 109 415 Voyager User s Guide 416 Compound Separation Compounds of Interest Separation of the 8 compounds is accomplished in two separate runs in which the heavy and mid range compounds are directed to Columns A and B
370. togram was run on the same instrument using the currently selected column When you save the assay the chromatogram is also saved When you load a new assay SiteChart will try and load the analysis file as well If it cannot be located then a message is displayed and the remaining assay information is loaded View Pop up Menu A pop up menu with the View menu options is displayed by moving the mouse into the graph area and clicking the right mouse button right clicking The Pop up menu has the following functions Turn the Grid on or off The grid makes it easier to estimate retention times and peak heights from the chromatogram e Smooth the chromatogram by the required number of Points so that low concentration peaks can be more easily integrated After the chromatogram has been smoothed you can re integrate it e You can change the Integration Method and Reintegrate the chromatogram This is useful if you need to store peaks that are not well integrated e Change the Font size of the text on the chromatogram You can set the font to Small Medium Large or Automatic Automatic adjusts the font size to fit the current view options 117 Voyager User s Guide e Peak Labels option selects the peak labels that are displayed on the graph None displays no peak labels Numbers will number each integrated peak Labels will display the peak name if the peak can be identified Numbers and Names displays a number and the
371. togram so that the minimum signal is aligned with the bottom of the display and the maximum signal is aligned with the top of the display gt Select Auto Range to return to the full scale view Smooth Smoothing effectively removes or reduces unwanted noise by averaging every point on the signal with several points before and several points after The result is a much smoother baseline and may result in better integration if noise was affecting peak detection To smooth a chromatogram 1 Open the chromatogram to be modified 2 From the View menu select Smooth 155 Voyager User s Guide 156 3 Select the amount of smoothing to be applied The signal will be smoothed and the modified chromatogram is displayed None provides no smoothing and 15 provides the maximum smoothing If you select 15 SiteChart averages 7 points before and 7 points after every point on the baseline 4 From the View menu select Re integrate If signal noise was affecting integration signal smoothing will lead to more accurate integration 5 Annotate the notes for this chromatogram to show that the original file has been modified and then save it You can always return to the original chromatogram by setting smoothing to None Status Block This command enables disables the status block The status block displays the signal level and the slope of the signal at a time defined by the position of the cross hair The cross hair does not n
372. tomatic Integration is selected Refer to Integration Method on page 161 for details on the integration method before adjusting any of the integration parameters Peak Labels Peak Labels selects the peak labels that are displayed on the graph None displays no peak labels The Numbers option will number each integrated peak Labels will display the peak name if the peak can be identified Names and Numbers display a number and the peak name Update Log Listing and Auto Update Log Listing If the instrument is connected to the computer and is performing runs completed runs will be added to the current directory If you are reviewing compound or log data from the current directory SiteChart will update your listing whenever a run is added to the directory This could be a time consuming task if you have a long list of files To prevent the list from being updated automatically you can disable this feature To disable the Auto Update feature 1 Open the View menu and select Auto Update Log Listing The check mark will disappear and new runs will be logged to the computer but will not be added to the listing 157 Voyager User s Guide 158 2 To manually update your listing open the View menu and select Update Log Listing Enable the Auto Update Log Listing feature if you need to maintain a current log or compound review listing While the computer is trying to update compound or log review listings it may lose communicatio
373. trument to stabilize Cause The sample was injected onto the wrong column Action Ensure you have selected the correct column for your application Refer to the user notes provided with your assay Problem Baseline drifts up and down Cause Instrument is adapting to large temperature changes Action Increase the oven temperature to ensure isothermal conditions Allow the instrument to stabilize for 20 to 30 minutes 289 Voyager User s Guide 290 NOTE Cause Instrument is adapting to change of the PID sensitivity gain switch Action Increase the pump time to 20 seconds After the gain is switched Voyager begins to stabilize the offset during the pump time Cause Column is recovering from earlier contamination Action Increase the pressure and flush the column as detailed in Flushing the Columns on page 263 Cause Components of the last analysis are still on the column Action Purge the column as above but decrease the backflush duration to flush out the heavier compounds If the heavier compounds must be detected adjust the analysis time so these compounds have enough time to clear the column Also ensure you have selected the correct column for your application Cause Contamination in the external carrier gas cylinder Action Switch to an alternate carrier gas tank Cause Contamination in the internal carrier gas cylinder Action Purge the internal tank as outlined in Purging th
374. tting the date format as Year Month Day Press Enter Menu to confirm the date Press Enter Menu again to close the menu 71 Voyager User s Guide Reviewing the Instrument Status The status screen provides the current operating parameters You cannot alter any parameters in the status screen Each parameter is listed below with a brief description PID Signal The current signal from the photoionization detector PID Offset The voltage applied to keep the baseline at 10 of full scale The applied offset is an indication of column contamination If the offset 1s greater than 800 mV the column should be allowed to flush until it stabilizes at a value between 200 and 800 mV PID UV Int The intensity of the lamp The intensity is measured by a photocell and converted to a voltage The lamp 1s tuned to approximately 75 of its maximum intensity and maintained at this intensity PID Status Shows whether the lamp is on or off PID Temp The operating temperature of the photoionization detector Column Temp The current temperature of the selected column Ambient Temp The temperature as measured by a sensor inside Voyager 72 Using Voyager Parameter Description Charge State If the instrument is connected to the AC adapter the charge state will be Fast if the battery pack is being charged or Trickle if the battery pack is being maintained at full charge If the instrument is operating from the battery pack alone then the
375. tware From the Windows Start menu select Programs then PE Photovac SiteChart and click SiteChart The default window 1s displayed SiteChart File View Analyzer Communications Help Assay instrument Log Review Compound Review Column Detector EPD Send to Voyager Method Injection Type Loop Inject Volume 1 0 sec Analysis Time 60 sec Oven Temp 50C Pressure 10 0 psi Config Library PID Jof x M al Gompound I Cal Averaging i runs Cal Conc Alarm Window Calibrate on fi 00 ppm fi 00 ppm 3 a Add Delete Update f Glosest retention time aes Largest peak th window 0 8000 Retention Time 9 sec Curve Fit Linear gt Conc PPM 0 6000 0 4000 0 2000 0 0000 80Sec 1000 For Help press F1 The Default Window The default window consists of a title bar the menu bar and a status bar The title bar of the window contains the active file The menu bar contains a list of menus You open the menus and select commands to control the operation of SiteChart e The File Menu controls opening saving printing and transferring of analysis results assays and log files e The View Menu allows you to select the type of data to be displayed 111 Voyager User s Guide e The Analyzer Menu controls Voyager e The Communications Menu controls communication between Voyager and the computer and also betw
376. umn A analysis time is equal to 2 2 times the Column A backflush time Since Column A is the also the precolumn it must be backflushed for at least as long as it was foreflushed 4 Column B and C analysis times must meet two criteria Each must be long enough to permit the last target peak to fully elute Again analysis time must also be a minimum of 2 2 times the backflush time for any given column If an analysis time is too short for either of the above reasons peaks may elute during a later analysis 5 Voyager s maximum analysis time is 3200 seconds if a peak elutes after this time on any column the method must be modified Increasing the temperature or pressure will speed up slow compounds 6 Store all target compounds in the library and calibrate on them using the new method Example 1 Compound Co elution n Butyl acrylate and styrene will co elute on Column A If only one of these compounds is present in your sample SiteChart s Assay Wizard will allow you to select the compound of interest and advise you that the other compound may be an interference If you require both compounds for your application you can identify and quantify them as a co elution on Column A These two compounds can be separated on Column B Compound retention times increase significantly but excellent separation can be obtained If you are also running the Column B compounds you may find that 1 butyl acrylate will co elute with met
377. umns injecting a sample of carrier gas onto each column Continue cycling until the offset returns to a normal range of 200 800 mV 10 Ensure the internal carrier gas tank is full or connect the instrument to an external tank of carrier gas as detailed in Carrier Gas starting on page 44 265 Voyager User s Guide Purging the Internal Carrier Gas Cylinder NOTE To avoid instrument contamination do not allow the cylinder to empty completely If the internal cylinder has been empty for any period of time it must be purged to eliminate the possibility of system contamination If you change carrier gas you must also flush and purge the internal tank with the new carrier gas WARNING 6 7 Do not purge the cylinder in hazardous locations Fill the internal cylinder with the carrier gas filling station as described in Filling the Internal Cylinder on page 44 Loosen the purge valve to empty the cylinder The purge valve is located below the carrier in port When the cylinder is empty close the purge valve Fill the cylinder again Open the purge valve and empty the cylinder again Close the valve and fill the cylinder Run a sample of clean air to ensure no contamination has entered the system NOTE Once you have filled the reservoir with carrier gas you must allow the instrument to purge for 3 4 hours preferably overnight This will flush the analytical engine with the new carrier gas 266 Maintena
378. ure the calibration gas contains all of the compounds listed in the library Each library compound must be identified as a calibration compound Cause Calibration gas is not pressurized properly Action Ensure the delivery pressure is maintained at no more than 14 psig Cause Calibration gas has deteriorated Action Replace the calibration gas tank Some calibration mixes are not stable for extended periods Check with your specialty gas supplier for details Cause UV lamp is failing Action Replace the UV lamp as detailed in Replacing the UV Lamp or Installing a New One on page 258 Cause The ECD is contaminated Action Set the detector temperature to 80 C and increase the pressure to 14 psi Allow the detector to purge under these conditions for at least 8 hours as detailed in Purging the ECD on page 267 or contact the PerkinElmer Photovac Service Department Maintenance and Troubleshooting Do not open the instrument or attempt to remove the ECD If the ECD must be removed from the instrument contact the PerkinElmer Photovac Service Department WARNING Cause Sample inlet filter is dirty Action Replace the sample inlet filter as described in Replacing the Sample Inlet Filter on page 255 Cause The filter in the telescoping sample probe is blocked Action Replace the filter in the telescoping sample probe as described in Replacing the Filter on page 53 Cause Improper method settings Ac
379. ust be connected to carrier gas and the instrument status must show Ready perform a run of your sample The standard method configures Column B for an analysis time of 1200 seconds and backflush time of 100 seconds This provides 1100 seconds for backflushing the precolumn Column A Methyl methacrylate should elute at approximately 440 seconds Set the analysis time equal to the retention time of the latest eluting peak multiplied by 1 1 The analysis time for this example can be set to 600 seconds 425 Voyager User s Guide 5 Set the backflush time The backflush time must be set so that the compounds of interest clear the precolumn before backflush begins In this case the backflush time should be set to 200 seconds You may need to perform a run on Column A to determine when the last compound of interest clears the precolumn 6 Perform a few runs to ensure your timing is correct and that all compounds are accurately quantified 7 Save the custom method under the new name 8 Download the new method to Voyager Analysis time and backflush time are critical method parameters The existing library information will become invalid You must perform a run and store the compounds in the library If possible store each compound at more than one concentration to obtain a more accurate calibration curve 426 Assay User Notes Column Specifications Length Internal Diameter Coating Thickness Coating Packing 35 p
380. valve is provided for safety at the upper end of the flexible hose This is set at 1500 psig A flow restrictor is also incorporated in line with the hose in order to limit the rate of escape of gas 45 Voyager User s Guide Do not modify or disassemble the carrier gas filling station If you have any problems the unit must be returned to PerkinElmer Photovac for repair or replacement WARNING To fill the internal cylinder 1 Connect the filling station fitting to the gas cylinder You must specify a CGA 590 or CGA 580 when ordering the filling station 3 way valve Flow restrictor Quick connect Relief valve Flexible hose Figure 3 Carrier Gas Refill Adapters CGA 590 and CGA 580 2 Turn the filling station valve handle so that it points away from the cylinder 3 Open the cylinder valve and check that there are no leaks 4 Place Voyager on a sturdy flat surface within easy reach of the flexible filling hose 46 Introduction 5 Turn the filling station valve so that it points towards the cylinder A steady flow of gas will be heard escaping from the end of the flexible hose This serves to purge the hose of any impurities 6 Return the filling station valve to point away from the cylinder 7 Hold the knurled collar of the Voyager refill port and slide it down towards the top panel 8 Insert the fitting at the end of the flexible hose into the refill port until it seats against the port
381. ved from Voyager contact PerkinElmer Instruments 710 Bridgeport Avenue Shelton CT 06484 4794 PerkinElmer Photovac can supply shipping and disposal instructions and current fees In addition report the ECD cell disposal to the NRC Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguard U S Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington DC 20255 You may also need to report the cell disposal to your state and local agency If you are in an Agreement State you must report the cell disposal to the state agency see Agreement States on page 475 In Canada you must report the proposed ECD cell disposal to the AECB before you dispose of the cell see page 479 271 Voyager User s Guide Downloading Firmware to Voyager Voyager has been designed so that you can easily download the newest version of firmware to the instrument You do not need to open the instrument and remove the current EPROM you simply connect Voyager to a PC and download the firmware to the EPROM In order to establish communication with Voyager and send data the PC must be set up to emulate a terminal In order to do this you will need a communications software package that will allow you to transfer data from the PC to Voyager If you are using Microsoft Windows you do not need to purchase any separate software Windows contains a communication program called Terminal Program or HyperTerminal depending on which version of Windows you are running You will use the communicat
382. vision of Safety and Health New York Sate Department of Labor New York State Office Campus Building 12 Room 457 Albany New York 12240 518 457 1202 North Dakota Division of Environmental Engineering Department of Health 1200 Missouri Avenue Room 304 P O Box 5520 Bismarck North Dakota 58502 5520 701 328 5188 Oklahoma Radiation Management Section Department of Environmental Quality 1000 NE 10 Street Oklahoma City Oklahoma 73117 1212 405 271 7484 Pennsylvania Bureau Of Radiation Protection Department of Environmental Protection P O Box 8469 03301 Appendices New Mexico Bureau of Hazardous amp Radioactive Materials Water and Waste Management Division Department of Environment P O Box 26110 2044 Galisteo Road Santa Fe New Mexico 87502 505 827 1557 North Carolina Division of Radiation Protection Department of Environment Health amp Natural Resources 3825 Barrett Drive P O Box 27687 Raleigh North Carolina 27609 919 571 4141 Ohio Bureau of Radiation Protection Division of Environmental Health Ohio Department of Health P O Box 118 Columbus Ohio 43266 614 644 2727 Oregon Radiation Protection Services State Health Division Department of Human Resources 800 N E Oregon Street Suite 260 Portland Oregon 97232 503 731 4014 Rhode Island Division of Occupational and Radiologic Health Department of Health Room 206 Cannon Building 477 Voy
383. w This license shall be interpreted and governed by the law of the State of Connecticut 9 5 Notices All notices shall be in writing and sent by registered or certified mail return receipt requested The date notice is received shall be the effective date 451 Voyager User s Guide Contacting PerkinElmer Photovac To place an order check 800 762 4000 the status of an order obtain current pricing and availability Service and repair of your 800 762 4000 x5050 instrument Applications Department 800 762 4000 x5040 In Europe PerkinElmer Photovac Europa Sj ls All 7 A P O Box 79 DK 3450 Aller d Denmark Tel 45 48 100 400 Fax 45 48 100 401 In all other areas contact your PerkinElmer Photovac representative 452 Appendices Instrument Specifications Dimensions 15 4 39 cm long 10 6 27 cm wide 5 9 15 cm high Detectors Photoionization with standard 10 6 eV HF Pacer exste eecoodclem discharge tobe keys Power Requirements Single 10 V to 18 V DC source 3 A peer o e o Materials in Sample Stream Stainless steel Teflon backed septum for syringe injection Chromatography Auto inject precolumn backflush with miniature inert switching valves and isothermal widebore capillary columns Packed 1 16 columns are used for some applications Operating Temperature Range 5 C to 40 C 41 F to 105 F Operating Humidity Range 0 to 95 non condensing
384. when Voyager is turned on and should be calibrated at the indicated interval thereafter We recommend that you perform the calibration under similar temperature and humidity conditions as that of the sample The calibration information and the discussion which follows are applicable only for measurement of dry pure sample gases containing the target compounds at approximately calibration concentrations Compound TLV Precision Calibration ppm RSD From Mean Interval Hrs Hydrogen Sulfide 4 8 10ppm Methyl Mercaptan 0 5 1 3 3ppm Ethyl Mercaptan 1 2 3ppm 8 Dimethyl Sulfide 4 2 6ppm ae Dimethyl Disulfide 4 9 6ppm OO e Methanol 200 48 9 ppm 8 amp 8 Acetone 750 08 50ppm 8 amp 8 a Pinene 2 llippm Based on five consecutive samples Interval between calibrations for lt 10 change in accuracy assuming Voyager is calibrated once immediately after a 20 minute warm up period These calibration times are based on an extended measurement of peak area drift of a generic compound isobutylene following instrument warm up A Voyager which has been off for an extended period is turned on and set to auto sample and analyze isobutylene on Column B Isobutylene is a volatile compound and so typically does not show adsorption effects The observed peak area drift is an indication of detector drift only The resulting area drift over a period of 400 minutes is shown in Figure 53 The change in peak area
385. window and the compound may not be identified If you set the window percent to high your peak may be misidentified Compound Library A compound library is supplied for each column detector pair required for the assay The number of libraries is determined by the assay These libraries have been determined for the assay standard method The libraries are always available on the assay disk so you can use the original method and the information in the library When you open an assay you will open a copy of the library Once it has been opened in SiteChart it becomes the current library You can edit it and update it as required by your application If you modify the current library in any way you must save the assay If the method is changed the reference libraries are no longer valid and will automatically be deleted from SiteChart Refer to the assay notes for details of the reference library and the associated method SiteChart Software Updating Library Information If your chromatographic settings have not changed from the original assay but library compounds are not correctly identified or not identified at all they may have drifted out of the peak recognition window You can update library information based on a recent chromatogram that has been run using the original assay To update library information l Zi 3 4 Select the Assay tab Open the original assay and save it with a new name Click Send to Voyage
386. without response data still need to be calibrated for retention time drift To assign interference compounds 1 Store the compounds as outlined in Adding Compounds to the Library on page 175 2 Select the compound in the library 3 Select the point in the area concentration table and click Erase The response data for the compound will be removed The 0 0 point and the retention time information remain in the library 4 Save the assay 123 Voyager User s Guide Compound Library Information Compound name Calibration averaging Compound information Calibration information Compound retention time Curve fit options Compound response information Styrene M Cal Compound D Cal Averaging f runs Cal Cone fist pom Alarm f OU pom Wind ow 2 o Calibrate on Closest retention time Largest peak in window Retention Time 506 sec Curve Fit Linear Cone PPM 0 000 0 000 916 1 310 Erase Store Figure 5 Compound Library Information Box The library information for the selected compound 1s displayed in an information box on the right side of the Assay tab The box contains all the calibration information for the peak currently selected in the library The library information is used by SiteChart to identify and quantify integrated peaks Details of each parameter are not provided in this section A brief description of each parameter will be covered in the method dev
387. xact values will be specific to your instrument Analysis Time S 3200 Oven Temperature C ECD Oven Temp CC 60 60 Pressure psi PID State High Sensitivity High Sensitivity High Sensitivity ECD State if installed Injection Method Inject Method Loop Injection Loop Injection Loop Injection Inject Time S Pump Time S Backflush Time S 1810 PID Integration Method Slope Up mV S Slope Down mV S 2 0 l 305 Voyager User s Guide 0 0 Min Height mV Min Area mV S Filter Level 2 Integration Delay Standard Assay Library Compounds The table below lists all the Assay 1 compounds alphabetically Long compound names have been abbreviated to meet the 15 character limit of Voyager s display The table also shows the abbreviations that will appear in the compound library Compound Name Library Name Acetone Acetone Benzene Benzene Bromodichloromethane BDCmethane Bromomethane Chloroform Chloroform 306 Assay 1 User Notes 2 Di 1 2 l l Ethylbenzene Ethylbenzene 2 Hexanone 2 Hexanone Methyl Ethyl Ketone Styrene Toluene Toluene 307 Voyager User s Guide Compound Name Library Name Vinyl Acetate Vinyl Acetate Vinyl Chloride Vinyl Chloride p Xylene p Xylene The tables below show which compounds are typically run on each column for the standard method Compounds calibrated on one column may be run on another but optimum separation of
388. y app file Compounds with retention times differing by 6 or less are defined as co elutions and are indicated as such in the tables Some compounds identified as co elutions may be resolved on your instrument Also indicated are the compounds that are optimally detected with an ECD these compounds may also be detected on the PID with reduced sensitivity Column A Elution Order Compound EC _ RTS Co elution aon 1 Chioromethane 9 ys Bromomethane e ys Acones d e ws L1Dichloroethylene ee Yes Dichloromethane 2 ys Carbon Disulfide n Ys Chioroethane n Ys tl 2 Dichloroethylene a Ys Vinytacete d oa ys 310 Assay 1 User Notes Methyl Ethyl Ketone s Ys manaii _ _s6_ _ves__ Chloroform Ye o2 ves Benzene J w ves 12 Diehloroethane w3 Yes 2 Chloroethyl Vinyl 114 Yes Ether Trichloroethytene uas Yes 12Dichloropropane m21 no Methyl Isobutyl Ketone i8 Yes c amp 1 3 Dichloropropene iso No Toen s nwo tl3 Dichloropropene 138 no rtiexanone is yes 1 1 2 Trichloroethane 189 Yes Terrachlorothylene 1 Ye chlorobenzene 28 Ye pxylene w ys ethylbenzene 20 ve mXylene s ys 311 Voyager User s Guide ee ee o Xylene Styrene Bromoform 1 1 2 2 Tetrachloroethane L3 Dichlorobenzene 832 no L4 Dichlorobenzene 8 No 1 2 Dichlorobenzene Ty
389. y you can optimize the chromatography of an existing method by changing the method parameters General Information Modifying the library of an existing method is a matter of adding or deleting a compound performing a calibration and storing the compounds in a custom application file Changing the method parameters enables you to create a customized method optimized for your application However you must first perform a few analyses to determine the new method s analysis and backflush times Do not inject heavy compounds onto Column C They may be retained for extended periods of time and may contaminate your column 3 Set the Column A backflush time to 1500 seconds and the analysis time to 3200 seconds then analyze your target compounds on Column A Column A is the precolumn for all other columns so the retention times of the target compounds on Column A are used to determine the backflush timing for all columns 4 The backflush time for a run on Column B or C is the retention time from Column A of the last peak you wish to analyze plus 0 to 50 seconds The backflush time for Column A 1s equal to the retention time of the last peak of interest plus 50 to 200 seconds typically NOTE NOTE Assay 2 User Notes 5 Column A analysis time is equal to 2 2 times the Column A backflush time Because Column A 1s also the precolumn it must be backflushed for at least as long as it was foreflushed 6 Column B and C anal
390. y not be transferred except to a person specifically licensed to receive it Within thirty days of such a transfer you must report to the Director of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards U S Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington D C 20555 the name and address of the transferee 29 Voyager User s Guide 30 A report is not required by the NRC to transfer a used or defective Voyager equipped with an ECD to PerkinElmer Photovac in order to obtain a replacement You may transfer Voyager equipped with an ECD to another general licensee like yourself only when it remains at the same location to which it was shipped by PerkinElmer Photovac Give the transferee a copy of these instructions and the regulations and report to the NRC as required in Regulation 10 C F R Section 31 5 Do not open or disassemble Voyager WARNING Introduction 2 Introduction About this User s Guide This manual provides detailed instructions for setup operation and maintenance of the PerkinElmer Photovac Voyager Portable Gas Chromatograph Conventions used in this manual e Normal text is used to provide information and instructions e Standard Bold text refers to Fixed keys on the instrument e UPPERCASE text refers to Soft keys on the screen of the instrument e Bold Italic text refers to keys on the PC keyboard e Non serif Bold text refers to text that is displayed on the PC screen e All eight digit numbers are PerkinEl
391. yager four columns are installed and kept ready for use Refer to the user notes supplied with your assay for detailed specifications of the columns installed in your instrument and how to use the columns for your application In TVOC mode no gas chromatography is performed on the sample Instead the sample is introduced into a stream of carrier gas and carried directly to the detector All separating columns are bypassed The detector response 1s a single peak which represents the composite of all detectable compounds in the sample Photojionization Detector The photoionization detector PID consists of a detector cell through which the column effluent flows and a lamp that directs ultraviolet UV light into the cell In Voyager the lamp is an electrodeless discharge tube and is made to light using a high frequency HF driver circuit The lamp contains low pressure gas into which the high frequency energy is coupled through an antenna wrapped around the lampholder The HF driver circuit is controlled by Voyager s microprocessor based on a feedback signal from a light sensor on the HF driver circuit board Appendices Dissipation of the HF energy in the gas inside the lamp causes the gas to glow with a bright blue violet light UV light with a wavelength of 120 nanometers nm is also produced UV light of this wavelength carries 10 6 electron volts eV of energy The UV light is emitted from the lamp and 1s directed at the stream of
392. yager User s Guide 314 NOTE Creating a Custom Method Generally you will not need to run all 40 compounds in the Assay 1 library you will only be interested in a few compounds specific to your application You can use the information provided in this document to select your compounds and then the chromatography for your compounds There are two ways of creating a custom method You can modify the library of an existing method or you can optimize the chromatography of an existing method by changing the method parameters General Information Modifying the library of an existing method is a matter of adding or deleting a compound performing a calibration and storing the compounds in a custom application file Changing the method parameters enables you to create a customized method optimized for your application However you must first perform a few analyses to determine the new method s analysis and backflush times Do not inject heavy compounds onto Column C They may be retained for extended periods of time and may contaminate your column 1 Set the Column A backflush time to 1500 seconds and the analysis time to 3200 seconds then analyze your target compounds on Column A Column A is the precolumn for all other columns so the retention times of the target compounds on Column A are used to determine the backflush timing for all columns 2 The backflush time for a run on Column B or C is the retention time from
393. yl acetate These compounds may be separated on either Column B or C using modified methods e 1 2 Dichloroethane and 1 1 1 trichloroethane These compounds are separated on Column B using the standard method e Carbon tetrachloride and benzene These can be resolved by the detectors as the PID is not sensitive to carbon tetrachloride and the ECD does not detect benzene Some of the co elutions listed above may actually be resolved on your specific instrument Compound Library There are three standard compound libraries one for each column The libraries contain retention time and response information for each of the assay compounds These libraries have been determined for the Assay 1 standard method if the method is altered these libraries are no longer valid and a new library must be created identifying the compounds with their new retention times and calibration information For example if the column temperature of Column B is increased the retention times in the Column B library are no longer valid since compounds will be eluting faster than they would in the standard method You would have to run the compounds with the new settings and store the compounds in the Library as discussed in Compound Library on page 120 Assay 1 User Notes Assay 1 Standard Method The Assay 1 standard method is installed on your Voyager and this method includes settings for each column The table below provides typical settings the e
394. you have ordered will be supplied on one 3 5 disk Refer to the assay notes for details of the files on the disk Connect Voyager to a serial port on the computer Turn on Voyager and allow it to warm up Start SiteChart Go to the Assay tab and open the assay Depending on which assay you are loading you may be prompted by Assay Wizard to configure your library with respect to co eluting compounds See Assay Wizard on page 115 Check the assay settings and then click on the Send to Voyager button If assays created on one instrument are downloaded to a second instrument an error message will be displayed You must update the library for the second instrument as outlined in Updating Library Information on page 121 Once the file has been downloaded Voyager has been set up for your assay Calibrate Voyager NOTE You must calibrate Voyager so that compound concentrations will be accurately reported SiteChart Software Assay Wizard Assay Wizard is displayed when opening an assay that contains multiple peaks with similar retention times Assay Wizard will allow you to select one compound in the co elution for your application Assay Wizard will only appear if a co elution has been identified in your assay 1 Select the Assay tab and open your assay Ctrl O If the assay contains co elutions Assay Wizard opens Step of the wizard provides information about the assay 2 Click Continue to go to the next step I
395. ysis result may be obtained if you allow the instrument to warm up for 1 2 hours e Turn Voyager off e Connect the instrument to an external cylinder of carrier gas e Connect the instrument to the AC adapter gt When you are ready to use Voyager turn it on and allow 30 minutes for the instrument to warm up and stabilize When all faults have cleared calibrate Voyager for your application 58 Introduction Availability Within 12 Hours To store the instrument for extended periods use the following procedure When you are ready to use the instrument allow approximately 12 hours for the instrument to stabilize e Turn Voyager off e Connect the instrument to an external cylinder of carrier gas e Connect the instrument to the AC adapter gt When you are ready to use Voyager turn it on and leave at least 12 hours for the instrument to stabilize Allow the column to flush overnight until the offset level returns to 200 800 mV 59 Voyager User s Guide 60 Using Voyager 3 Using Voyager Introduction This chapter discusses basic operation of Voyager Voyager is a menu based system Four menus contain all the functions to control the operation of the instrument By working through this chapter you will familiarize yourself with the basic operation of the instrument User and Supervisor Modes In order to customize the user interface for both simplified field operation and at the same time retain the p
396. ysis time for your application To set the analysis time 1 Select the Assay tab 2 Inthe Method box click Config The Configure dialog is displayed Configure 4 PID Method Analysis Time E EC Oven 50 C Cancel ECD Over 50 L jo o inject e Inject Pressure psi ECD State High Sensitivity PID State High Sensitivity 179 Voyager User s Guide 3 Enter the desired Analysis Time and click OK to accept the change and close the dialog box The change you have made applies to the currently selected column only If you need to change the setting for another column select the next column and change the analysis time 4 Save the assay Backflush Time The analysis time consists of the foreflush time and the backflush time During foreflush the sample is injected onto the column and is allowed to clear the precolumn When the compounds of interest have cleared the precolumn backflush begins Set the backflush time so that all your compounds of interest clear the precolumn Perform a few runs to ensure that compounds of interest enter the analytical column but contaminant compounds are backflushed You can enter the backflush time as a function of the other method parameters By entering as a function the backflush time will be updated accordingly when any of the function parameters are changed Enter the backflush time as a function of analysis time A pump time P injection time I For exampl
397. ysis times must meet two criteria each must be long enough to permit the last target peak to clear the column and the analysis time must also be a minimum of 2 2 times the backflush time for any given column If an analysis time is too short for either of the above reasons peaks may elute during a later analysis Voyager s maximum analysis time is 3200 seconds If a peak elutes after this time on any column the method must be modified increasing the temperature or pressure will speed up heavy compounds 7 Store all target compounds in the library and calibrate on them using the new method Example Benzene and Toluene If we are only interested in benzene at a concentration of approximately 0 5 ppm and toluene at 0 5 ppm we can customize the method provided To customize this method you will need to perform a run on Column B to determine the exact elution time for each compound You will then use this time to determine the analysis and backflush times To simplify this example we will assume there are no known interference compounds Assuming an instrument with elution information as given previously we will modify the method as follows 1 Using SiteChart load the Assay 2 standard method Delete unwanted compounds from the library 2 Disable Column B 333 Voyager User s Guide 3 10 11 334 Ensure Voyager is setup and ready to run an analysis The instrument must be connected to carrier gas an
398. ze water samples It is not designed to accept liquid injections so water samples are analyzed using the headspace above samples You should obtain commercially prepared standards Contact the PerkinElmer Photovac Technical Support for more information on preparing aqueous standards Do not inject liquid samples into Voyager You will damage the instrument CAUTION You must calibrate using the same technique as your sample If you are using automatic loop injection for sampling calibrate using loop injection If you are using syringe injection for sampling calibrate using syringe injection Voyager should be calibrated at the start of each day of operation and after each eight hours of operation If the Method is changed then calibration is required Calibration is also required after most maintenance 1s performed Voyager should be operated within the temperature range of 5 C to 40 C 40 to 105 F If the instrument is exposed to a large temperature change such as that encountered when going outside from an air conditioned lab in the summer then allow Voyager to warm up for 20 to 30 minutes after being turned on 225 Voyager User s Guide 226 NOTE When ambient conditions fall outside recommended specifications Voyager should be in a controlled environment 1 e in a vehicle with the heating or air conditioning running or indoors Bring the sample to Voyager in gas bags glass vessels or syringes Refer to th
399. zing spectral lines located outside the visible range shift in intensity over time Detector response drift will manifest itself as an effect that typically occurs over a longer time period than adsorption and which is not as compound specific as adsorption Also it is not affected by the frequency of sampling unlike adsorption phenomena Calibration 1s recommended when the detector response has changed by greater than 10 This will be approximately 8 hours The instrument must be calibrated when Voyager is turned on and should be calibrated at 8 hour intervals thereafter We recommend that you perform the calibration under similar temperature and humidity conditions as that of the sample Assay 1 User Notes i lt pm x x 0 100 200 300 400 500 Elapsed Time min Figure 26 Peak Area Stability for Repetitive Sampling for 100 ppm Isobutylene This drift characteristic is typical of Voyager s detector response drift following a 20 minute warm up period Although this test is performed with isobutylene the same approximate peak area drift can be expected for any of the Assay 1 compounds To ensure a measured concentration at the calibration concentration is within 10 of the actual value 1 Calibrate once when the instrument is turned on Allow 30 minutes for the instrument to stabilize before performing the calibration run s 2 Calibrate at 8 hour intervals Assu

Photovac - Voyager RevA Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents